FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE CO
S-1/A, 1997-11-10
MORTGAGE BANKERS & LOAN CORRESPONDENTS
Previous: IRI INTERNATIONAL CORP, 8-A12B, 1997-11-10
Next: EQUITY INVESTOR FUND SEL TEN PORT 1997 SER 5 DEF ASSET FUND, 487, 1997-11-10



<PAGE>
 
   
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 10, 1997     
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-34481
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ----------------
                                
                             AMENDMENT NO. 3     
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ----------------
                     FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE> 

<S>                                 <C>                             <C>
           DELAWARE                            6162                       95-4649104
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF     (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL       (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)      CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)     IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
                                 
</TABLE> 
      
                       2049 CENTURY PARK EAST, SUITE 350
                         LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067
                                (310) 229-2600
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                WAYNE L. KNYAL
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                     FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY
                       2049 CENTURY PARK EAST, SUITE 350
                         LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067
                                (310) 229-2600
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                               ----------------
                                  Copies to:
        THOMAS J. POLETTI, ESQ.                     TODD H. BAKER, ESQ.
         SUSAN B. KALMAN, ESQ.                  GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP
         DARREN O. BIGBY, ESQ.               ONE MONTGOMERY STREET, SUITE 3100
 FRESHMAN, MARANTZ, ORLANSKI, COOPER &       SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94104-
                 KLEIN                                     4505
  9100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, 8TH FLOOR             TELEPHONE (415) 393-8200
                 EAST                            FACSIMILE (415) 986-5309
    BEVERLY HILLS, CALIFORNIA 90212
       TELEPHONE (310) 273-1870
       FACSIMILE (310) 274-8357

  Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Sale to the Public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: [_]

  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering [_]

  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
 
                               ----------------
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                 
              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 10, 1997     
 
                                8,750,000 SHARES
 
                 [LOGO OF FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
  Of the 8,750,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the "Offering"),
5,312,500 are being sold by Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company") and 3,437,500 are being sold by the Selling
Stockholders. The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of
shares by the Selling Stockholders. Prior to the Offering, there has been no
public market for the Common Stock. It is currently anticipated that the
initial public offering price will be between $16.00 and $18.00 per share. See
"Underwriting" for a discussion of factors to be considered in determining the
initial public offering price.
 
  The Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "FMAX."
 
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 10 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY. INVESTORS IN THIS OFFERING WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL
DILUTION RANGING FROM $12.83 TO $14.47 PER SHARE BASED ON AN ASSUMED INITIAL
PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE RANGE OF $16.00 TO $18.00 PER SHARE, RESPECTIVELY. SEE
"DILUTION."
 
                                  -----------
 
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION
    PASSED  UPON  THE   ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
     REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Price to Underwriting Proceeds to Proceeds to Selling
                            Public  Discount(1)  Company(2)     Stockholders
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>
Per Share.................   $          $            $               $
Total (3).................  $          $            $               $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) See "Underwriting" for information relating to indemnification of the
    Underwriters and other matters.
(2) Before deducting expenses estimated to be $750,000, of which $455,000 are
    payable by the Company and $295,000 are payable by the Selling
    Stockholders.
(3) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have granted the Underwriters a
    30-day option to purchase up to 796,875 and 515,625 additional shares of
    Common Stock, respectively, on the same terms and conditions as set forth
    above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised
    in full, the total Price to Public will be $   , Underwriting Discount will
    be $   , Proceeds to Company will be $    and Proceeds to Selling
    Stockholders will be $   . See "Underwriting."
 
  The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters named herein,
subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject
any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the certificates
representing such shares will be made against payment therefor at the offices
of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. on or about    , 1997.
 
                                  -----------
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc.               Credit Suisse First Boston
 
                            PaineWebber Incoporated
 
                   The date of this Prospectus is      , 1997
<PAGE>
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
therewith, files reports and other information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such reports, proxy statements and
other information filed by the Company can be inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at the offices of the
Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices at Northwestern Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511 and
7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such materials can
also be obtained by written request to the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,
at prescribed rates.
 
  The Company has filed a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with
the Commission with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration Statement, omits
certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits thereto on file with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act
and the rules and regulations of the Commission. Statements contained in this
Prospectus such as the contents of any contract or other document referred to
are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the
copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by
such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement, including the exhibits
thereto, may be inspected without charge at the Commission's principal office
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies
of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission upon the
payment of certain fees prescribed by the Commission. The Commission also
maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding registrants, such as the Company,
that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the site is
http:/ / www.sec.gov.
 
 
 
 
                               ----------------
 
  The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm and
quarterly reports containing unaudited financial information for the first
three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                               ----------------
 
  CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING PURCHASES OF THE COMMON STOCK TO STABILIZE ITS MARKET PRICE,
PURCHASES OF THE COMMON STOCK TO COVER SOME OR ALL OF A SHORT POSITION IN THE
COMMON STOCK MAINTAINED BY THE UNDERWRITERS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY
BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and Financial Statements,
including the Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as
otherwise specified, all information in this Prospectus (i) assumes no exercise
of the Underwriters' over-allotment option (see "Underwriting"), (ii) regarding
outstanding shares, excludes shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under
the Company's 1997 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan (the
"Stock Option Plan") and (iii) assumes the reorganization of the Company as a
Delaware corporation immediately prior to the closing of this Offering (see
"The Reorganization"). Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references
herein to the Company refer to Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company and its
predecessor entities, including Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC, a
California limited liability company ("Franchise Mortgage LLC"). This
Prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors,
including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  The Company is a specialty commercial finance company engaged in the business
of originating and servicing loans and equipment leases to small businesses,
with a primary focus on established national and regional franchise concepts.
Since commencing business in 1991, the Company believes it has become a leading
lender to national and regional quick service restaurant ("QSR") franchisees,
and the Company has developed a growing presence in the casual dining sector.
More recently, the Company has expanded its focus to include retail energy
licensees (service stations, convenience stores, truck stops, car washes and
quick lube businesses) and golf operating businesses (golf courses and golf
practice facilities). The Company originates long-term fixed and variable rate
loan and lease products and sells such loans and leases either through
securitizations or whole loan sales to institutional purchasers on a servicing
retained basis. The Company believes that its loan and lease products are
attractive investments to institutional investors because of the credit profile
of its Borrowers (as defined herein), relatively long loan and lease terms,
call protection through prepayment penalties and appropriate risk-adjusted
yields. The Company also periodically makes equity investments or receives
contingent equity compensation as part of its core lending and leasing
business. The Company originated loans and leases through 11 marketing offices
in nine states at June 30, 1997. From the Company's inception through June 30,
1997, it funded over $1.2 billion in loans and leases and at June 30, 1997, had
a servicing portfolio of $1.1 billion. The Company's loan and lease
originations grew to $458.5 million in 1996 from $218.7 million in 1995 and to
$300.6 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1997 from $208.4 million
for the comparable period in 1996. At June 30, 1997, the Company's average
initial loan balance was $730,000 and the percentage of its loans and leases
that were 90 days or more delinquent was 0.1%.
 
  The Company's focus is to provide funding to industries that have been
historically underserved by banks and other traditional sources of financing.
This focus requires the Company to develop specific industry expertise in the
sectors which it serves in order to provide individualized financial solutions
for its Borrowers. The Company believes that its industry expertise and
proprietary databases, combined with its responsiveness to Borrowers,
flexibility in structuring transactions and broad product offerings give it a
competitive advantage over more traditional, highly regulated small business
lenders. The Company's Borrowers are generally small business operators, most
of whom are independent, multi-unit franchisees, with proven operating
experience and a history of generating positive operating cash flows. The
Company relies primarily upon its assessment of enterprise value, based in part
on independent third party valuations, and historical operating cash flows to
make credit determinations, as opposed to relying solely on the value of real
estate and other collateral.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
  In 1991, the Company began making loans to franchisees of Taco Bell Corp. In
1992 and 1993, other national QSR concepts, such as Burger King, Wendy's, Pizza
Hut, KFC and Hardee's, were approved. The Company's principal loan products at
that time were fixed rate, 15-year, fully amortizing loans. In 1995, the
Company began making loans to casual dining concepts such as TGI Friday's,
Applebee's and Denny's and offering its Borrowers adjustable rate loans. Also
in 1995, the Company began offering development and construction ("DEVCO")
loans to its more experienced Borrowers to fund the development and
construction or acquisition of new business units or the conversion of existing
business units into a different franchise concept. In 1996, the Company
expanded its approved concepts to include strong regional restaurants such as
Carl's, Jr., Church's Chicken and Golden Corral and launched its Golf Finance
Group to provide financing to owners and operators of golf courses and golf
practice facilities. The Equipment Finance Group also commenced activities in
1996 to provide equipment loans and leases to the sectors which the Company
serves. In February 1997, the Company created its Retail Energy Finance Group
to make loans to businesses that distribute retail petroleum products.
 
  The Company's goal is to become a leading national small business lender in
each of its target markets. The Company's growth and operating strategy is
based on the following key elements:
 
  Growth in Existing Sectors. The Company plans to replicate its success in the
restaurant sector in other business sectors that it has entered more recently,
such as retail energy and golf, through focused product development, customer
service and support. The Company forms specialized teams for each sector to
assess customer needs, generate customer loyalty and enhance service and
support. Management believes that its industry leadership position,
relationships with major Borrowers, franchisors and vendors, and expertise
within sectors will assist the Company in increasing its market share.
 
  Controlled Expansion into New Sectors. Management believes that substantial
opportunities exist to extend the Company's expertise into other business
sectors. The Company believes that its experience in lending to restaurant
franchisees has allowed it to develop a template for efficiently originating
and servicing loans and leases in other industry sectors. The Company's
philosophy is to provide complete business solutions to identified industries
by developing strategies and financial products which are based on industry
characteristics and each Borrower's specific needs. The Company carefully
reviews industry data, seeking business sectors with a combination of large
funding requirements, proven cash flow generating capabilities, standardized
operations, a scarcity of long-term funding sources and characteristics
attractive to secondary market investors.
 
  Maintenance of Credit Quality. The Company's delinquency and loss experience
has been extremely low, due in part to lending to experienced operators, its
detailed industry knowledge, active oversight of its existing servicing
portfolio, strict underwriting criteria and the Company's ability to locate
qualified replacement Franchisees/Borrowers to assume delinquent loans. At June
30, 1997, the Company had only two loans, representing 0.1% of all loans and
leases held in the Company's servicing portfolio as of such date, 90 days or
more delinquent and, from its inception in April 1991 through June 30, 1997 had
experienced no net charge offs.
 
  Efficient Secondary Market Execution. The Company is committed to maintaining
effective secondary market execution on loans and leases that it originates and
sells. The Company believes that the favorable execution it has experienced to
date is primarily the result of the attractive terms and the credit quality of
the loans and leases that it originates. Of the $37.5 million in gain on sale
from securitizations recognized by the Company since January 1, 1996, $30.3
million was comprised of cash received by the Company at the time of
securitization and not the present value of anticipated cash flows on retained
interests. As a result, the Company has reduced its exposure to the risks
associated with holding large amounts of such retained interests on its balance
sheet. From the beginning of 1996 through June 30, 1997, the Company completed
three securitizations and a whole loan sale totaling $483.6 million and $15.3
million, respectively. In all such transactions, the Company has retained the
right to service the sold or securitized loans.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 
  Diversification of Revenue Sources. Management is committed to developing a
diversified revenue base to reduce revenue volatility and enhance
profitability. The Company continually monitors and adjusts its loan and lease
products and securitization structures to improve the stability of its cash
flows. Revenue sources include loan and lease origination points and fees,
interest income earned prior to the sale of the loans and leases, whole loan
and lease sale profits, securitization profits, loan and lease servicing fees
and equity investment returns.
 
  Prior to this Offering, the business of the Company has been conducted by
Franchise Mortgage LLC. Immediately prior to this Offering, Franchise Mortgage
LLC will merge into Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware
corporation, which was incorporated in August 1997 for the purpose of
succeeding to the business of Franchise Mortgage LLC. Prior to this Offering,
66.7% of the membership interest in Franchise Mortgage LLC was owned by
Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. ("ICII") and 33.3% was owned by FLRT, Inc., a
California corporation controlled by Wayne L. Knyal, the Company's President
and Chief Executive Officer. See "The Reorganization."
 
  The Company has experienced substantial growth in loan and lease originations
and total revenues since inception, and in particular since June 1995 when ICII
acquired the operations of Franchise Mortgage LLC from Greenwich Capital
Financial Products, Inc. ("Greenwich"). There can be no assurance that these
rates of growth will be sustainable or indicative of future results. The
Company incurred a net loss of $659,000 for the six months ended December 31,
1995, and its predecessor incurred net losses of $1.9 million, $728,000, $3.9
million and $157,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively. Although the Company has been
profitable for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended December
31, 1996, there can be no assurance that the Company will be profitable in the
future. Prior to June 1995, the Company benefitted from the financial,
administrative and other resources of Greenwich. From its acquisition from
Greenwich in June 1995 through this Offering, the Company benefited from the
financial, administrative and other resources of ICII. Prior to this Offering,
ICII had extended loans to the Company and guaranteed the Company's warehouse
lines of credit, repurchase facilities and leases. ICII does not intend to
guarantee any of the Company's future financing facilities or leases nor does
it currently expect to extend loans to the Company. Accordingly, the Company's
prospects must be evaluated in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties it
will encounter as an independent company. Although the Company will enter into
a services agreement with ICII upon the effective date of this Offering under
which ICII will provide human resource administration, securitization
capability and certain accounting functions to the Company, there can be no
assurance that the Company will develop the financial, management or other
resources necessary to operate successfully as an independent company. See
"Certain Transactions--Arrangements with ICII and its Affiliates."
 
  The Company's administrative offices are located at 2049 Century Park East,
Suite 350, Los Angeles, California 90067, and its telephone number is (310)
229-2600.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
  The following table summarizes the Company's loan and lease origination and
financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               -------------------------------
                                                    1997             1996
                                               ---------------  ---------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
Loan originations:
 Total loan originations.....................      $484,283       $305,554
 Average initial principal balance per loan..      $    737       $    770
 Weighted average interest rate:
 Fixed rate loans............................         10.40%         10.31%
 Variable rate loans.........................          9.65%          9.44%
Equipment finance originations:
 Total equipment finance originations........      $ 26,538       $    538
 Average initial principal balance per
  financing..................................      $    204       $    135
Total loan and lease originations............      $510,821       $306,092
Lending sector originations:
 Restaurant loans............................      $378,468       $302,354
 Retail energy loans.........................        94,365            --
 Golf loans..................................        11,450          3,200
 Equipment finance...........................        26,538            538
<CAPTION>
                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               -------------------------------
                                                    1997             1996
FINANCIAL INFORMATION:                         ---------------  ---------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
Gain on sale of loans........................      $ 40,497       $ 14,209
Total revenues...............................        45,298         15,562
Total expenses...............................        16,633          8,566
Net income...................................        28,665          6,996
Pro forma net income(1)......................        16,626          4,058
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) From July 1, 1995 through the date of the Offering, the Company qualified
    to be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes.
    Pro forma net income reflects the Reorganization and the income tax expense
    that would have been recorded had the Company not been taxed as a
    partnership.
 
  The Company originated loans and leases through 14 marketing offices in 12
states at September 30, 1997. From the Company's inception through September
30, 1997, the Company funded approximately $1.4 billion in loans and leases.
Loan and lease originations increased to $510.8 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, as compared to $306.1 million for the same period of
the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in
originations in the Restaurant Finance Group as well as originations by the
newly formed Retail Energy Finance Group and the Golf Finance Group. At
September 30, 1997, the Company's average initial loan balance was $737,000.
 
  At September 30, 1997, the Company had a servicing portfolio of $1.2 billion,
and the percentage of its loans and leases that were 90 days or more delinquent
was 0.7%. From its inception in April 1991 through September 30, 1997, the
Company had experienced no net charge offs.
 
  Net income for the third quarter of 1997 was $14.7 million, bringing net
income for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 to $28.7 million, as
compared to net income of $7.0 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1996. Total revenues increased 191.1% to $45.3 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997 from $15.6 million for the comparable period in 1996.
The increases in revenues and net income were primarily due to an increase in
gain on sale of loans. During the nine months ended September 30, 1997, the
Company sold $343.7 million in two securitizations for a gain on sale of
$38.8 million (of which $38.1 million
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
was cash), as compared to $272.6 million sold in two securitizations for a gain
on sale of $12.5 million (of which $5.8 million was cash) for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996. The gain on sale of loans includes $1.7 million in
the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from three whole loan sales of
approximately $28.1 million. From the Company's inception through September 30,
1997, it completed nine securitizations of pooled loans totaling approximately
$1.0 billion.
 
  Total expenses increased 94.2% to $16.6 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997 as compared to $8.6 million for the same period of the prior
year primarily due to infrastructure additions needed to fund increased loan
and lease originations.
 
  In October 1997, the Company finalized a warehouse line of credit with Morgan
Stanley Asset Funding Inc. ("Morgan Stanley") for a commitment amount of $200
million, bearing interest at rates ranging from the London interbank offered
rate ("Libor") plus 95 to 155 basis points, depending upon the loan product
type. This warehouse line of credit is expected to provide additional financing
for the Company's continued growth in loan and lease originations and is not
guaranteed by ICII.
   
  The Company is currently negotiating with a major investment bank to form a
joint venture pursuant to which all loan and lease activities of the Company's
Golf Finance Group would be exclusively conducted by a new entity which would
be 50% owned and managed by each of the Company and the investment bank. In
connection therewith, the investment bank would make available to the new
entity a 12 month $100.0 million warehouse line of credit bearing interest at
Libor plus 100 basis points. The parties could by mutual agreement utilize the
joint venture, if formed, to exclusively originate other types of loans and
leases, which may include loans and leases in the Company's existing sectors or
in new sectors. Any income distributed by the new entity would be shared
equally by the Company and the investment bank.     
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
Common Stock offered hereby:
  By the Company....................... 5,312,500 shares
  By the Selling Stockholders.......... 3,437,500 shares

Common Stock to be outstanding after   
 the Offering(1)....................... 27,200,000 shares

Use of Proceeds........................ The net proceeds will be used to repay
                                        certain indebtedness to ICII, to fund
                                        future loan and lease originations and
                                        equity investments and for general
                                        corporate purposes.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market        
 Symbol................................ "FMAX"
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Excludes shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the
    Company's Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of
    options to purchase, and awards of, an aggregate of up to 10% of the shares
    of the Company's Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering,
    including any shares issued pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment
    option, but not less than 2,700,000 shares. Options to acquire 1,200,000
    shares are expected to be granted to certain employees, officers and
    directors of the Company on the effective date of the Offering at an
    exercise price equal to the initial public offering price. See
    "Management--Stock Options."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  See "Risk Factors" for a description of certain factors which should be
carefully considered before making an investment in the Company.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA AND RATIOS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PREDECESSOR
                                                                         -----------------------------------
                            SIX MONTHS ENDED                 SIX MONTHS  SIX MONTHS       YEAR ENDED
                                JUNE 30,        YEAR ENDED     ENDED       ENDED         DECEMBER 31,
                          -------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,  JUNE 30,  ------------------------
                             1997       1996       1996         1995        1995      1994     1993    1992
                          ----------- -------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------  -------  -----
<S>                       <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Revenues:
Gain on sale(1).........    $19,808   $ 12,520   $ 18,671     $   --      $    --   $  4,052  $ 1,430  $ --
Net interest income.....      1,373        302      1,641         239          154        37       35      2
Loan servicing income...      1,376        649      1,191         349          326       306      345    147
Other income............        --          63         63         --           --         68      --     --
                            -------   --------   --------     -------     --------  --------  -------  -----
Total revenues..........     22,557     13,534     21,566         588          480     4,463    1,810    149
Expenses:
Personnel and
 commission.............      4,665      3,901      8,270         356          931     1,723    1,035    --
General and
 administrative.........      1,467        495      1,094         294          684     1,804    2,952    306
Other...................      2,462      1,375      2,878         597          776     1,664    1,718    --
                            -------   --------   --------     -------     --------  --------  -------  -----
Total expenses..........      8,594      5,771     12,242       1,247        2,391     5,191    5,705    306
                            -------   --------   --------     -------     --------  --------  -------  -----
Net income (loss).......    $13,963   $  7,763   $  9,324     $  (659)    $ (1,911) $   (728) $(3,895) $(157)
                            =======   ========   ========     =======     ========  ========  =======  =====
Pro forma earnings data
 (2):
 Net income as
  reported..............    $13,963   $  7,763   $  9,324
 Pro forma income
  taxes.................      5,935      3,366      3,873
                            -------   --------   --------
 Pro forma net income...    $ 8,028   $  4,397   $  5,451
                            =======   ========   ========
 Pro forma net income
  per share(3)..........    $  0.37   $   0.20   $   0.25
                            =======   ========   ========
Supplemental pro forma
 earnings data(2):
 Net income as
  reported..............    $13,963
 Establishment of
  deferred
  tax liability.........      7,018
                            -------
 Supplemental pro forma
  net income............    $ 6,945
                            =======
 Supplemental pro forma
  net income per
  share(3)..............    $  0.32
                            =======
<CAPTION>
                                 AS OF JUNE 30, 1997                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         PREDECESSOR
                                                                                    ------------------------
                              AS        PRO
                          ADJUSTED(4) FORMA(5)    ACTUAL        1996        1995      1994     1993    1992
                          ----------- -------- ------------ ------------ ---------- --------  -------  -----
<S>                       <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash
 equivalents............    $70,554   $     15   $     15     $   --      $    --   $    102  $   205  $   1
Securities available for
 sale...................      2,581      2,581      2,581      39,349          --      9,541    5,025    --
Loans and leases held
 for sale...............    208,014    208,014    208,014      98,915      181,254       --       --     --
Retained interest in
 loan
 securitizations(6).....      7,002      7,002      7,002       6,908          --        --       --     --
Accrued interest
 receivable.............      1,137      1,137      1,137         560        1,108       138       39    --
Goodwill................      4,571      4,571      4,571       4,332        4,226       --       --     --
Other assets............      9,636      9,636      9,636      10,112        2,460       467      862    309
                            -------   --------   --------     -------     --------  --------  -------  -----
 Total assets...........    303,495    232,956    232,956     160,176      189,048    10,248    6,131    310
Overdraft...............        --         --         --          171          445       --       --     --
Payable to ICII.........        --      12,997      9,997      17,728          --        --       --     --
Borrowings..............    195,922    195,922    195,922     125,240      181,632    13,548    7,160    460
Deferred income taxes...      7,018      7,018        --          --           --        --       --     --
Other liabilities.......      4,939      4,939      4,939       2,580        3,198     1,543    3,086     70
                            -------   --------   --------     -------     --------  --------  -------  -----
 Total liabilities......    207,879    220,876    210,858     145,719      185,275    15,091   10,246    530
Members' equity.........        --         --    $ 22,098     $14,457     $  3,773  $(4,843)  $(4,115) $(220)
                                                 ========     =======     ========  ========  =======  =====
Common stock............         27         22
Additional paid in
 capital................     95,589     12,058
                            -------   --------
 Total stockholders'
  equity................    $95,616   $ 12,080
                            =======   ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          SIX MONTHS
                            ENDED              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           JUNE 30,   ----------------------------------------------
                             1997       1996      1995      1994     1993     1992
                          ----------  --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
<S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
OPERATING STATISTICS:
Loan originations:
 Total loan
  originations..........  $  285,370  $456,981  $218,742  $109,166  $29,367  $26,101
 Average initial
  principal balance per
  loan..................  $      730  $    837  $    706  $    635  $   452  $   458
 Weighted average
  interest rate:
 Fixed rate loans.......       10.70%    10.29%    10.12%    10.21%    9.48%   10.94%
 Variable rate loans....        9.60%     9.34%     8.40%     8.13%     -- %     -- %
Equipment finance
 originations:
 Total equipment finance
  originations..........  $   15,247  $  1,486  $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Average initial
  principal balance per
  financing.............  $      186  $    149  $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Weighted average
  interest rate.........       12.08%    12.14%      -- %      -- %     -- %     -- %
Total loan and lease
 originations...........  $  300,617  $458,467  $218,742  $109,166  $29,367  $26,101
Loan sales:
 Whole loan sales.......  $   15,349  $    --   $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Loans sold through
  securitizations(1)....     158,554   325,088   147,972   105,686   28,973      --
                          ----------  --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
  Total.................  $  173,903  $325,088  $147,972  $105,686  $28,973  $   --
Loans and leases held in
 servicing portfolio
 (at period end)(7).....  $1,049,843  $737,176  $358,579  $180,367  $81,030  $55,164
Net charge offs as a
 percentage of total
 servicing portfolio....         -- %      -- %      -- %      -- %     -- %     -- %
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Gain on sale for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the year
    ended December 31, 1996 includes $18.4 million, $5.8 million and $11.9
    million of cash gains, of which $2.4 million, $3.6 million and $7.8
    million, respectively, represented loan fees. The gain on sale of loans for
    the December 1995 securitization was not recognized until the first quarter
    of 1996.
(2) From July 1, 1995 through the closing date of the Offering, the Company
    qualified to be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax
    purposes (the "LLC Qualification"). Pro forma earnings data reflect the
    Reorganization and the income tax expense that would have been recorded had
    the Company not been taxed as a partnership. As a result of terminating the
    Company's limited liability company ("LLC") status upon completion of this
    Offering, the Company will be required to record a one-time non-cash charge
    against historical earnings for deferred income taxes. This charge will
    occur in the quarter ending December 31, 1997 and the year ending December
    31, 1997. If this charge were recorded at September 30, 1997, the amount
    would have been approximately $11.1 million. This amount is expected to
    increase through the closing date of this Offering. See "Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
    and Notes 3, 4 and 14 of Notes to Financial Statements.
(3) 21,887,500 outstanding shares were used in computing pro forma and
    supplemental pro forma net income per share. See Note 3 of Notes to
    Financial Statements.
(4) As adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock by the
    Company in this Offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
    $17.00 per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
(5) Pro forma balance sheet data reflects the Reorganization, the distribution
    by Franchise Mortgage LLC to its members of the Final LLC Distribution of
    $3.0 million (this amount may increase depending on the level of Franchise
    Mortgage LLC's taxable income immediately prior to the completion of this
    Offering) immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, such amount
    to be funded with a short term loan from ICII repayable with a portion of
    the net proceeds of this Offering (the "Final LLC Distribution"), the
    recording by the Company of deferred income taxes (see footnote (2) above),
    and the reclassification of members' equity to additional paid-in capital
    in connection therewith. See "LLC Distributions," "Use of Proceeds" and
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations."
(6) See Note 8 of Notes to Financial Statements.
(7) Total delinquencies, which include all loans and leases 90 or more days
    past due as a percentage of all loans and leases held in the Company's
    servicing portfolio, was 0.11% as of June 30, 1997.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Before investing in the shares offered hereby, prospective investors should
give special consideration to the following risk factors in addition to other
information set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following risk factors
are interrelated, and consequently, investors should treat such risk factors
as a whole.
 
  This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that inherently involve
risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of
certain factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors and
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
SUBSTANTIAL NEED FOR LIQUIDITY TO FUND LENDING ACTIVITIES
 
  The Company has an ongoing need to finance its lending activities, which is
expected to increase to the extent that the volume of loan and lease
originations increases. The Company's primary operating cash requirements will
include the funding of (i) loans and leases pending their sale, (ii) fees and
expenses incurred in connection with its securitization program, (iii)
overcollateralization or reserve account requirements in connection with loans
pooled and securitized, (iv) interest, fees and expenses associated with the
Company's warehouse lines of credit and repurchase facilities with certain
financial institutions, (v) federal and state income tax payments and (vi)
ongoing administrative and other operating expenses. The Company currently
funds these cash requirements primarily through securitizations, whole loan
and lease sales and borrowings from Banco Santander, Sanwa Bank, Morgan
Stanley and Credit Suisse First Boston.
 
  No assurance can be given that the Company will have access to the capital
markets in the future for equity or debt issuances or for securitizations or
that financing through borrowings will be available on acceptable terms to
satisfy the Company's cash requirements. The Company's inability to access the
capital markets or obtain acceptable financing could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business and results of operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
SUBSTANTIAL DEPENDANCE ON SECURITIZATIONS
 
  The Company currently pools and sells through securitization substantially
all of the loans which it originates. Under the Company's current
securitization structure, the Company sells a pool of loans on a non-recourse
basis to a single purpose trust. The trust issues securities in the form of
certificates which are denominated in multiple tranches throughout the credit
rating spectrum from the highest investment grade rating of "AAA" descending
to a non-investment grade rating of "B." In addition, the Company structures
an interest only security ("I/O") in its financings that is generally rated
AAA. Several factors affect the Company's ability to complete securitizations
of its loans, including conditions in the securities markets generally,
conditions in the asset-backed securities markets specifically, the credit
quality of the Company's loans, compliance of the Company's loans with the
eligibility requirements established by the securitization documents, the
Company's ability to adequately service its loans and the absence of any
material downgrading or withdrawal of ratings given to certificates issued in
the Company's previous securitizations. Adverse changes in any of these
factors would impair the Company's ability to originate and sell loans on a
favorable or timely basis which could have a material adverse effect upon the
Company's business and results of operations. In addition, the securitization
market for the Company's loans and leases is relatively undeveloped and may be
more susceptible to market fluctuations or other adverse changes than more
developed capital markets. To the extent the Company makes loans and leases in
new industry sectors or to different types of entities in existing industry
sectors, there is a risk that such loans and leases will not be securitizable
or will be securitizable only on terms disadvantageous to the Company.
 
  The "gain on sale" associated with securitizations and loan and lease sales
is the largest component of the Company's revenues. The gain on sale of loans
in a securitization is computed as cash received from securitization plus the
fair value of any retained interests held from a loan securitization less the
book value of the loans sold (including par value of loans, plus or minus
premiums, discounts and unearned loan fees) less any reserves required to be
held by a securitization trust. The fair value of retained interests in loan
securitizations is computed as the present value of the estimated cash flows
associated with the retained interest, using an
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
appropriate discount factor and prepayment and credit loss assumptions. Of the
$37.5 million gain on sale from securitizations recognized by the Company
since January 1, 1996, $30.3 million was comprised of cash received by the
Company at the time of securitization and not the present value of anticipated
cash flow on retained interests. However, depending upon the securitization
structure and execution of the transaction, in future transactions the Company
may not receive some or all of the cash representing such gain until much
later, as payments are received on the securitized assets, or may never
receive some or all of such cash. In connection with securitizations, the
Company also establishes retained interests in loan securitizations as a
balance sheet asset, which are amortized over the estimated life of the loans
securitized. While, to date, the Company's retained interest in loan
securitization has been relatively small, it could become much larger in
future periods. As a result, although an accounting gain may be recognized,
future securitization transactions may not generate commensurate cash flows to
the Company for an extended period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Accounting for Gain on Sale"
and "--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
  The anticipated payments to the Company on its retained interest in loan
securitizations are discounted at a specified rate and further reduced by the
Company's estimate of future credit losses and prepayments over the lives of
the loans securitized. Such amounts, if any, are held back and serve as
additional collateral for the repayment of the related certificates. To date,
the default rate used by the Company has been zero because the Company has
incurred no credit losses. Generally, the Company has used a zero prepayment
rate because prepayment penalties contained in loan documents have deterred
Borrower prepayments significantly. If prevailing interest rates rise, the
required discount rate might also rise, thereby causing the Company to record
an expense reducing the Company's gain on sale and the carrying value of
retained interests in loan securitizations. The actual rate of credit losses
and prepayments are influenced by a variety of economic and other factors,
including general economic conditions and business competition. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that the actual rate of credit losses on the loans
sold in the Company's securitizations will not exceed the Company's estimates
or historical experience. If actual credit losses and prepayments exceed the
Company's estimates, this would cause the Company to record an expense in a
future period or periods reducing the carrying value of retained interests in
loan securitizations. There can be no assurance that future changes in the
Company's securitization structures, interest rates or future credit loss and
prepayment levels will not result in losses which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
  In order to gain access to the secondary market for its loans, in parallel
with the accumulation of the collateral and the structuring of the securities
sold in each securitization, independent rating agencies are retained to rate
each series of securities issued. To date one or more classes of each of these
series of securities has received investment grade ratings (BBB and above).
The Company's inability to obtain such an investment grade rating could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's operations and financial position; in
such event the Company's costs of such securitization likely would increase
and its gain on sale recognized on such securitization would be reduced. The
Company has periodically relied on credit enhancements provided by monoline
insurance carriers to guarantee the securities issued by the trust to enable
it to improve the bond rating. Any substantial reduction in the size or
availability of the securitization market for the Company's loans or the
unwillingness of insurance companies to guarantee the certificates issued by
the trust, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and
results of operations and prospects.
 
  In addition, the documents governing the Company's securitizations also
require the Company to build overcollateralization levels through retention of
a specified amount of loan payments and the application thereof to reduce the
principal balances of the notes issued or to create reserve funds. Such
overcollateralization levels are pre-determined by the rating agencies or the
insurance company issuing the guarantee of the certificates and are a
condition to obtaining an investment grade rating thereon. The application of
such amounts to collateral causes the aggregate principal amount of the loans
to exceed the aggregate principal balance of certificates. Such excess amounts
serve as a credit enhancement for the trust issuing the certificates or notes
and fund losses realized on loans held by such trust. Accordingly, the Company
continues to be subject to risks of delinquencies and charge-offs following
the sale of loans through securitizations to the extent such amounts are
required to be retained or applied by the trust. In addition, such retention
slows, and in some circumstances, reduces over the
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
life of the related securitization, the flow of cash to the Company. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
  The Company is the originator and servicer of the loans that it securitizes.
However, legal and beneficial ownership of securitized loans is held by the
issuing trust and such loans serve as collateral for the certificates issued
by the trust. The assets of the trust are not available to pay creditors of
the Company. The Company's ongoing interest in such assets is limited to its
participation in retained interests and servicing fees.
 
  The Company endeavors to execute material securitization transactions on not
less than a quarterly basis. Market and other considerations, including the
conformity of loan pools to the requirements of rating agencies, affect the
timing of such transactions and may cause the Company's results of operations
to fluctuate accordingly. Any delay in the sale of a loan pool beyond a
quarter-end would postpone the recognition of gain related to such loans until
their sale and may result in losses for such quarter being reported by the
Company.
 
  In addition, the Company's securitization transactions currently permit it
to defer paying taxes on a majority of the amount it records as gain on sale
in securitization of loans. Taxes are deferred at the time the Company records
gain on sale in securitization of loans, and are paid as cash is received from
Borrowers. To the extent that the Company is unable to defer such taxes in
future securitization transactions or is required by the Internal Revenue
Service to accelerate the payment of taxes which previously had been deferred,
the Company's liquidity, and thus its ability to pursue its growth strategy
and to fund its future loan origination and securitization activities, may be
adversely affected.
 
SIGNIFICANT RELIANCE ON WAREHOUSE LINES OF CREDIT AND REPURCHASE FACILITIES
 
  The Company is dependent upon its ability to access warehouse lines of
credit and repurchase facilities to fund new originations. The Company had
warehouse lines of credit and repurchase facilities of approximately $365.0
million at June 30, 1997. The Company expects to be able to maintain existing
warehouse lines of credit and repurchase facilities (or to obtain replacement
or additional financing) as current arrangements expire or become fully
utilized; however, there can be no assurance that such financing will be
obtainable on favorable terms. To the extent that the Company is unable to
arrange new warehouse lines of credit and repurchase facilities, the Company
may have to curtail its loan and lease origination activities, which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations and financial
position. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE CAN REDUCE NET INCOME AND CAUSE LOSSES
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws do not limit the
amount of indebtedness the Company can incur. The Company leverages its assets
through securitizations and other borrowings, generally through the use of
warehouse lines of credit and reverse repurchase facilities. The percentage of
leverage used varies depending on, among other things, the Company's estimate
of the cash flow that its assets will generate, and the stability of that cash
flow. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to
meet its debt service obligations resulting from leverage and, to the extent
that it cannot, the Company risks the loss of some or all of its assets.
 
CERTAIN UNDERWRITING REQUIREMENTS AND RISKS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT CREDIT
QUALITY
 
  RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH LOANS TO BORROWERS OPERATING SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED
BUSINESSes. Loans to franchisees ("Franchisees"), licensees of petroleum
retailers and convenience store, truck stop, car wash and quick lube
businesses ("Licensees") and owners and operators of golf courses and golf
facilities ("Operators") (for purposes of this Prospectus, any Franchisee,
Licensee, or Operator is referred to as a "Borrower") generally involve all of
the risks associated with small business loans. Since small businesses are
typically privately-owned, there is generally no publicly available
information about such companies and the Company must rely on the diligence of
its employees and agents to obtain information in connection with the
Company's lending
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
decisions. Typically, the success of small and medium sized businesses depends
on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group
of persons, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these
persons could have a material adverse impact on the related company. In
addition, small and medium sized businesses frequently have smaller market
shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns,
often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may
experience substantial variations in operating results, any of which may have
an adverse effect on a Borrower's ability to repay a loan or lease. While
publicly available information permits the Company to perform certain risk
analysis concerning the default, failure, and closure risks within industries
and among Borrower groups, generally there is no assurance that the available
information correctly reflects the risks associated with lending to Borrowers
in each industry in general or to any particular Borrower within any
particular industry. Moreover, there is no assurance that the underwriting
formulas derived by the Company for Franchisees, Licensees and Operators
generally or for particular business concepts will adequately assess the risk
of making a loan to any particular Borrower.
 
  THE COMPANY'S VALUATION OF A BORROWER'S BUSINESS MAY NOT BE INDICATIVE OF
ITS TRUE VALUE. The Company's loans are underwritten in accordance with the
Company's underwriting guidelines which permit Borrowers to borrow up to a
specified percentage of the value of the business unit and, in certain
instances, the real estate pledged as collateral in connection with the loans.
The value of the business unit is derived from a formula based upon the
business concept and the revenues and cash flows generated by the business
unit from its operations, as well as a valuation for each loan is performed by
an independent third-party hired by the Company. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company's valuations actually reflect an amount that could
be realized upon a current sale of a Borrower's business unit and related
personal and real property. Moreover, such a valuation is not indicative of
the value of the enterprise at any time after the date of the valuation.
Future values may depend upon a variety of factors, including the economic
success of the business unit, local and general competitive and economic
conditions, as well as the strength of the relevant business concept, the
franchisor or other licensor and the related Borrower. In addition, a
Borrower's franchise or license agreement is not typically included in the
collateral securing a loan, and as a result the Company may not foreclose on
the franchise or license agreement in the event of a default by the Borrower.
As a result, there is no assurance that the value of the collateral securing
the loan will equal or exceed the amount of the loan and related Borrower
obligations at any time. In addition, in the event of a default by a
particular Borrower, there may be factors present that reduce the revenues or
cash flow derived at the location and the value of the enterprise. Moreover,
the liquidation value of the collateral securing the loan generally will be
less than the value of the enterprise as determined above. Accordingly, in
order to realize the full value of the collateral (which may or may not be
sufficient to satisfy a Borrower's obligations to the Company), the Company
generally will be required to obtain the cooperation of the franchisor or
licensor. However, there is no assurance that such cooperation will be
obtained, and that the interests of the Company and the franchisor or licensor
will be comparable.
 
  THE COMPANY'S VALUATION OF A BORROWER'S INTEREST IN REAL PROPERTY MAY NOT
REFLECT ITS FUTURE VALUE. The Company's loans are often secured by a mortgage
or deed of trust on a Borrower's interest in the business unit-related real
property upon which the unit operates. However, in many instances such
interest is in a lease of limited value other than to one who also has the
right to operate the business at such location, and as noted above, a
Borrower's franchise or licensee agreement is not typically included in the
collateral securing a loan. Accordingly, the Company's underwriting guidelines
for leased properties do not require the Borrower to provide title insurance
or reports and such policies or reports are typically not obtained in
connection with the loans where the related property is a leasehold. In
instances where the Company's underwriting guidelines permit a Borrower to
borrow amounts based upon the value of the Borrower's interest in the business
unit-related real estate, the Company determines the value of such real
property interest based upon an independent, third-party appraisal. Such
appraisals value the real property on an in-use, income approach which assumes
that the property is in use as an income producing business property. Such
value, even if realized in a sale or liquidation, generally would not provide
such Borrower with sufficient proceeds to satisfy its obligations to the
Company. Moreover, such an appraisal is not indicative of the value of the
real property interest at any time after the date of the appraisal. Future
values may depend upon a variety of factors, including changes in the
surrounding area,
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
including, but not limited to, changes which alter the visibility of the
location and traffic patterns, duration of the lease, and absence of
sufficient nondisturbance agreements, as well as changes in general or local
economic conditions, increases in interest rates, real estate taxes and other
operating expenses (including energy costs), changes in governmental rules and
regulations (including environmental rules), acts of God and other factors.
Accordingly, there is no assurance that the Company's valuations actually
reflect the amount that could be realized upon a current sale of the real
property interest.
 
  THE COMPANY MAY INCUR SUBSTANTIAL CREDIT RISKS TO THE EXTENT IT CANNOT
SECURITIZE OR SELL LOANS OR LEASES. Certain of the Company's loans and leases
may not be readily saleable or securitizable, or may be saleable or
securitizable only after the individual loan or lease portfolio performance
characteristics become apparent over time. To the extent that such loans and
leases are not sold or securitized, the Company must fund such assets with
borrowings or internally generated funds and bears the entire credit risk
associated with such assets. The Company's inability ultimately to sell or
securitize substantially all of the loans and leases it originates would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations.
See "--Substantial Need for Liquidity to Fund Lending Activities" and "--
Concentration on Restaurant, Retail Energy and Golf Sectors May Expose the
Company to Concept Failures, Industry Cycles, Environmental Liabilities and
Other Industry Specific Risks."
 
  THE COMPANY'S DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION LOANS HAVE RISKS DIFFERENT FROM
OTHER LOANS ORIGINATED BY THE COMPANY. The Company's DEVCO loans are a short-
term product (up to 18 months) offered to fund the development and
construction or acquisition of new business units or the conversion of
existing business units into a different franchise concept. For the six months
ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996, DEVCO loans
represented 17.9% and 23.3%, respectively, of total loan and lease
originations. DEVCO loans have different risks than the permanent loans
originated by the Company including the fact that in underwriting such loans,
the Company relies more heavily on operator experience and the strength of the
business concept rather than the historical profitability of the unit and that
generally no payments are applied to reduce the principal or interest due on
such loans until maturity. In addition, DEVCO loans which are construction
loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are
advanced upon the security of the business unit under construction, which is
of uncertain value prior to completion of construction and commencement of
operations of the unit. In the event that construction is not completed or the
business unit does not commence operations successfully, the collectibility of
the related loan may be impaired. In the event the Company's evaluation of
creditworthiness is less accurate for DEVCO loans than for permanent loans,
the Company may be exposed to a greater risk of loss on such loans.
 
  Also, the Company does not currently securitize any of its DEVCO loans and
funds such loans primarily with warehouse borrowings. However, the Company may
refinance such loans with permanent financing, subject to its credit
underwriting guidelines. In the event that the Company is unwilling or unable
to refinance a DEVCO loan at maturity and no other lender refinances such
loan, the Company may incur losses upon foreclosure or other collection
action. See "Business--Loan Originations--Type of Loan Products."
 
  BANKRUPTCY OF A BORROWER MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT LOAN REPAYMENT. The bankruptcy
of a Borrower could result in substantial delays in the enforcement of such
Borrower's obligations to the Company and the enforcement and realization of
the Company's interest in the collateral securing the obligations. In this
regard, in the event of a bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Company would be
stayed from foreclosing on its collateral and enforcing its rights against
such Borrower. In addition, in the event that the value of the collateral
securing a Borrower's obligations to the Company, as determined by the
bankruptcy court, is less than the amount of the obligations owed to the
Company, the Company's claim against such Borrower would be divided into
secured and unsecured claims. Interest or attorneys' fees would not accrue in
respect of either claim when such Borrower is in bankruptcy. As a result of,
among other things, the issues relating to the value of the collateral
securing the obligations owed by the borrower to the Company summarized above,
there is no assurance that the Company's claim against the Borrower would not
exceed the value of the collateral securing the obligations owed by the
borrower to the secured party.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
  The Company's Borrowers generally are corporations, limited liability
companies and other limited liability entities, and the principals of the
Borrowers generally are not required to personally guarantee the loans. As a
result, in the event of a default by a Borrower under any particular loan, the
stockholders or other principals of the defaulting Borrower generally will
have no personal liability to repay the loan.
 
  REAL PROPERTY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS MAY CREATE LIABILITY FOR THE
COMPANY. Contamination of real property by hazardous substances may give rise
to a lien on that property to assure payment of the cost of clean-up or, in
certain circumstances, subject the lender to liability. Such contamination may
also reduce the value of the business and property. Under the laws of some
states and under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), a lender may become liable
for cleanup of a property and adjacent properties that are contaminated by
releases from the property if the lender engages in certain activities. In
1996 CERCLA was amended to eliminate federal lender liability under CERCLA in
certain circumstances, including foreclosure if the lender resells the
property at the earliest practicable, commercially reasonable time on
commercially reasonable terms. In addition, the amendments provided some
guidance to lenders with respect to the nature of activities that would and
would not give rise to liability under CERCLA. These amendments do not apply
to state environmental laws. Also, foreclosure and other activities on
contaminated property may subject a lender to state tort liability.
 
  In the course of its business, the Company may acquire real property
securing loans that are in default. There is a risk that hazardous substances
or waste, contaminants, pollutants or sources thereof could be discovered on
such properties after acquisition by the Company. In such event, the Company
might be required to remove such substances from the affected properties at
its sole cost and expense. There can be no assurance that the cost of such
removal would not substantially exceed the value of the affected properties or
the loans secured by such properties or that the Company would have adequate
remedies against the prior owners or other responsible parties, or that the
Company would not find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected real
properties either prior to or following any such removal. The Company's
servicing guidelines require it to obtain an environmental site assessment of
a business property prior to acquiring title thereto. Such requirement
effectively precludes enforcement of the security for the related loan until a
satisfactory environmental site assessment is obtained or until any required
remedial action is thereafter taken but will decrease the likelihood that the
Company will become liable for a material adverse environmental condition at
the business property. However, there can be no assurance that the servicing
guidelines will effectively insulate the Company from potential liability for
a materially adverse environmental condition at any business property. See
"Business--Regulation--Environmental Laws Affecting Borrowers in Specific
Sectors."
 
  POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF "CHANGES IN CONTROL" IN FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS AND
LIMITATIONS INCLUDING NATURAL PERSON FRANCHISEES. The franchise agreements of
the Borrowers often prohibit "Changes in Control" whether by death, disability
or otherwise. While in the event of the death or disability of a natural
person franchisee or of the principals of an entity franchisee, the executors
and representatives of natural person franchisees are often permitted a period
of months to locate a person acceptable to the franchisor to acquire the
disabled or deceased person's interest in the business entity or to become a
successor franchisee, there is no assurance that any such person would be
found or, if found, would be acceptable to the franchisor and secured party.
In the event that an acceptable person is not located, the Borrower would be
in default under its franchise agreement and loan, and, among other things,
the Borrower's right to operate the business unit could be terminated. License
agreements of Borrowers on retail energy loans may contain similar provisions.
 
  FRANCHISE TERMINATION OR NONRENEWAL COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON
A BORROWER'S ABILITY TO REPAY A LOAN. A Borrower's franchise agreement may be
subject to termination in the event of default after applicable cure periods.
Default provisions under franchise agreements are generally drafted broadly,
and include, among other things, failure to meet operating standards, actions
which may threaten licensed intellectual property, and investments by
principals in a competitive business.
 
  In addition, certain of the Borrower's franchise agreements may have
remaining terms which are less than the full term of the respective Borrower's
loans. In such cases, the respective Borrowers have the option, or are
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
expected to be granted an option, to renew the franchise agreement for an
additional term. Such option, however, often is contingent on the Borrower's
execution of the then current form of franchise agreement (which may include
increased royalties, advertising and other costs and which contained further
restrictions on the franchisee's geographic and other rights) and satisfaction
of certain conditions (including modernization of the business unit and
related operations), the satisfaction of which may require the expenditure of
substantial sums by the Borrower. The Company's standard loan documentation
provides that the termination of a Borrower's franchise agreement is a default
under the related loan which entitles the Company to declare the principal
amount of such loan, immediately due and payable.
 
  There is no assurance that the Borrowers will not default under their
respective franchise agreements, or that the Borrowers will be able to satisfy
the requirements for renewal of the franchise agreement for an additional
term. In the event a franchise agreement terminates, the related Borrower
would not be able to continue to operate the business unit. In many instances,
the sole business and source of revenue for the Borrowers is the operation of
the business unit and the termination of the franchise agreement would mean
that such Borrowers would cease business operations. Because the success of
the business of the franchisee is largely dependent upon brand recognition and
the strength of the business concept in which it operates, Borrowers whose
rights to operate within the business concepts have been terminated will
likely have substantially depleted revenues and/or higher operating costs, if
they are able to operate at all. Accordingly, the termination or nonrenewal of
the franchise agreement likely will result in a Borrower's inability to
satisfy its obligations under the loan and a substantial decrease in the value
of the collateral securing such obligations. License agreements by Borrowers
on retail energy loans may contain similar provisions. See "Business--
Underwriting."
 
  PREPAYMENT RESTRICTIONS ON LOANS MAY BE INSUFFICIENT TO DETER
PREPAYMENTS. Substantially all of the Company's loans contain provisions
restricting prepayments of such loans. Prepayment provisions included in fixed
rate loan documents provide for a prepayment fee equal to (i) the greater of a
percentage (declining from 4.0% to 1.0% over the first five years) of the
unpaid loan balance or the present value of the unpaid balance multiplied by
the spread between the U.S. Treasury rate at the date the loan was originated
and the U.S. Treasury rate on the date the loan is prepaid plus (ii) the
present value of 0.13% of the remaining principal payments. The prepayment fee
for floating rate loans is equal to a percentage (declining from 3.5% to 1.5%
over the first four years) of the unpaid loan balance. Such restrictions may
prohibit prepayments in whole or in part during a specified period of time
and/or require the payment of a prepayment fee in connection with the
prepayment thereof. Such prepayment restrictions can, but do not necessarily,
provide a deterrent to prepayments. As a result, if actual prepayments exceed
Company estimates, the carrying value of the Company's retained interest in
loan securitizations may become impaired, and the Company may be unable to
effect future securitizations on terms similar to its recent securitization
transactions, thereby having an adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition and operating results. Prepayment charges may be in an amount which
is less than the figure which would fully compensate for the difference in
yield upon reinvestment of the prepayment proceeds against its expected yield
to maturity of the loans. There can be no assurance that the Borrower on a
loan which is being prepaid will have sufficient financial resources to pay
all or a portion of any required prepayment charges, particularly where the
prepayment results from acceleration of the loans following a payment default.
No assurance can be given that, at the time any prepayment charges are
required to be made in connection with a defaulted loan, foreclosure proceeds
will be sufficient to make such payments. No representation or warranty is
made as to the effect of such prepayment charges on the rate of prepayment of
the related loan.
 
  The enforceability, under the laws of a number of states, of provisions
similar to the provisions in the loans providing for the payment of prepayment
charges upon a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy is unclear. In particular,
no assurance can be given that, at any time that any prepayment charge is
required to be made in connection with an involuntary prepayment, the
obligation to pay such prepayment charge will be enforceable under applicable
law or, if enforceable, that foreclosure proceeds will be sufficient to make
such payment. Proceeds recovered in respect of any defaulted loan will, in
general, be applied to cover outstanding property protection expenses and
servicing expenses and unpaid principal and interest prior to being applied to
cover any prepayment charge due in connection with the liquidation of such
loan.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  BALLOON PAYMENT AT MATURITY AND EXTENSION INCREASES LENDER RISKS. The
Company may from time to time originate loans with a balloon payment due at
maturity. The ability of a Borrower to pay such amount will normally depend on
its ability to fully refinance the loan or sell the business unit and related
property at a price sufficient to permit the Borrower to make balloon
payments. The ability of a Borrower to refinance will be affected by a number
of factors, including, without limitation, the value of the related property,
the financial condition and operating history of the Borrower and the related
property limitations on transfer imposed by franchise or license agreements,
the strength of the commercial real estate market, tax laws, and prevailing
general economic conditions.
 
  LIMITED COVENANT RESTRICTIONS IN COMPANY LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY LIMIT THE
COMPANY'S ABILITY TO RECOVER LOAN PROCEEDS. The Company's loan documents with
each Borrower generally contain only a limited number of restrictive financial
covenants, including covenants to maintain a specified fixed charge coverage
ratio and covenants restricting encumbering or disposing of the collateral
(other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business and encumbrances
in connection with purchase money financings and certain other permitted
encumbrances). The loan documents generally do not contain other financial
covenants, such as covenants requiring maintenance of minimum levels of loan
to value ratios, net worth or liquid assets, or covenants restricting or
prohibiting distributions. The absence of such covenants (which are often
included in traditional bank financings) may limit the secured party's ability
to respond to declining collateral values and/or recover amounts in respect of
any loans in the event of default.
 
CONCENTRATION ON RESTAURANT, RETAIL ENERGY AND GOLF SECTORS MAY EXPOSE THE
COMPANY TO CONCEPT FAILURES, INDUSTRY CYCLES, ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES AND
OTHER INDUSTRY SPECIFIC RISKS
 
  FRANCHISE CONCEPTS HAVE SPECIFIC RISKS. The ability of a Borrower operating
as a Franchisee to repay its loan is subject to general business risks
typically associated with operating a business and particularly with operating
a QSR/casual dining restaurant or other franchised business, including,
without limitation, (i) an increase in the cost of labor (including, without
limitation, mandatory increases in the minimum wage payable to employees) or
food products, (ii) a decrease in the consumer demand for a particular product
or class of products offered by a particular franchise concept and (iii)
adverse changes in the economy in the geographic location in which a
particular restaurant is located.
 
  A BORROWER'S ABILITY TO REPAY A LOAN OR LEASE MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY
THE STRENGTH OF THE SUBJECT FRANCHISE CONCEPT. A Franchisee's success is
largely dependent upon brand recognition and the strength of the franchise
system in which it operates. The continued success of a Borrower's business
may be directly dependent upon the strength of the franchise concept, which in
turn may be dependent upon the continued strength of the franchisor and the
support which it provides to the franchise concept. While all of the Company's
loans are made to Borrowers within approved franchise concepts and the
approval of a franchise concept is based, among other things, on the
historical results of the franchise concept, the strength of the franchisor
and the support which it provides to the franchise concept, there is no
assurance that the prior performance of the franchise concept will be
indicative of future results, or that the franchisor will continue to have its
present strength or continue to provide the support for the franchise concept.
In addition, name brand recognition and franchise concept support that
provides much of the basis for the successful operation of individual
franchise businesses, can also mean that problems within the franchise concept
or at other locations (e.g., food poisoning, crime, litigation and negative
publicity) have substantial negative impact of the operations of otherwise
successful individual restaurants.
 
  The Company relies to a significant degree upon its established business
relationships with franchisors in such franchise concepts as a source of new
loan originations. The Company has a limited number of formal agreements with
franchisors. No assurance can be given that such relationships will continue.
The discontinuance of the relationship with one or more franchisors could
reduce the volume of new loans that the Company is able to originate, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of
operations. See "Business--Loan Originations--Lending Groups."
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  COMPETITION FACING FRANCHISEES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT A BORROWER'S REVENUES
AND PROFITS. The QSR/casual dining restaurant sector in which many of the
Company's Borrowers compete is highly competitive (e.g., with respect to
price, service, location, food quality and presentation), and is affected by
changes in taste and eating habits of the public, local economic and national
economic conditions and population and traffic patterns. Borrowers compete
with a variety of locally-owned restaurants, as well as competitive regional
and national chains and franchises. In addition, Borrowers may be at risk of
competition from restaurants within the same franchise concepts. Moreover, new
companies may easily enter the Borrowers' respective market segments. All such
competition may adversely affect a Borrower's revenues and profits and the
value of its enterprise and its ability to satisfy its obligations in
connection with its loan. Furthermore, Borrowers face stiff competition for
competent employees and high levels of employee turn-over, which also can have
an adverse effect on the operations and profitability of the Borrowers and on
their ability to satisfy their loan obligations. See "Business--Competition."
 
  CONCENTRATION RISKS FACED BY THE COMPANY MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT COMPANY
OPERATIONS. The Company may be exposed to certain substantial concentration
risks including risks of (i) franchise concept concentration, (ii) Borrower
concentration and (iii) geographic concentration.
 
  The Company makes loans to Borrowers who are franchisees in a limited number
of franchise concepts, the majority of which operate solely in the QSR/casual
dining restaurant market. For the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the year
ended December 31, 1996, QSR originations comprised approximately 73.1% and
84.5%, respectively, of total loan and lease originations, while casual dining
originations represented 10.7% and 9.5%, respectively. Such concentration of
systems will mean that in the event that any of the included franchise
concepts suffers a material adverse change, the Borrowers in such franchise
concept would be adversely affected, and there would be a concomitant adverse
impact on the Borrowers' ability to repay its obligations to the Company. To
date the substantial majority of the Company's loans have been made to
Borrowers operating QSRs in a limited number of jurisdictions. Concentration
in a limited number of jurisdictions will mean that in the event that any of
the included jurisdictions suffers a material adverse change (whether as a
result of deteriorating economic conditions, natural disasters or otherwise),
the Borrowers in such jurisdiction would be adversely affected. In addition,
to the extent that the Company makes loans to a Borrower or an affiliated
group of Borrowers which constitutes a material portion of the Company's then
outstanding loans, the Company could suffer material losses in the event such
Borrower or affiliated group defaulted on its loans. For the six months ended
June 30, 1997, the Company had made loans to one Borrower whose loans
comprised 9.7% of the Company's total loan and lease originations during the
period and the Company's top five Borrowers had loans comprising 33.7% of the
Company's total loan and lease originations during the period. Of total loan
and lease originations for the six months ended June 30, 1997, 21.3% were
originated in California; no other state accounted for over 10% of
originations for such period and no state accounted for over 10% of total loan
and lease originations for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995. See
"Business--Loan Originations--Lending Groups" and "--Geographic Distribution."
 
  FRANCHISE SUCCESS IS DEPENDENT IN PART ON FRANCHISE SITE LOCATION. One of
the strengths of the franchise system is procedures employed in selecting site
locations for franchises business units, and an important part of the value of
a franchise business is the franchisee's ability to operate the franchise
business at the specified location. In this regard, many franchisee agreements
are "site" or "location" specific and permit only the Borrower to operate at
the specified location. However, in the event of changes adversely affecting
the location (e.g., changes in traffic patterns, changes in visibility,
deterioration of the surrounding neighborhood), the Borrower may not be able
to relocate its operations even if the Borrower has the financial resources to
fund such a move. If a Borrower were unable to move, such changes could result
in decreased revenue and substantially impair the Borrower's ability to
satisfy its obligations under the loan, as well as the value of the business
and collateral securing the loan.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
 RETAIL ENERGY CONCEPTS HAVE SPECIFIC RISKS
 
  TERM OF PETROLEUM SUPPLY CONTRACTS MAY AFFECT BORROWER PROFIT MARGINS. Many
of the Company's Borrowers operating as Licensees in the retail energy sector
operate under supply agreements (the "Supply Agreements") with national retail
petroleum companies which may require such Borrowers to, among other things,
purchase all or a portion of their requirements for petroleum products from
such companies. The Supply Agreements may also contain terms which require
such Borrowers to pay additional costs to such companies to cover marketing
activities and additional other expenses for the percentage of branded
products sold under such Company's brand in the event the Borrower fails to
achieve certain target earnings set forth in the Supply Agreement (the "Target
Earnings"). In addition, the Supply Agreements may require such Borrowers to
make additional "margin maintenance payments" on petroleum products not
purchased if such Borrowers do not purchase a minimum amount of product per
year. The minimum amounts required to be purchased may escalate each year.
Accordingly, if Target Earnings are not met and/or such Borrowers do not meet
the minimum purchase requirements, the cost for purchasing petroleum products
could become excessive and adversely affect such Borrowers' profit margin with
respect to those products and consequently their ability to repay their loans.
 
  BORROWERS IN RETAIL ENERGY SECTOR SUBSTANTIALLY DEPENDENT ON SALE OF MOTOR
FUEL. Gasoline sales are highly competitive. Most Borrowers in the retail
energy sector compete with both independent and brand gasoline stations.
Gasoline profit margins associated with the sale of motor fuel have a
significant impact on such Borrowers and are affected by numerous factors
outside of each Borrower's control, including the supply and demand for motor
fuel in retail markets, volatility in the wholesale gasoline market and
competitive pricing influences in each Borrower's local market area. Borrowers
may obtain motor fuel from a number of independent suppliers in an attempt to
lower their cost per gallon and establish a diverse supplier base in the event
of shortages. As Borrowers generally may not inventory more than two weeks'
volume requirements, any sustained shortage of motor fuel from a Borrower's
suppliers could substantially reduce the volume of motor fuel sold by such
Borrower. A material decrease in either the volume of motor fuel sold or the
profit margin on such sales for an extended time period could have a material
adverse effect on the income of Borrowers in the retail energy sector and
their ability to service loans from the Company. In addition, the Company
believes that the patronage of customers desiring to purchase motor fuel
accounts for a significant portion of customer traffic at retail energy
business units and has a favorable impact on the merchandise sales in the
convenience stores, car washes and truck stops connected to service station
operations. Accordingly, any reduction in motor fuel supplies and resulting
reductions in motor fuel sales could adversely affect the sale of non-motor
fuel items and result in decreased revenues for such Borrowers.
 
  PROPERTIES SUBJECT TO ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS MAY CREATE LIABILITY FOR
BORROWERS. The operation and management of retail energy businesses (whether
pursuant to direct ownership, leases or management contracts) involves the use
and limited storage of certain hazardous materials. Specifically, the
Company's Borrowers in the retail energy sector incur ongoing costs to comply
with federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations governing
underground storage tank systems ("USTs") used in their operations. The
Company's loans may be secured by convenience store and gas station locations
with USTs and other environmental risks. Borrowers may be required to obtain
various environmental permits and licenses in connection with their operations
and activities and comply with various health and safety regulations adopted
by federal, state, local and foreign authorities governing the use and storage
of such hazardous materials. Under various federal, state, local and foreign
laws, ordinances and regulations, various categories of persons, including
owners, operators or managers of real property may be liable for the costs of
investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous substances that are or
have been released on or in their property even if such releases were by
former owners or occupants. In addition, any liability of Borrowers for
assessment and remediation activities in connection with releases into the
environment of gasoline or other regulated substances from USTs or otherwise
at such Borrowers' gasoline facilities could adversely impact the Borrowers'
ability to repay their loans from the Company or the value of any pledged
collateral. Due to the nature of releases, the actual costs incurred may vary
and the ongoing costs of assessment and remediation activities may vary from
year to year and may adversely impact such Borrowers' ability to repay their
loans. As of June 30, 1997, the Company was not aware of any adverse impact on
a Borrower's ability to repay a loan or any impairment of collateral arising
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
from environmental liabilities. However, no assurance can be given that
environmental liabilities will not adversely impact the ability of Borrowers
to repay their obligations to the Company in the future. See "--Certain
Underwriting Requirements and Risks May Adversely Affect Credit Quality."
 
  Most states have funds which provide reimbursement to qualified storage tank
owners/operators for assessment and remediation costs associated with
petroleum releases (after the operator pays a set deductible and co-payment
amount). Most funds are supported by annual tank registration fees paid by the
station owners and a gasoline fee, included in the price of the gas, which is
paid by consumers. As a result of the recently enacted legislation regarding
USTs, there has been an increasing number of UST replacements. Consequently,
some state funds have been drained of reserves. The result is a delay in
disbursement until the fund can be replenished with fee collections, the
effect of which may have an adverse effect on the Borrower's financial
condition and ability to repay its loan. See "Business--Regulation--
Environmental Regulations Affecting Retail Energy Businesses."
 
  COMPETITION FACED BY BORROWERS IN THE RETAIL ENERGY SECTOR MAY ADVERSELY
AFFECT BORROWER PROFITABILITY. The retail energy sector is highly competitive.
The number and type of competitors vary by location. The Company's Borrowers
in the retail energy sector presently compete with other convenience stores,
large integrated gasoline service station operators, supermarket chains,
neighborhood grocery stores, independent gasoline service stations, fast food
operations and other similar retail outlets, some of which are well recognized
national or regional retail chains. The Company's Borrowers in the retail
energy sector may compete against businesses which have greater financial and
other resources than those of the Borrowers. Key competitive factors in the
retail energy sector include, among others, location, ease of access, store
management, product selection, pricing, hours of operation, store safety,
cleanliness, product promotions and marketing. As a result of purchase
economies or vertical integration, certain of the Company's Borrowers in the
retail energy sector may not be able to compete effectively with larger
competitors which may possess greater control over product costs and may have
the ability to offer a broader range of products or services. To the extent
these competitors adopt marketing policies, including advertising and pricing
levels, that exploit their competitive advantages, such competitors could gain
market share and have an adverse effect on the profitability of the Company's
Borrowers in the retail energy sector and their ability to repay their loans.
 
 GOLF LOANS HAVE SPECIFIC RISKS
 
  CONSUMER SPENDING AND TRENDS. The amount spent by consumers on discretionary
activities, such as those offered by Borrowers in the golf sector, has
historically been dependent upon levels of discretionary income which may be
adversely affected by general economic conditions. A decrease in consumer
spending on golf-associated activities could have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition and results of operations of Borrowers in the golf
sector and their ability to repay the Company's loans.
 
  ZONING AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT BORROWER
COSTS. The construction of golf courses for third parties and the development
of golf practice and instruction facilities involve compliance with land use
planning, zoning and environmental regulations, including regulations
applicable to the treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and solid
wastes, run-off and wetland development. Regulations governing the use and
development of real estate may prevent Borrowers in the golf sector from
acquiring or developing prime locations for golf facilities, substantially
delay or complicate the process of developing locations acquired by such
Borrowers for golf facilities or constructing golf courses on locations owned
by others, or materially increase the cost thereof.
 
  Further, the operation and management of golf courses and golf practice and
instruction facilities (whether pursuant to direct ownership, lease or
management contract) involve the use and limited storage of certain hazardous
materials such as herbicides, pesticides, fertilizers, motor oil, gasoline and
paint. Borrowers may be required to obtain various environmental permits and
licenses in connection with their operations and activities and comply with
various health and safety regulations adopted by federal, state, local and
foreign authorities governing the use and storage of such hazardous materials.
Under various federal, state, local and foreign laws,
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
ordinances and regulations, various categories of persons, including owners,
operators or managers of real property may be liable for the costs of
investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous substances that are or
have been released on or in their property even if such releases were by
former owners or occupants. See "--Certain Underwriting Requirements and Risks
May Adversely Affect Credit Quality."
 
  REVENUES OF BORROWERS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY SEASONALITY. Golf
facilities generally are the most active during the second and third quarters
of the year. The inherent seasonality of participation in golf and golf-
related activities and the effect of weather conditions generally result in
greater revenues and income during the second and third quarters as compared
to the first and fourth quarters of the year. Poor weather conditions and
unforseen natural events may result in reduced utilization of Borrowers' golf
facilities and have an adverse effect on revenues of Borrowers in the golf
sector.
 
 EQUIPMENT LOANS AND LEASES HAVE SPECIFIC RISKS
 
  INABILITY TO RECOGNIZE RESIDUAL VALUE MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE COMPANY'S
FINANCIAL CONDITION. The Company retains a residual interest in the equipment
covered by its leases. The estimated fair market value of the equipment at the
end of the contract term of the lease, if any, is reflected as an asset on the
Company's balance sheet for leases held to maturity and will be included as
part of the gain on sale in any lease securitization transaction. The
Company's results of operations depend, to some degree, upon its ability to
realize these residual values. Realization of residual values depends on many
factors which are outside the Company's control, including general market
conditions at the time of expiration of the lease, whether there has been
unusual wear and tear on, or use of, the equipment, the cost of comparable new
equipment, the extent, if any, to which the equipment has become
technologically or economically obsolete during the contract term and the
effects of any additional or amended government regulations. If, upon the
expiration of a lease, the Company sells or refinances the underlying
equipment and the amount realized is less than the recorded value of the
residual interest in such equipment, a loss reflecting the difference will be
recognized. Any failure by the Company to realize aggregate recorded residual
values could have a material adverse effect on its business and results of
operations.
 
EQUITY INVESTMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO RISK OF LOSS
 
  The Company periodically makes passive unsecured equity investments in
companies operating in the sectors served by its lending and leasing business.
Such investments may be made in conjunction with loans and leases or
independent of any borrowing relationship. In certain cases, the Company is
obligated to make additional equity investments in such companies at the
option of the majority investor. Such investments involve a high degree of
risk because the investment is not secured by any assets of such entities and
the Company bears the risk of loss of its entire investment. Generally, the
Company is unable to control the activities of these companies due to its
minority ownership interest and lacks representation in the management of such
companies. No assurances can be made that such entities will be profitable or
that the Company will receive any return on its investments. See "Business--
Equity Investments" and "Certain Transactions--Other Matters--Equity
Investments."
   
  The Company may also enter into joint venture or similar arrangements for
its loan and lease activities. The Company is currently negotiating with a
major investment bank to form a joint venture pursuant to which the loan and
lease activities of the Company's Golf Finance Group would be exclusively
conducted by a new entity which would be 50% owned and managed by each of the
Company and the investment bank. The parties could by mutual agreement utilize
the joint venture, if formed, to exclusively originate other types of loans
and leases, which could include loans and leases in the Company's other
existing sectors or in new sectors. Any income distributed by the new entity
would be shared equally by the Company and the investment bank.     
 
PROFITABILITY OF THE COMPANY MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY INTEREST RATE
FLUCTUATIONS
 
  Profitability may be directly affected by fluctuations in interest rates
which affect the Company's ability to earn a spread between interest received
on its loans and leases held for sale and rates paid on warehouse lines of
credit and repurchase facilities. The Company's profitability may be adversely
affected during any period of
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
unexpected or rapid changes in interest rates. By way of example, in an
inflationary economy, interest rates normally increase. A substantial and
sustained increase in interest rates, whether due to inflation or otherwise,
could adversely affect the Company's ability to originate loans and leases.
Fluctuating interest rates also may affect the net interest income earned by
the Company resulting from the difference between the yield to the Company on
loans held pending sale and the interest paid by the Company for funds
borrowed under the Company's warehouse lines of credit and repurchase
facilities. If interest rates rise, the required discount rate used in
determining the Company's retained interest in loan securitizations might also
rise, thereby causing the
Company to record an expense reducing the Company's gain on sale and the
carrying value of retained interests in loan securitizations.
 
HEDGING STRATEGIES MAY NOT PROTECT THE COMPANY FROM INTEREST RATE RISKS
 
  The Company is required under its warehouse lines of credit and repurchase
facilities to hedge all of its fixed-rate loan balances securing such
facilities. The Company's hedging strategy normally includes selling U.S.
Treasury futures in such amounts and maturities as to effectively hedge the
interest rate volatility of its portfolio. The Company does not maintain naked
or leveraged hedge positions. While the Company believes its hedging
strategies are cost-effective and provide some protection against interest
rate risks, no hedging strategy can completely protect the Company from such
risks. Further, the Company does not believe that hedging against the interest
rate risks associated with adjustable-rate loans is cost-effective, and the
Company does not utilize the hedging strategies described above with respect
to its adjustable-rate loans.
 
THE COMPANY MAY BE REQUIRED TO REPURCHASE LOANS AND LEASES SOLD OR SECURITIZED
IN THE EVENT OF BREACH OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
  In connection with the issuance of securities in offerings in which loans
originated by the Company have been securitized, such securities are issued to
purchasers nonrecourse to the Company; provided, however, that the purchasers
of such securities will have recourse to the Company with respect to the
breach of a standard representation or warranty made by the Company at the
time such loans are securitized. To the extent that the Company is required to
repurchase any loan it will incur those risks incurred by conventional
lenders.
 
  In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is subject to claims
made against it by Borrowers and certificate holders in the Company's
securitizations arising from, among other things, losses that are claimed to
have been incurred as a result of alleged breaches of fiduciary obligations,
misrepresentations, errors and omissions of employees, officers and agents of
the Company (including its appraisers), incomplete documentation and failures
by the Company to comply with various laws and regulations applicable to its
business. The Company believes that liability with respect to any currently
asserted claims or legal actions is not likely to be material to the Company's
results of operations or financial condition; however, any claims asserted in
the future may result in legal expenses or liabilities which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition.
 
THE INABILITY OF THE COMPANY TO MANAGE GROWTH COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT COMPANY
OPERATIONS
 
  The Company's total revenues and net income have grown significantly since
inception, primarily due to increased loan origination activities. While the
Company intends to continue to pursue a growth strategy, its future operating
results will depend largely upon its ability to expand its loan and lease
origination activities. The Company plans to continue its growth of loan and
lease originations through increased penetration in the sectors where the
Company currently operates as well as expansion into new sectors. However,
these expansion plans will require additional personnel and assets and there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully expand and
operate such programs profitably or that the Company will anticipate all of
the changing demands that its expanding operations will have on the Company's
management, information and operating systems. Any failure by the Company to
hire appropriate personnel or adapt its systems could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
THE COMPANY'S OPERATIONS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY THE LOSS OF KEY
PERSONNEL
 
  The Company's success depends to a large extent upon the expertise and
continuing contributions of Wayne L. Knyal, President, Chief Executive Officer
and a Director of the Company and Thomas J. Shaughnessy, Executive Vice
President and Chief Credit Officer of the Company. The loss of the services of
either of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business and results of operations. The Company's future success
also depends on its ability to identify, attract and retain additional
qualified personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in identifying, attracting and retaining such personnel. See
"Management--Directors and Executive Officers."
 
LIMITED HISTORY OF INDEPENDENT OPERATIONS AND NEW PRODUCTS LIMIT THE ABILITY
OF THE COMPANY TO PREDICT FUTURE PERFORMANCE
 
The Company has experienced substantial growth in loan and lease originations
and total revenues since inception, and in particular since June 1995 when
ICII acquired the operations of Franchise Mortgage LLC. The Company had been
unprofitable until 1996 and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
profitable in the future or that these rates of growth will be sustainable or
indicative of future results. Prior to the Offering, the Company benefited
from the financial, administrative and other resources of ICII and Greenwich
Capital Financial Products, Inc., a prior owner of the operations of Franchise
Mortgage LLC. Prior to this Offering, ICII had extended loans to the Company
and guaranteed the Company's warehouse lines of credit, repurchase facilities
and leases. ICII will not guarantee any of the Company's future financing
facilities or leases. Accordingly, the Company's prospects must be evaluated
in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties it will encounter as an
independent business. Although the Company will have a services agreement with
ICII upon the effective date of this Offering, there can be no assurance that
the Company will develop the financial, management or other resources
necessary to operate successfully as an independent company.
 
  In light of the Company's aforementioned growth in loan and lease
originations, the historical performance of the Company's earnings may be of
limited relevance in predicting future performance. Also, the loans originated
by the Company and included in the Company's securitizations have been
outstanding for a relatively short period of time. Consequently, the
delinquency and loss experience of the Company's loans and leases to date may
not be indicative of results to be experienced in the future. It is unlikely
that the Company will be able to maintain delinquency and loss ratios at
current levels as the portfolio becomes more seasoned.
 
  The Company has recently expanded its product offerings to include leases
and has expanded its marketing efforts to include Borrowers in the retail
energy and golf sectors. The Company has either limited or no experience with
these new products and markets, and there can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to compete in these markets successfully or that the return on
the Company's investment in these new products and markets will be consistent
with the Company's historical financial results.
 
ANY FUTURE ACQUISITIONS OF OTHER SPECIALTY FINANCE COMPANIES OR ASSETS MAY
HAVE ADVERSE EFFECTS ON THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS
 
  The Company may, from time to time, engage in the acquisition of other
specialty finance companies or portfolios of loan and lease assets. Any
acquisition made by the Company may result in potentially dilutive issuances
of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt and the amortization
of expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of
operations. The Company also may experience difficulties in the assimilation
of the operations, services, products and personnel related to acquired
companies or asset portfolios, an inability to sustain or improve the
historical revenue levels of acquired companies, the diversion of management's
attention from ongoing business operations and the potential loss of key
employees of such acquired companies. The Company currently has no agreements
with regard to potential acquisition and there can be no assurance that future
acquisitions, if any, will be consummated.
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
ONE-TIME DEFERRED INCOME TAX CHARGE WILL REDUCE THE COMPANY'S EARNINGS
 
  In accordance with SFAS 109, as a result of terminating the Company's LLC
status upon completion of this Offering, the Company will be required to
record a one-time non-cash charge against earnings for deferred income taxes
based upon the change from the Company's LLC status to C Corporation status.
Management estimates that there will be a charge for the quarter ending
December 31, 1997 and the year ending December 31, 1997; if such a charge were
recorded at September 30, 1997, the amount would have been approximately
$11.1 million. This amount is expected to increase through the closing date of
this Offering. For a further discussion, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Results of
Operations--Impact of Change in Tax Status," "--Tax Considerations" and Notes
3, 4 and 14 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
SUBSTANTIAL COMPETITION IN THE COMMERCIAL FINANCE INDUSTRY MAY ADVERSELY
AFFECT THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO ORIGINATE OR MAINTAIN LOANS AND LEASES
 
  As a specialty commercial finance lender, the Company faces intense
competition, primarily from commercial banks, thrift institutions, diversified
finance companies, asset-based lenders, specialty franchise finance companies
and real estate investment trusts, among others. Many of these competitors in
the financial services business are substantially larger and have more capital
and other resources than the Company. Competition can take many forms,
including convenience in obtaining a loan or lease, customer service,
marketing and distribution channels and loan and lease pricing. Furthermore,
the current level of gains realized by the Company and its competitors on the
sale of the type of loans and leases they originate is attracting and may
continue to attract additional competitors into this market with the possible
effect of lowering gains that may be realized on the Company's loan and lease
sales. Competition may be affected by fluctuations in interest rates and
general economic conditions. During periods of rising rates, competitors which
have locked in low borrowing costs may have a competitive advantage. During
periods of declining rates, competitors may solicit the Company's customers to
refinance their loans and leases. During economic slowdowns or recessions, the
Company's Borrowers may experience financial difficulties and may be receptive
to offers by the Company's competitors.
 
CONTROL OF THE COMPANY BY SELLING STOCKHOLDERS AND POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF
INTEREST BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN AFFILIATES
 
  After the Offering, the Selling Stockholders will beneficially own 67.8% of
the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (or approximately 64.1% of the
outstanding Common Stock if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full). Of such shares, 44.4% will be owned by ICII and 23.4% will
be owned by FLRT, Inc., a company controlled by Wayne L. Knyal, the Company's
President and Chief Executive Officer. As a result, the Selling Stockholders
will be able to control substantially all matters requiring approval by the
stockholders of the Company, including the election of directors and the
approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. Under the
Company's Bylaws, as long as ICII directly owns at least 25% of the Company's
outstanding voting stock, the Unaffiliated Directors of the Company's Board of
Directors (directors independent of both management and ICII) must
independently approve all transactions between the Company and ICII. The
disposition and voting of the shares of Common Stock of the Company held by
ICII is controlled by ICII's Board of Directors consisting of H. Wayne
Snavely, Kevin E. Villani, Joseph R. Tomkinson, Stephen Shugerman, G. Louis
Graziadio, III, Perry A. Lerner, J. Clayborn LaForce and Robert Muehlenbeck.
Messers. Snavely, Graziadio and Lerner are directors of the Company. See
"Management" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
OFFERING TO BENEFIT EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
  This Offering will provide substantial benefits to existing stockholders of
the Company. First, the assumed initial public offering price is substantially
higher than the $0.66 per share book value on the shares held by existing
stockholders. Based upon an initial public offering of 8,750,000 shares by the
Company at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, new
investors will invest $148.8 million or 92.5% of the total
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
   
consideration paid for 32.2% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding
after the Offering. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of
$17.00, the shares of Common Stock owned by existing stockholders would be
valued at $313.7 million at the effective time of the Offering; such shares
had a book value of $12.1 million at June 30, 1997. Second, each of ICII and
FLRT, Inc. will receive monies as a result of the Offering. As selling
stockholders, ICII and FLRT, Inc. will receive approximately $39.3 million and
$14.7 million, respectively, of the net proceeds of this Offering at an
assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share. Also, the Company intends
to apply a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering to repay demand
indebtedness owed to ICII ($10.0 million was owed to ICII as of June 30, 1997
at an interest rate of 12% per annum; amounts owed to ICII will increase by an
amount currently estimated to be $3.0 million (this amount may increase
depending on the level of Franchise Mortgage LLC's taxable income immediately
prior to the completion of this Offering) to fund the Final LLC Distribution).
See "Use of Proceeds" and "LLC Distributions." Third, the Company may be
liable for taxes in respect of tax periods prior to the Reorganization. Since
July 1, 1995, the Company has been treated as a partnership for federal and
state income tax purposes. As a result, the income of the Company has not been
subject to federal or state income taxation. The members of Franchise Mortgage
LLC (ICII and FLRT, Inc.) are liable for individual federal and state income
taxes on their allocated portions of the Company's taxable income. The
Company's status as an LLC will be automatically terminated as a result of the
Reorganization. The Company has agreed to indemnify each of ICII and FLRT,
Inc. for any federal or state income taxes, including penalties and interest
thereon, imposed by any taxing authority with respect to, for, or fairly
attributable to the operations of Franchise Mortgage LLC for the period from
July 1, 1995 through the effective date of this Offering. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, each of ICII and FLRT, Inc. has agreed to indemnify the Company for
all taxes, including penalties and interest thereon, resulting from any
determination made by a taxing authority that Franchise Mortgage LLC should be
determined for tax purposes to be an association taxable as a corporation and
only to the extent that such taxes pertain to the income of Franchise Mortgage
LLC as originally reported on its income tax return for the period in question
and solely to the extent of any LLC distributions made by Franchise Mortgage
LLC to ICII and FLRT, Inc.     
 
ANTITAKEOVER PROVISIONS MAY DETER OR LIMIT CHANGES IN MANAGEMENT AND OWNERSHIP
OF THE COMPANY
 
  Certain provisions of Delaware law and the Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Certificate") and Bylaws (the "Bylaws") of the Company may make it more
difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third
party from attempting to acquire control of the Company. Specifically, the
Company's Certificate and Bylaws will prohibit stockholder action by written
consent and limit the ability of stockholders to call special meetings. Also,
the Board of Directors of the Company has the power to issue "blank check"
preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock") with rights senior to the Common Stock
without approval by the stockholders of the Company. The Preferred Stock may
be issued from time to time with such designations, rights, preferences and
privileges as the Board of Directors may determine and may adversely affect
the rights of the Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock--Certain
Provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law."
 
NO ASSURANCE OF ACTIVE TRADING MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
 
  Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. Although the Company intends to apply for quotation of the
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market, there can be no assurance that an
active public trading market for the Common Stock will develop after the
Offering or that, if developed, it will be sustained. The public offering
price of the Common Stock offered hereby has been determined by negotiations
between the Company and the Representatives of the Underwriters and may not be
indicative of the price at which the Common Stock will trade after the
Offering. See "Underwriting." Consequently, there can be no assurance that the
market price for the Common Stock will not fall below the initial public
offering price.
 
POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE; EFFECT OF FUTURE OFFERINGS MAY ADVERSELY
AFFECT MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK
 
  The market price of the Common Stock may experience fluctuations that are
unrelated to the Company's operating performance. In particular, the price of
the Common Stock may be affected by general market price movements as well as
developments specifically related to the commercial finance industry such as,
among other
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
things, interest rate movements. In addition, the Company's operating income
on a quarterly basis is significantly dependent upon the successful completion
of the Company's loan securitizations and whole loan sales in the market, and
the Company's inability to complete significant loan sale transactions in a
particular quarter may have a material adverse impact on the Company's results
of operations for that quarter and could, therefore, negatively impact the
price of the Common Stock.
 
  The Company may increase its capital by making additional private or public
offerings of its Common Stock, securities convertible into its Common Stock or
debt securities. The effect of such offerings, the timing of which cannot be
predicted, may be the dilution of the book value or earnings per share of the
Common Stock outstanding, if the Company issues or plans to issue additional
shares at a price below the then net tangible book value per share of the
Company's Common Stock. Such an event may result in the reduction of the
market price of the Common Stock.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET PRICE OF THE
COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK
 
  The sales of substantial amounts of the Company's Common Stock in the public
market or the prospect of such sales could materially and adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock. Upon completion of this Offering, the
Company will have outstanding 27,200,000 shares of Common Stock. The 8,750,000
shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be immediately eligible for sale in
the public market without restriction beginning on the date of this
Prospectus. The remaining 18,450,000 shares of Common Stock are restricted in
nature and are saleable to the extent permitted for "affiliates" pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Company and the Selling Stockholders
have agreed that they will not, without the prior written consent of
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. (which consent may be withheld in its
sole discretion) and subject to certain limited exceptions, sell, transfer, or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to
acquire Common Stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or
convertible into Common Stock for a period commencing on the date of this
Prospectus and continuing to a date 180 days after such date.See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting." Additionally, it is expected
that stock options for 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock will be granted to
certain employees, officers and directors of the Company on the date of this
Offering at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering
price, not more than 20% of which, except in the event of a change of control
of the Company, will be exercisable on that date which is one year from the
date of this Offering. The Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options
to purchase, and awards of, an aggregate of up to 10% of the shares of the
Company's Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering, including any
shares issued pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment option, but not
less than 2,700,000 Shares. The Company intends to register under the
Securities Act shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Stock Option Plan.
   
  The Company has entered into a registration rights agreement (the "ICII
Registration Rights Agreement") pursuant to which the Company has agreed to
file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act in the
future for shares of the Company held by ICII, subject to certain conditions
set forth therein. Pursuant to the ICII Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements
to be kept continuously effective for the public sale from time to time of the
shares of the Company held by ICII. Also, under the ICII Registration Rights
Agreement, FLRT, Inc. has certain piggyback registration rights with respect
to a demand registration statement initiated by ICII concerning shares of the
Company's Common Stock held by ICII; provided however that for a period of
three years following the date of this Prospectus, FLRT, Inc. is limited in
the amount of shares of the Company's Common Stock it can sell to that amount
authorized pursuant to Rule 144. Thereafter, or in the event that Mr. Knyal's
employment is terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Knyal for good
reason (as defined in his employment agreement), FLRT, Inc. shall have
registration rights similar to those granted to ICII under the ICII
Registration Rights Agreement without any volume limitations. See
"Management--Executive Compensation--Employment Agreement."     
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
  The anticipated initial public offering price is substantially higher than
the book value per outstanding share of the Common Stock. Purchasers of the
Common Stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net
tangible book value of $13.65 per share (based upon an assumed initial public
offering price of $17.00 per share) per share of Common Stock from the initial
public offering price per share of Common Stock. See "Dilution."
 
ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
 
  Following the completion of the Offering, the Company intends to retain
earnings to finance the growth and development of its business. Accordingly,
the Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends on the Common Stock in
the foreseeable future.
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
                              THE REORGANIZATION
 
  The Company's predecessor, FLRT, Inc. (formerly Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Corporation), was incorporated by Wayne L. Knyal as a California
corporation in April 1991 and was wholly owned by him at that time. FLRT, Inc.
and certain individuals formed a limited partnership for the purpose of
originating and securitizing franchise loans. As the general partner of such
limited partnership, FLRT, Inc. owned the sole rights to service such loans
(the "FLRT Servicing Contracts"). In March 1993, Mr. Knyal entered into a
joint venture with Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc. ("Greenwich")
pursuant to which Mr. Knyal became the president of the Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company division (the "FMAC Division") of Greenwich. Between March
1993 and June 1995, the Company originated and securitized franchise loans
through the FMAC Division. However, FLRT, Inc. retained all rights to the FLRT
Servicing Contracts.
 
  On June 30, 1995, ICII acquired from Greenwich certain assets of the FMAC
Division, including all of Greenwich's rights under certain servicing
contracts entered into by the FMAC Division (the "FMAC Servicing Contracts")
and a $410,000 obligation owed by Mr. Knyal to Greenwich (see "Certain
Transactions"). The FMAC Servicing Contracts pertain to the servicing of
franchise loans that were previously securitized by Greenwich through the FMAC
Division and other franchise loans owned by Greenwich and not yet securitized.
Concurrent with the closing of the transactions described above, ICII entered
into an operating agreement with Mr. Knyal for the formation of Franchise
Mortgage LLC. In connection with the acquisition, Franchise Mortgage LLC or
its affiliates assumed certain liabilities related to the FMAC Servicing
Contracts and Greenwich agreed to act as Franchise Mortgage LLC's exclusive
agent in connection with the securitization of franchise loans for a period of
24 months.
 
  Franchise Mortgage LLC was formed to originate, securitize and service
franchise loans. Under the terms of the operating agreement, in exchange for a
66.7% ownership interest in Franchise Mortgage LLC, ICII was obligated to
contribute to Franchise Mortgage LLC $1.3 million in cash and all of the
assets purchased from Greenwich. In exchange for a 33.3% ownership interest in
Franchise Mortgage LLC, Knyal caused FLRT, Inc., to contribute to Franchise
Mortgage LLC all of its rights under the FLRT Servicing Contracts.
 
  Immediately prior to this Offering, Franchise Mortgage LLC will merge into
Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware corporation which was
incorporated in August 1997 for the purpose of succeeding to the business of
Franchise Mortgage LLC (the "Reorganization"). Although Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company has been organized, it has not commenced operations and has
no assets, liabilities or contingent liabilities. As a result of the
Reorganization, the historical financial statements of Franchise Mortgage LLC
will become those of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company; for this reason,
separate financial statements of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company are not
presented herein. As a result of the Reorganization, immediately prior to this
Offering ICII will own 66.7% and FLRT, Inc. will own 33.3%, respectively, of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company. Mr. Knyal currently beneficially owns 85% of the Common Stock of the
Company held by FLRT, Inc.
   
  Since July 1, 1995, the Company has been treated as a partnership for
federal and state income tax purposes. As a result, the income of the Company
has not been subject to federal or state income taxation. The members of
Franchise Mortgage LLC (ICII and FLRT, Inc.) are liable for individual federal
and state income taxes on their allocated portions of the Company's taxable
income. The Company's status as an LLC will be automatically terminated as a
result of the Reorganization. The Company has agreed to indemnify each of ICII
and FLRT, Inc. for any federal or state income taxes, including penalties and
interest thereon, imposed by any taxing authority with respect to, for, or
fairly attributable to the operations of Franchise Mortgage LLC for the period
from July 1, 1995 through the effective date of this Offering. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, each of ICII and FLRT, Inc. has agreed to indemnify the Company
for all taxes, including penalties and interest thereon, resulting from any
determination made by a taxing authority that Franchise Mortgage LLC should be
determined for tax purposes to be an association taxable as a corporation and
only to the extent that such taxes pertain to the income of Franchise Mortgage
LLC as originally reported on its income tax return for the period in question
and solely to the extent of any LLC distributions made by Franchise Mortgage
LLC to ICII and FLRT, Inc.     
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the
5,312,500 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company (after deducting the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by the Company),
are estimated to be $83.5 million. The Company intends to apply the net
proceeds from this Offering (i) to repay demand indebtedness owed to ICII
($10.0 million was owed to ICII as of June 30, 1997 at an interest rate of 12%
per annum; amounts owed to ICII will increase by an amount currently estimated
to be $3.0 million (this amount may increase depending on the level of
Franchise Mortgage LLC's taxable income immediately prior to the completion of
this Offering) to fund the Final LLC Distribution), (ii) to fund future loan
and lease originations and equity investments and (iii) for general corporate
purposes. Prior to the Reorganization, the Company's excess liquidity needs
were funded by ICII. Excess liquidity needs of the Company have primarily
included the haircut on loan originations and investments in certain equity
ownership interests. Prior to their eventual use, the net proceeds will be
invested in high quality, short-term investment instruments such as short-term
corporate investment grade or United States Government interest-bearing
securities. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Common
Stock by the Selling Stockholders.
 
                               LLC DISTRIBUTIONS
 
  Since July 1, 1995, the Company has been treated as a partnership for
federal and state income tax purposes. As a result, the income of the Company
has not been subject to federal and state income taxation. The members of
Franchise Mortgage LLC (ICII and FLRT, Inc.) are liable for individual federal
and state income taxes on their allocated portions of the Company's taxable
income. The Company's status as an LLC will be automatically terminated as a
result of this Offering.
 
  For the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the six months ended December 31,
1995, the Company distributed approximately $6.3 million and $3.8 million,
respectively, to its members which distributions were funded with cash on hand
and borrowings. This amount represents a portion of the Company's earnings
through June 30, 1997. The Company will make the Final LLC Distribution
currently estimated to be $3.0 million (this amount may increase depending on
the level of Franchise Mortgage LLC's taxable income immediately prior to the
completion of this Offering) immediately prior to the completion of this
Offering, such payment will be funded with a short term loan from ICII
repayable with a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering. See "Use of
Proceeds."
 
  Purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering will not receive any portion of
the Final LLC Distribution. Following termination of its status as an LLC, the
Company will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxation. See
"Capitalization" and Notes 3, 4 and 14 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  Except as described herein under "LLC Distributions," the Company has never
paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company intends to retain all
of its future earnings to finance its operations and does not anticipate
paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision made by the
Company's Board of Directors to declare dividends in the future will depend
upon the Company's future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition
and other factors deemed relevant by the Company's Directors. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
                                   DILUTION
 
  The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock at June
30, 1997 was approximately $7.5 million or $0.34 per share. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets reduced by the
amount of total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding, after giving effect to (i) the Reorganization, (ii) the Final LLC
Distribution of $3.0 million (this amount may increase depending on the level
of Franchise Mortgage LLC's taxable income immediately prior to the completion
of this Offering) and repayment thereof with a portion of the net proceeds of
this Offering (see "LLC Distributions") and (iii) the recording by the Company
of deferred income taxes as if the Company were treated as a C Corporation at
June 30, 1997, and the reclassification of members' capital to additional
paid-in capital in connection therewith. After giving effect to the sale by
the Company of the shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an
assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share (after deducting the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses), the pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1997 would have
been $91.0 million or $3.35 per share of Common Stock. This represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.01 per share to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $13.65 per share to new
investors purchasing shares in this Offering. The following table illustrates
this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>   <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share..................       $17.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
   1997.......................................................... $0.34
  Increase per share attributable to new investors...............  3.01
                                                                  -----
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
 this Offering...................................................         3.35
                                                                        ------
Dilution per share to new investors..............................       $13.65
                                                                        ======
</TABLE>
 
  The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
after giving effect to the adjustments set forth above, the number of shares
of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid to
the Company and the average price per share of Common Stock paid by the
existing stockholders and by the new investors in this Offering:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              SHARES OWNED
                           AFTER THE OFFERING TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                           ------------------ -------------------- AVERAGE PRICE
                             NUMBER   PERCENT    AMOUNT    PERCENT   PER SHARE
                           ---------- ------- ------------ ------- -------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>
Existing stockholders..... 18,450,000   67.8% $ 12,080,000    7.5%     $0.66
New investors.............  8,750,000   32.2   148,750,000   92.5      17.00
                           ----------  -----  ------------  -----
  Total................... 27,200,000  100.0% $160,830,000  100.0%
                           ==========  =====  ============  =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company (i) on an
actual basis as of June 30, 1997 (when the Company was an LLC), (ii) on a pro
forma basis to reflect (A) the Reorganization, (B) the Final LLC Distribution
of $3.0 million (this amount may increase depending on the level of Franchise
Mortgage LLC's taxable income immediately prior to the completion of this
Offering) immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, such amount to
be funded with a short term loan from ICII (see "LLC Distributions") and (C)
the recording by the Company of $7.0 million of deferred income taxes as if
the Company were treated as a C Corporation at June 30, 1997 and the
reclassification of members' capital to additional paid-in capital in
connection therewith and (iii) on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect
to the issuance and sale of the shares of Common Stock offered by the Company
at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share (after
deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by
the Company) and the anticipated applications of the net proceeds therefrom.
This table should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and the
Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AT JUNE 30, 1997
                                               --------------------------------
                                                          PRO      PRO FORMA
                                                ACTUAL   FORMA   AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                               -------- -------- --------------
                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>      <C>      <C>
Borrowings.................................... $195,922 $195,922    $195,922
Payable to ICII...............................    9,997   12,997         --
                                               -------- --------    --------
  Total borrowings............................  205,919  208,919     195,922
Members' equity(2)............................   22,098      --          --
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value; 10,000,000
   shares authorized; none issued and
   outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma
   as adjusted................................      --       --          --
  Common Stock, $.001 par value; 100,000,000
   shares authorized(3); no shares issued and
   outstanding actual; 21,887,500 shares
   issued and outstanding, pro forma;
   27,200,000 shares issued and outstanding,
   pro forma as adjusted......................      --        22          27
  Additional paid-in capital..................      --    12,058      95,589
                                               -------- --------    --------
    Total stockholders' equity................      --    12,080      95,616
                                               -------- --------    --------
    Total capitalization...................... $228,017 $220,999    $291,538
                                               ======== ========    ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) After deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses
    payable by the Company, and assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option.
 
(2) Members' equity consists of approximately $5.8 million of members' capital
    and $16.3 million of retained earnings.
 
(3) Excludes shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company's Stock
    Option Plan. The Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options to
    purchase, and awards of, an aggregate of up to 10% of the shares of the
    Company's Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering, including
    any shares issued pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment option, but
    not less than 2,700,000 shares. Options to acquire 1,200,000 shares are
    expected to be granted to employees, officers and directors of the Company
    at the effective date of this Offering at a per share exercise price equal
    to the initial public offering price. See "Management--Stock Options."
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA AND RATIOS)
  The selected statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30,
1997, the year ended December 31, 1996, the six months ended June 30, 1995 and
December 31, 1995, and the year ended December 31, 1994, and the selected
balance sheet data as of June 30, 1997, and December 31, 1996 and 1995, have
been derived from audited financial statements of the Company which, together
with the notes thereto and the related report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants, are included in this Prospectus. The
selected statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 1996,
and the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the selected balance sheet
data as of December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, have been derived from the
unaudited financial statements of the Company not included herein, and include
all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring accruals, which
management considers necessary for a fair presentation of such financial
information for those periods. Results of operations for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the
year ended December 31, 1997, or a full year. Financial information for
periods ended and dates prior to July 1, 1995, represent that of the Company's
predecessors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      PREDECESSOR
                                                                            ----------------------------------
                             SIX MONTHS ENDED                  SIX MONTHS   SIX MONTHS      YEARS ENDED
                                 JUNE 30,        YEAR ENDED       ENDED       ENDED        DECEMBER 31,
                          ---------------------- DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,  -----------------------
                              1997        1996       1996         1995         1995     1994     1993    1992
                          ------------- -------- ------------ ------------- ---------- -------  -------  -----
<S>                       <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Revenues:
 Gain on sales(1).......    $ 19,808    $ 12,520   $ 18,671     $    --      $   --    $ 4,052  $ 1,430  $  --
 Net interest income....       1,373         302      1,641          239         154        37       35      2
 Loan servicing income..       1,376         649      1,191          349         326       306      345    147
 Other income...........         --           63         63          --          --         68      --     --
                            --------    --------   --------     --------     -------   -------  -------  -----
 Total revenues.........      22,557      13,534     21,566          588         480     4,463    1,810    149
                            --------    --------   --------     --------     -------   -------  -------  -----
Expenses:
 Personnel and
  commission............       4,665       3,901      8,270          356         931     1,723    1,035    --
 General and
  administrative........       1,467         495      1,094          294         684     1,804    2,952    306
 Other..................       2,462       1,375      2,878          597         776     1,664    1,718    --
                            --------    --------   --------     --------     -------   -------  -------  -----
 Total expenses.........       8,594       5,771     12,242        1,247       2,391     5,191    5,705    306
                            --------    --------   --------     --------     -------   -------  -------  -----
Net income (loss).......    $ 13,963    $  7,763   $  9,324     $   (659)    $(1,911)  $  (728) $(3,895) $(157)
                            ========    ========   ========     ========     =======   =======  =======  =====
Pro forma earnings
 data(2):
 Net income as
  reported..............    $ 13,963    $  7,763   $  9,324
 Pro forma income
  taxes.................       5,935       3,366      3,873
                            --------    --------   --------
 Pro forma net income...    $  8,028    $  4,397   $  5,451
                            ========    ========   ========
 Pro forma net income
  per share(3)..........    $   0.37    $   0.20   $   0.25
                            ========    ========   ========
Supplemental pro forma
 earnings data(2):
 Net income as
  reported..............    $ 13,963
 Establishment of
  deferred
  tax liability.........       7,018
                            --------
 Supplemental pro forma
  net income............    $  6,945
                            ========
 Supplemental pro forma
  net income per
  share(3)..............    $   0.32
                            ========
<CAPTION>
                           AS OF JUNE 30, 1997                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                          ---------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   PREDECESSOR
                                                                            ---------------------------
                          PRO FORMA (4)  ACTUAL      1996         1995         1994     1993     1992
                          ------------- -------- ------------ ------------- ---------- -------  -------
<S>                       <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>      <C>      
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash
 equivalents ...........    $     15    $     15   $    --      $    --      $   102   $   205  $     1
Securities available for
 sale...................       2,581       2,581     39,349          --        9,541     5,025      --
Loans and leases held
 for sale...............     208,014     208,014     98,915      181,254         --        --       --
Retained interest in
 loan
 securitizations(5).....       7,002       7,002      6,908          --          --        --       --
Accrued interest
 receivable.............       1,137       1,137        560        1,108         138        39      --
Goodwill................       4,571       4,571      4,332        4,226         --        --       --
Other assets............       9,636       9,636     10,112        2,460         467       862      309
                            --------    --------   --------     --------     -------   -------  -------
 Total assets...........     232,956     232,956    160,176      189,048      10,248     6,131      310
Payable to Imperial
 Credit Industries,
 Inc....................      12,997       9,997     17,728          --          --        --       --
Overdraft...............         --          --         171          445         --        --       --
Borrowings..............     195,922     195,922    125,240      181,632      13,548     7,160      460
Deferred income taxes...       7,018         --         --           --          --        --       --
Other liabilities.......       4,939       4,939      2,580        3,198       1,543     3,086       70
                            --------    --------   --------     --------     -------   -------  -------
 Total liabilities......     220,876     210,858    145,719      185,275      15,091    10,246      530
Members' equity.........         --     $ 22,098   $ 14,457     $  3,773     $(4,843)  $(4,115)   $(220)
                                        ========   ========     ========     =======   =======  =======
Common stock............          22         --
Additional paid-in
 capital................      12,058
                            --------
 Total stockholders
  equity................    $ 12,080
                            ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SIX MONTHS            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                              ENDED     ----------------------------------------------
                          JUNE 30, 1997   1996      1995      1994     1993     1992
                          ------------- --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
<S>                       <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
OPERATING STATISTICS:
Loan originations:
 Total loan
  originations..........   $  285,370   $456,981  $218,742  $109,166  $29,367  $26,101
 Average initial
  principal balance per
  loan..................   $      730   $    837  $    706  $    635  $   452  $   458
 Weighted average
  interest rate:
 Fixed rate loans.......        10.70%     10.29%    10.12%    10.21%    9.48%   10.94%
 Variable rate loans....         9.60%      9.34%     8.40%     8.13%     -- %     -- %
Equipment finance
 originations:
 Total equipment finance
  originations..........   $   15,247   $  1,486  $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Average principal
  balance per
  financing.............   $      186   $    149  $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Weighted average
  interest rate.........        12.08%     12.14%      -- %      -- %     -- %     -- %
Total loan and lease
 originations:..........   $  300,617   $458,467  $218,742  $109,166  $29,367  $26,101
Loan sales:
 Whole loan sales.......   $   15,349   $    --   $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Loans sold through
  securitizations(1)....      158,554    325,088   147,972   105,686   28,973      --
                           ----------   --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
  Total.................   $  173,903   $325,088  $147,972  $105,686  $28,973  $   --
Loans and leases held in
 servicing portfolio
 (at period end)(6).....   $1,049,843   $737,176  $358,579  $180,367  $81,030  $55,164
Net charge-offs as a
 percentage of total
 servicing portfolio....          -- %       -- %      -- %      -- %     -- %     -- %
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Gain on sale for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the year
    ended December 31, 1996 includes $18.4 million, $5.8 million and $11.9
    million of cash gains, of which $2.4 million, $3.6 million and $7.8
    million, respectively, represented loan fees. The gain on sale of loans
    for the December 1995 securitization was not recognized until the first
    quarter of 1996.
(2) From July 1, 1995 through the closing date of the Offering, the Company
    qualified to be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax
    purposes. Pro forma earnings data reflect the Reorganization and the
    income tax expense that would have been recorded had the Company not been
    taxed as a partnership. As a result of terminating the Company's LLC
    status upon completion of this Offering, the Company will be required to
    record a one-time non-cash charge against historical earnings for deferred
    income taxes. This charge will occur in the quarter ending December 31,
    1997 and the year ending December 31, 1997. If this charge were recorded
    at September 30, 1997, the amount would have been approximately $11.1
    million. This amount is expected to increase through the closing date of
    this Offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations" and Notes 3, 4 and 14 of Notes to
    Financial Statements.
(3) 21,887,500 outstanding shares were used in computing pro forma and
    supplemental pro forma earnings per share. See Note 3 of Notes to
    Financial Statements.
(4) Pro forma balance sheet data reflects the Reorganization, the distribution
    by Franchise Mortgage LLC to its members of the Final LLC Distribution of
    $3.0 million (this amount may increase depending on the level of Franchise
    Mortgage LLC's taxable income immediately prior to the completion of this
    Offering) immediately prior to the completion of this Offering, such
    amount to be funded with a short term loan from ICII repayable with a
    portion of the net proceeds of this Offering, the recording by the Company
    of deferred income taxes (see footnote (2) above), and the
    reclassification of members' equity to additional paid-in capital in
    connection therewith. See "LLC Distributions," "Use of Proceeds" and
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
    of Operations."
(5) See Note 8 of Notes to Financial Statements.
(6) Total delinquencies, which include all loans and leases 90 or more days
    past due as a percentage of all loans and leases held in the Company's
    servicing portfolio, was 0.11% as of June 30, 1997.
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company's
financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.
 
THE REORGANIZATION
 
  The Company's predecessor, FLRT, Inc. (formerly Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Corporation), was incorporated by Wayne L. Knyal as a California
corporation in April 1991 and was wholly owned by him at that time. FLRT, Inc.
and certain individuals formed a limited partnership for the purpose of
originating and securitizing franchise loans. As the general partner of such
limited partnership, FLRT, Inc. owned the sole rights to the FLRT Servicing
Contracts. In March 1993, Mr. Knyal entered into a joint venture with
Greenwich pursuant to which Mr. Knyal became the president of the FMAC
Division. Between March 1993 and June 1995, the Company originated and
securitized franchise loans through the FMAC Division. However, FLRT, Inc.
retained all rights to the FLRT Servicing Contracts.
 
  On June 30, 1995, ICII acquired from Greenwich certain assets of the FMAC
Division, including all of Greenwich's rights under the FMAC Servicing
Contracts and a $410,000 obligation owed by Mr. Knyal to Greenwich. See
"Certain Transactions." The FMAC Servicing Contracts pertain to the servicing
of franchise loans that were previously securitized by Greenwich through the
FMAC Division and other franchise loans owned by Greenwich and not yet
securitized. Concurrent with the closing of the transactions described above,
ICII entered into an operating agreement with Mr. Knyal for the formation of
Franchise Mortgage LLC. In connection with the acquisition, Franchise Mortgage
LLC or its affiliates assumed certain liabilities related to the FMAC
Servicing Contracts and Greenwich agreed to act as Franchise Mortgage LLC's
exclusive agent in connection with the securitization of franchise loans for a
period of 24 months.
 
  Franchise Mortgage LLC was formed to originate, securitize and service
franchise loans. Under the terms of the operating agreement, in exchange for a
66.7% ownership interest in Franchise Mortgage LLC, ICII was obligated to
contribute to Franchise Mortgage LLC $1.3 million in cash and all of the
assets purchased from Greenwich. In exchange for a 33.3% ownership interest in
Franchise Mortgage LLC, Knyal caused FLRT, Inc. to contribute to Franchise
Mortgage LLC all of its rights under the FLRT Servicing Contracts.
 
  Immediately prior to this Offering, Franchise Mortgage LLC will effectuate
the Reorganization whereby it will merge into Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company, a Delaware corporation which was incorporated in August 1997 for the
purpose of succeeding to the business of Franchise Mortgage LLC. As a result
of the Reorganization, ICII will own 66.7% and FLRT, Inc. will own 33.3%,
respectively, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company. Mr. Knyal currently beneficially owns 85% of the Common
Stock of the Company held by FLRT, Inc.
 
  In connection with the LLC Termination Date, the Company will make the Final
LLC Distribution currently estimated to be $3.0 million (this amount may
increase depending on the level of Franchise Mortgage LLC's taxable income
immediately prior to the completion of this Offering) to the members of
Franchise Mortgage LLC. See "LLC Distributions" and Notes 3, 4 and 14 of Notes
to Financial Statements.
 
  The accompanying statements of operations and cash flows for the six months
ended June 30, 1995, and the year ended December 31, 1994, are those of the
Company's predecessor when it was a division of Greenwich. Revenues and
interest expense appearing on such statements of operations result from assets
and debt of such division accounted for separately by Greenwich. Personnel and
commission expense appearing on such statements of operations apply to the
employees of such division, and such expense was also accounted for separately
by Greenwich. All other expenses of such division were either directly
assigned or allocated to the predecessor division by Greenwich based on either
actual utilization or the number of such division's employees.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
ACCOUNTING FOR GAIN ON SALE
 
  The gain on sale of loans in a securitization is computed as cash received
from securitization plus the fair value of any retained interests held from a
loan securitization less the book value of the loans sold (including par value
of loans, plus or minus premiums, discounts and unearned loan fees) less any
reserves required to be held by a securitization trust. The fair value of
retained interests in loan securitizations is computed as the present value of
the estimated cash flows associated with the retained interest, using an
appropriate discount factor and prepayment and credit loss assumptions.
 
LOAN AND LEASE ORIGINATIONS
 
  The following table summarizes the Company's loan and lease originations for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          SIX MONTHS ENDED                    YEAR ENDED
                              JUNE 30,                       DECEMBER 31,
                          ------------------  ----------------------------------------------
                            1997      1996      1996      1995      1994     1993     1992
                          --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  -------
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Loan originations:
 Principal balance......  $285,370  $208,221  $456,981  $218,742  $109,166  $29,367  $26,101
 Number of loans........       391       281       546       310       172       65       57
 Average initial
  principal balance per
  loan..................  $    730  $    741  $    837  $    706  $    635  $   452  $   458
 Weighted average
  interest rate:
 Fixed rate loans.......     10.70%    10.17%    10.29%    10.12%    10.21%    9.48%   10.94%
 Variable rate loans....      9.60%     9.13%     9.34%     8.40%     8.13%     -- %     -- %
Equipment finance
 originations:
 Equipment finance
  balance...............  $ 15,247  $    140  $  1,486  $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Number of financings...        82         1        10       --        --       --       --
 Average initial balance
  per financing ........  $    186  $    140  $    149  $    --   $    --   $   --   $   --
 Weighted average
  interest rate.........     12.08%    11.99%    12.14%      -- %      -- %     -- %     -- %
Total loan and lease
 originations...........  $300,617  $208,361  $458,467  $218,742  $109,166  $29,367  $26,101
</TABLE>
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 Impact of Change in Tax Status
 
  Prior to the completion of this Offering, the Company qualified to be taxed
as a partnership. As such, the Company was not responsible for federal or
state income taxes. As a result of the change in tax status effective with the
completion of this Offering, the Company will, in future periods, provide for
all income taxes at statutory rates. These factors are estimated to result in
an effective tax rate for periods subsequent to the Offering of approximately
42%. However, for the three-month period in which the Offering closes, the
Company will record a one-time non-cash charge for the quarter ending December
31, 1997 and for the year ending December 31, 1997 for deferred income taxes
based upon the change in the Company's status to a C Corporation. If such a
charge were recorded at September 30, 1997, the amount would have been
approximately $11.1 million. This amount is expected to increase through the
closing date for this Offering. For further information see Notes 3, 4 and 14
of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
 Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 1996
 
  The following discussion relates to a comparison of the Company's results of
operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to six months ended
June 30, 1996; percentage increases in the line items discussed below for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to the six months ended June 30, 1996
are not expected to reach similar levels in future periods. Results of
operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 1997, or
a full year.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SIX MONTHS    SIX MONTHS
                                                         ENDED         ENDED
                                                     JUNE 30, 1997 JUNE 30, 1996
                                                     ------------- -------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>
Revenues:
 Gain on sale of loans..............................    $19,808       $12,520
 Interest income....................................     10,767         1,257
 Interest expense...................................     (9,394)         (955)
                                                        -------       -------
   Net interest income..............................      1,373           302
 Loan servicing income..............................      1,376           649
 Other income.......................................        --             63
                                                        -------       -------
   Total revenues...................................     22,557        13,534
                                                        -------       -------
Expenses:
 Personnel and commission...........................      4,665         3,901
 Professional services..............................      1,176           602
 Travel.............................................        524           202
 Business promotion.................................        316           198
 Occupancy..........................................        277           122
 Goodwill amortization..............................        169           251
 General and administrative.........................      1,467           495
                                                        -------       -------
   Total expenses...................................      8,594         5,771
                                                        -------       -------
   Net income.......................................    $13,963       $ 7,763
                                                        =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
  Total revenues increased 66.7% to $22.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 from $13.5 million for the comparable period in 1996. During the
same periods, the Company's total expenses increased 48.9% to $8.6 million
from $5.8 million. As a result, the Company's net income increased 79.9% to
$14.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $7.8
million for the comparable period in 1996.
 
  The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to a $7.3 million
increase in gain on sale of loans. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the
Company sold approximately $158.6 million of loans in a securitization for a
gain on sale of $18.8 million (of which $18.4 million was cash) as compared to
$272.6 million of loans sold in two securitizations for a gain on sale of
$12.5 million (of which $5.8 million was cash) for the six months ended June
30, 1996. The Company also recognized a gain on sale of $1.0 million in the
six months ended June 30, 1997 from a whole loan sale of approximately $15.3
million. The increased gain on sale of loans was due to several factors,
including the composition of loans in the securitization, the structure of the
securitization, market conditions at the time of the securitization
transaction and the fact that the Company was successful in selling all
classes of securitization interests. There can be no assurance that the
Company can recognize comparable gains on sale in any future period.
 
  Net interest income also contributed to the increase in revenues, increasing
354.6% to $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to
$0.3 million for the same period in 1996, primarily due to the significant
increase in loans and leases held for sale which resulted from increased loan
and lease originations.
 
  Additionally, loan servicing income increased 112.0% to $1.4 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $0.7 million for the same period
in 1996. This was due to an increase in loans and leases serviced which
resulted from the securitization of $325.1 million in loans from June 1996
through December 1996 with servicing rights retained by the Company.
 
  Total expenses increased 48.9% to $8.6 million for the six months ended June
30, 1997 as compared to $5.8 million for the same period of the prior year
primarily due to infrastructure additions needed to fund increased loan and
lease originations. Personnel expenses increased 19.6% to $4.7 million,
professional services increased 95.3% to $1.2 million and general and
administrative expenses increased 196.4% to $1.5 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 1996.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
 Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995
 
  The following discussion relates to a comparison of the Company's results of
operations for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared to the year ended
December 31, 1995; percentage increases in the line items discussed below for
the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended December 31, 1995
are not expected to reach similar levels in future years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                             YEAR ENDED          YEAR ENDED
                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)
                                          ----------------- --------------------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>               <C>
Revenues:
 Gain on sale of loans...................     $ 18,671            $   --
 Interest income.........................       16,130              3,050
 Interest expense........................      (14,489)            (2,657)
                                              --------            -------
   Net interest income...................        1,641                393
 Loan servicing income...................        1,191                675
 Other income............................           63                --
                                              --------            -------
   Total revenues........................       21,566              1,068
                                              --------            -------
Expenses:
 Personnel and commission................        8,270              1,287
 Professional services...................        1,093                583
 Travel..................................          614                337
 Business promotion......................          450                158
 Occupancy...............................          310                149
 Goodwill amortization...................          411                146
 General and administrative..............        1,094                978
                                              --------            -------
   Total expenses........................       12,242              3,638
                                              --------            -------
   Net income (loss).....................     $  9,324            $(2,570)
                                              ========            =======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The statement of operations for the six months ended December 31, 1995 and
    the predecessor statement of operations for the six months ended June 30,
    1995 have been combined to show a 12 month period for the purpose of
    comparing to the year ended December 31, 1996.
 
  Total revenues increased 1,919.3% to $21.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. For
the same years, the Company's total expenses increased 236.5% to $12.2 million
from $3.6 million. As a result, the Company's net income increased to $9.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to a loss of $2.6
million for 1995.
 
  The $20.5 million increase in revenues for the year ended December 31, 1996
was primarily attributable to the sale of approximately $430.3 million of
loans in securitizations, resulting in an $18.7 million gain on sale (of which
$11.9 million was cash). The Company securitized $105.2 million of loans for
the six months ended December 31, 1995; however, for accounting purposes, the
transaction was precluded from sale treatment until the first quarter of 1996
at which time the retained interests were sold to an affiliate of ICII.
 
  Net interest income also contributed to the increase in revenues, increasing
317.6% to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to
$0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, due to the significant
increase in loans and leases held for sale which primarily resulted from a
108.9% increase in loan originations to $457.0 million in 1996 as compared to
$218.7 million in 1995.
 
  Additionally, loan servicing income increased 76.4% to $1.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996 from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31,
1995. This was due to the increase in loans serviced which resulted from the
securitization of $167.4 million in loans in June 1996 and $105.2 million in
loans in 1995, with servicing rights retained by the Company.
 
  The 236.5% increase in total expenses to $12.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 compared to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31,
1995 primarily resulted from the growth in operations of the Company due to
the dramatic increase in loan originations. Personnel expenses increased $7.0
million or 542.6%, professional services increased $0.5 million or 87.5% and
travel and business promotion expenses increased $0.6 million or 114.9% for
the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the year ended December 31,
1995.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
 Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PRO FORMA
                                               YEAR ENDED         YEAR ENDED
                                          DECEMBER 31, 1995(1) DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                          -------------------- -----------------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>                  <C>
Revenue:
 Gain on sale of loans...................       $   --              $4,052
 Interest income.........................         3,050              1,445
 Interest expense........................        (2,657)            (1,408)
                                                -------             ------
   Net interest income...................           393                 37
 Loan servicing income...................           675                306
 Other income............................           --                  68
                                                -------             ------
   Total revenue.........................         1,068              4,463
                                                -------             ------
Expense:
 Personnel and commission................         1,287              1,723
 Professional services...................           583              1,057
 Travel..................................           337                340
 Business promotion......................           158                170
 Occupancy...............................           149                 97
 Goodwill amortization...................           146                 --
 General and administrative..............           978              1,804
                                                -------             ------
   Total expense.........................         3,638              5,191
                                                -------             ------
   Net loss..............................       $(2,570)            $ (728)
                                                =======             ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The statement of operations for the six months ended December 31, 1995 and
    the predecessor statement of operations for the six months ended June 30,
    1995 have been combined to show a 12 month period for the purpose of
    comparing to the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
  Total revenues decreased 76.1% to $1.1 million for the year ended December
31, 1995 from $4.5 million for the comparable period in 1994. Over this
period, the Company's total expenses decreased 29.9% to $3.6 million from $5.2
million. As a result, the Company's net loss increased by $1.8 million to $2.6
million.
 
  Revenue decreased $3.4 million from 1994 to 1995 largely as a result of a
$4.1 million decline in gain on sale of loans. In December 1995, the Company
securitized and sold $105.2 million in loans. The related gain on this sale of
$4.5 million was deferred for accounting purposes until the first quarter of
1996. Additionally, $44.6 million of loans originated by the Company during
1995 were retained by Greenwich at the time ICII acquired the FMAC Division
assets from Greenwich. Greenwich securitized and sold such loans in October
1995. Accordingly, the gain on such sale recognized by Greenwich has not been
included in the Company's 1995 revenues since such loans were not owned by the
Company at the time of sale.
 
  Offsetting the decrease in gain on sale of loans was an increase in net
interest income of 962.2% to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995
as compared to $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994, primarily due to
the increase in loans held for sale which resulted from a 100.4% increase in
loan originations to $218.7 million in 1995 as compared to $109.2 million in
1994.
 
  Also offsetting the decrease in gain on sale of loans was an increase in
loan servicing income of 120.6% to $0.7 million for the year ended December
31, 1995 as compared to $0.3 million for 1994.
 
  The 29.9% decrease in total expenses to $3.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 compared to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1994 primarily resulted from the reduction of parent company allocated
expenses for Franchise Mortgage LLC as compared to its predecessor.
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  The Company requires access to short-term warehouse lines of credit and
repurchase facilities in order to fund loan and lease originations pending
sale or securitization of such loans and leases. At June 30, 1997, the Company
had the following warehouse lines of credit and repurchase facilities, each of
which was guaranteed by ICII:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       INTEREST COMMITMENT  PRINCIPAL
      LENDER                      EXPIRATION DATE                 INDEX                  RATE     AMOUNT   OUTSTANDING
      ------                      ---------------                 -----                -------- ---------- -----------
                                                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>                <C>                                <C>      <C>        <C>
Credit Suisse First Boston        December 31, 1998  Libor plus 160 to 235 basis points   7.29%   $300,000   $167,447
Banco Santander                   June 1, 1998       Libor plus 160 basis points          7.29%     50,000     16,465
Sanwa Bank(1)                     September 30, 1997 Eurodollar plus 200 basis points     7.50%     15,000     12,010
                                                                                                  --------   --------
    Total......................................................................................   $365,000   $195,922
                                                                                                  ========   ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) In October 1997, the expiration date of this facility was extended to June
    30, 1998, the index was reduced to Eurodollars plus 160 basis points and
    the commitment amount was increased to $25 million.
 
  In October 1997, the Company finalized a warehouse line of credit with
Morgan Stanley for a commitment amount of $200 million, bearing interest at
rates ranging from Libor plus 95 to 155 basis points, depending upon the loan
product type. This warehouse line of credit is expected to provide additional
financing for the Company's continued growth in loan and lease originations
and it is not guaranteed by ICII.
   
  The Company is currently negotiating with a major investment bank to form a
joint venture pursuant to which all loan and lease activities of the Company's
Golf Finance Group would be exclusively conducted by a new entity which would
be 50% owned and managed by each of the Company and the investment bank. In
connection therewith, the investment bank would make available to the new
entity a 12 month $100.0 million warehouse line of credit bearing interest at
Libor plus 100 basis points.     
 
  The Company also has a master purchase and sale agreement with Southern
Pacific Thrift and Loan Association, a wholly owned subsidiary of ICII
("SPTL") to originate loans for SPTL under mutual agreement, and subject to
SPTL underwriting each such loan prior to sale of such loans. Under this
agreement, the Company also has the ability to repurchase loans, under mutual
agreement with SPTL. There is no specified commitment by either party, and
each individual sale is negotiated separately as to pricing. This agreement
has no expiration date. At June 30, 1997, loans originated for SPTL (and not
repurchased), totaled approximately $104.3 million. The Company does not
expect to originate a significant volume of loans for SPTL under this
arrangement in the future.
 
  The Company's sources of operating cash flow include: (i) loan origination
income and fees; (ii) net interest income on loans held for sale; (iii) cash
servicing income; (iv) premiums obtained in sales of whole loans and (v) cash
proceeds from loan securitization. Cash from loan origination fees, net
interest income on loans held for sale and loan servicing fees, as well as
available borrowings generally provide adequate liquidity to fund current
operating expenses, excluding the difference between the amount funded on
loans originated and the amount advanced under the Company's current warehouse
facilities (the "haircut").
 
  Prior to the Reorganization, the Company's excess liquidity needs were
funded by ICII. Excess liquidity needs of the Company have primarily included
the haircut on loan originations and investments in certain equity ownership
interests. The Company has no significant debt service obligations, lease
payments or capital expenditures which are not covered by normal operating
income. The interest rate on borrowings from ICII was fixed at 12% annually.
At June 30, 1997, the outstanding balance was $10.0 million. The Company will
make the Final LLC Distribution currently estimated to be $3.0 million (this
amount may increase depending on the level of Franchise Mortgage LLC's taxable
income immediately prior to the completion of this Offering) immediately prior
to the completion of this Offering. The Final LLC Distribution will be funded
with a short
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
term loan from ICII. The Company expects to repay outstanding borrowings from
ICII, including amounts to fund the Final LLC Distribution, with a portion of
the net proceeds of the Offering, see "Use of Proceeds."
 
  The Company's whole loan sales and loan securitizations generally result in
significant amounts of cash. Prior to the Reorganization, the excess cash flow
from these transactions was used to repay borrowings from ICII.
 
  For a description of the Company's securitization activities, see
"Business--Financing--Securitizations and Whole Loan Sales."
 
  For the six months ended June 30, 1997, net cash provided by operating
activities was $17.1 million. This excludes cash used in net loan originations
of $109.3 million, which was attributable to the Company's increased loan
origination volume. For the year ended December 31, 1996, net cash provided by
operating activities was $5.1 million, exclusive of cash provided by net loan
origination activity of $82.3 million.
 
  For the six months ended June 30, 1997, net cash provided by investing
activities was $35.8 million, which was primarily attributable to the sale of
securities relating to the restructuring of the Company's 1991A
securitization. For the year ended December 31, 1996, net cash used in
investing activities was $49.9 million, which was primarily attributable to
the purchase of securities related to the restructuring of the Company's 1991A
securitization.
 
  For the six months ended June 30, 1997, net cash provided by financing
activities was $56.6 million, which was primarily attributable to increased
amounts of warehouse line borrowings resulting from increased loan
originations during the period, offset by a $6.3 million LLC distribution to
its members. For the year ended December 31, 1996, net cash used in financing
activities was $37.3 million, which was primarily attributable to the
repayment of bonds relating to the restructuring of the Company's 1991A
securitization, offset by $73.3 million in cash provided through borrowings
from ICII and warehouse lines of credit and repurchase facilities.
 
  The Company anticipates that the net proceeds from the Offering, together
with cash generated from operations and funds available under its credit
facilities, will be sufficient to fund its operations for at least the next 12
months if the Company's future operations are consistent with management's
expectations.
 
INFLATION
 
  The Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented herein have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial
position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without
considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time
due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased costs
of the Company's operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the
assets and liabilities of the Company's operations are monetary in nature. As
a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's operations'
performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Inflation
affects the Company's operations primarily through its effect on interest
rates, since interest rates normally increase during periods of high inflation
and decrease during periods of low inflation. During periods of significantly
increasing interest rates, demand for loans may be adversely affected.
 
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
  As a result of terminating its LLC status upon completion of this Offering,
the Company will be required to record deferred income taxes, which relate
primarily to timing differences between financial and income tax reporting of
gain on sale of loans that were attributable to the periods in which it
qualified to be taxed as a partnership. The recording of such deferred income
taxes will result in a one-time non-cash charge against earnings as an
additional income tax provision equal to the amount of the deferred income tax
liability. The change by the Company from an LLC to a C Corporation is
expected to have a significant adverse impact on the
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
Company's reported net income for the quarter ending December 31, 1997 and the
year ending December 31, 1997. As of June 30, 1997, the amount of the
Company's deferred income taxes to be recorded would have been approximately
$7.0 million although management believes that such amount will increase
through the closing date of this Offering. See Notes 3, 4 and 14 of Notes to
Financial Statements.
 
ACCOUNTING CONSIDERATIONS
 
  The Company adopted a new accounting standard on January 1, 1997, and will
adopt additional accounting and disclosure standards on either December 31,
1997, or January 1, 1998. For a description of these standards and the effect,
if any, adoption has had or will have on the Company's financial statements,
see Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
  The following Business section contains forward-looking statements which
involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
  The Company is a specialty commercial finance company engaged in the
business of originating and servicing loans and equipment leases to small
businesses, with a primary focus on established national and regional
franchise concepts. Since commencing business in 1991, the Company believes it
has become a leading lender to national and regional quick service restaurant
("QSR") franchisees, and the Company has developed a growing presence in the
casual dining sector. More recently, the Company has expanded its focus to
include retail energy licensees (service stations, convenience stores, truck
stops, car washes and quick lube businesses) and golf operating businesses
(golf courses and golf practice facilities). The Company originates long-term
fixed and variable rate loan and lease products and sells such loans and
leases either through securitizations or whole loan sales to institutional
purchasers on a servicing retained basis. The Company believes that its loan
and lease products are attractive investments to institutional investors
because of the credit profile of its Borrowers, relatively long loan and lease
terms, call protection through prepayment penalties and appropriate risk-
adjusted yields. The Company also periodically makes equity investments or
receives contingent equity compensation as part of its core lending and
leasing business. The Company originated loans and leases through 11 marketing
offices in nine states at June 30, 1997. From the Company's inception through
June 30, 1997, it funded over $1.2 billion in loans and leases and at June 30,
1997, had a servicing portfolio of $1.1 billion. The Company's loan and lease
originations grew to $458.5 million in 1996 from $218.7 million in 1995 and to
$300.6 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1997 from $208.4
million for the comparable period in 1996. At June 30, 1997, the Company's
average initial loan balance was $730,000 and the percentage of its loans and
leases that were 90 days or more delinquent was 0.1%.
 
  The Company's focus is to provide funding to industries that have been
historically underserved by banks and other traditional sources of financing.
This focus requires the Company to develop specific industry expertise in the
sectors which it serves in order to provide individualized financial solutions
for its Borrowers. The Company believes that its industry expertise and
proprietary databases, combined with its responsiveness to Borrowers,
flexibility in structuring transactions and broad product offerings give it a
competitive advantage over more traditional, highly regulated small business
lenders. The Company's Borrowers are generally small business operators, most
of whom are independent, multi-unit franchisees, with proven operating
experience and a history of generating positive operating cash flows. The
Company relies primarily upon its assessment of enterprise value, based in
part on independent third party valuations, and historical operating cash
flows to make credit determinations, as opposed to relying solely on the value
of real estate and other collateral.
 
HISTORY
 
  In 1991, the Company began making loans to franchisees of Taco Bell Corp. In
1992 and 1993, other national QSR concepts, such as Burger King, Wendy's,
Pizza Hut, KFC and Hardee's, were approved. The Company's principal loan
products at that time were fixed rate, 15-year, fully amortizing loans. In
1995, the Company began making loans to casual dining concepts such as TGI
Friday's, Applebee's and Denny's and offering its Borrowers adjustable rate
loans. Also in 1995, the Company began offering development and construction
("DEVCO") loans to its more experienced Borrowers to fund the development and
construction or acquisition of new business units or the conversion of
existing business units into a different franchise concept. In 1996, the
Company expanded its approved concepts to include strong regional restaurants
such as Carl's, Jr., Church's Chicken and Golden Corral and launched its Golf
Finance Group to provide financing to owners and operators of golf courses and
golf practice facilities. The Equipment Finance Group also commenced
activities in 1996 to provide equipment loans and leases to the sectors which
the Company serves. In February 1997, the Company created its Retail Energy
Finance Group to make loans to businesses that distribute retail petroleum
products.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's goal is to become a leading national small business lender in
each of its target markets. The Company's growth and operating strategy is
based on the following key elements:
 
  Growth in Existing Sectors. The Company plans to replicate its success in
the restaurant sector in other business sectors that it has entered more
recently, such as retail energy and golf, through focused product development,
customer service and support. The Company forms specialized teams for each
sector to assess customer needs, generate customer loyalty and enhance service
and support. Management believes that its industry leadership position,
relationships with major Borrowers, franchisors and vendors, and expertise
within sectors will assist the Company in increasing its market share.
 
  Controlled Expansion into New Sectors. Management believes that substantial
opportunities exist to extend the Company's expertise into other business
sectors. The Company believes that its experience in lending to restaurant
franchisees has allowed it to develop a template for efficiently originating
and servicing loans and leases in other industry sectors. The Company's
philosophy is to provide complete business solutions to identified industries
by developing strategies and financial products which are based on industry
characteristics and each Borrower's specific needs. The Company carefully
reviews industry data, seeking business sectors with a combination of large
funding requirements, proven cash flow generating capabilities, standardized
operations, a scarcity of long-term, fixed rate funding sources and
characteristics attractive to secondary market investors.
 
  Maintenance of Credit Quality. The Company's delinquency and loss experience
has been extremely low, due in part to lending to experienced operators, its
detailed industry knowledge, active oversight of its existing servicing
portfolio, strict underwriting criteria and the Company's ability to locate
qualified replacement Franchisees/Borrowers to assume delinquent loans. At
June 30, 1997, the Company had only two loans, representing 0.1% of all loans
and leases held in the Company's servicing portfolio as of such date, 90 days
or more delinquent and, from its inception in April 1991 through June 30, 1997
had experienced no net charge offs.
 
  Efficient Secondary Market Execution. The Company is committed to
maintaining effective secondary market execution on loans and leases that it
originates and sells. The Company believes that the favorable execution it has
experienced to date is primarily the result of the attractive terms and the
credit quality of the loans and leases that it originates. Of the $37.5
million in gain on sale from securitizations recognized by the Company since
January 1, 1996, $30.3 million was comprised of cash received by the Company
at the time of securitization and not the present value of anticipated cash
flows on retained interests. As a result, the Company has reduced its exposure
to the risks associated with holding large amounts of such retained interests
on its balance sheet. From the beginning of 1996 through June 30, 1997, the
Company completed three securitizations and a whole loan sale totaling $483.6
million and $15.3 million, respectively. In all such transactions, the Company
has retained the right to service the sold or securitized loans.
 
  Diversification of Revenue Sources. Management is committed to developing a
diversified revenue base to reduce revenue volatility and enhance
profitability. The Company continually monitors and adjusts its loan and lease
products and securitization structures to improve the stability of its cash
flows. Revenue sources include loan and lease origination points and fees,
interest income earned prior to the sale of the loans and leases, whole loan
and lease sale profits, securitization profits, loan and lease servicing fees
and equity investment returns.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
 Franchising
 
  A franchise is a business operating pursuant to a franchise agreement under
which the franchisee undertakes to conduct a business or sell a product or
service in accordance with methods and procedures prescribed by a franchisor
and the franchisor undertakes to assist the franchisee through advertising,
promotion and other advisory services. Although the term franchise is
typically associated with fast food restaurants, a multitude of
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
franchise businesses exist, offering a variety of products and services such
as hotels and motels, automotive parts, and cleaning services. Most franchise
concepts offer franchisees training and diverse levels of ongoing support and
oversight. Business format franchisees provide franchisees with a
comprehensive operating system, whereas product distribution arrangements
primarily license a trademark and/or logo. According to the International
Franchise Association, franchises comprise one out of every 12 businesses in
the United States. The Franchise Trade Association has estimated that by the
year 2000 over 50% of retail sales, or approximately $1 trillion, will be
generated by franchises.
 
 The Food Service Sector
 
  According to the Chain Store Guide (the "Guide"), using National Restaurant
Association (the "NRA") data, in 1996 the food service industry employed more
than nine million people and had estimated sales of $307.6 billion. According
to the Guide, full service restaurants, QSRs, commercial cafeterias, social
caterers and ice-cream and frozen yogurt stands ("Eating Places") represented
an estimated $207.8 billion, or 67.6%, of such food service sales in 1996 and
are expected to grow by 4.5% to $217.2 billion in 1997. The QSR segment of
Eating Places are those restaurants that offer fast food or take-out, without
table service. Most QSR establishments offer food products that lend
themselves to quick service, such as pizza, chicken, hamburgers and similar
food items. Full service restaurants typically represent casual and fine
dining restaurants that accept major credit cards, offer table service and
provide full liquor service. The QSR segment represented an estimated
$98.4 billion, or 47.3%, of all Eating Places sales in 1996, and is expected
to grow by 5.2% to $103.5 billion in 1997. The full service segment
represented an estimated $100.3 billion, or 48.2%, of all Eating Places sales
in 1996, and is expected to grow by 4.1% to $104.4 billion in 1997.
 
  Development and maturation of the QSR segment of the food service industry
has led to a consolidation of restaurant operators. Increased competition has
decreased profit margins which has contributed to the emergence of
increasingly large and professionally managed restaurant operating companies.
Large operators typically have greater economies of scale and better
management systems which allow them to compete more effectively. As size and
diversification become increasingly important, many franchise restaurant
operators are becoming affiliated with multiple restaurant systems. The
Company believes that the maturation of the fast food segment is likely to
result in greater stability for this industry segment. Chain restaurant
consolidation has also created lending opportunities for the Company arising
from the demand by restaurant operators for acquisition financing.
 
 The Retail Energy Sector
 
  The United States retail petroleum sector is composed of service stations,
convenience stores, and other related retail establishments which provide
branded and independent fuel for motor vehicle consumption. According to the
National Petroleum News ("NPN"), retail petroleum sector sales for the year
ended December 31, 1995 approximated $300 billion or 4% of gross domestic
product. According to NPN's latest count, the service station sector included
approximately 188,000 units. The Company believes that these units are
generally well located as a result of the early origins of these units
relative to convenience stores and other retail merchants. According to NPN,
at December 31, 1996, there were approximately 94,000 domestic convenience
stores of which approximately 73% distributed fuel. According to the NPN,
convenience store industry sales grew 5.4% in 1996 as gasoline volume, fast
food sales and merchandise sales per customer increased due to retailers'
focus on customer service needs. According to the NPN, gasoline demand grew
1.8% in 1996 to 123.2 billion gallons and is projected to increase 1.5% in
1997. The strength in demand reflects United States economic growth, the
relaxation of speed limits, the increase in the total United States vehicle
fuel consumption and the growing popularity of sport utility vehicles and
minivans.
 
  The Company believes the retail energy sector is currently underserved by
traditional lenders. Increasing sales and profit margins for gasoline
retailers, the perceived diminished risk of lender liability for environmental
clean-up costs and heightened profitability in multi-profit service
stations/convenience store combinations should increase demand for financing.
In addition, the Company believes that service station consolidation has also
created lending opportunities arising out of the demand for acquisition
financing.
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
 The Golf Sector
 
  According to The National Golf Foundation ("NGF"), golf course development
activity reached an eight year high in 1995. In 1995, 468 new golf courses
opened representing the largest number of initial course openings in one year.
Also, according to NGF, golf course construction set a record during 1995 with
850 courses under construction, 442 of which were completed in 1996.
Additionally, the NGF believes that, there were 808 courses in the planning
stages in 1996. Of the courses under construction in 1996, as many as 450
courses were scheduled to open in 1997. NGF defines a golf facility as a
facility with at least one nine-hole course and that may include different
types of courses, such as regulation-length courses, executive-length courses,
and par-3 length courses. In 1996, there were a total of 30,044 golf
facilities in the United States including 15,703 golf courses of which 70%
were classified as public access.
 
  In the United States, golf courses handled approximately 477 million rounds
in 1996. The number of rounds played has increased by 6.5% since 1975.
Currently, 26% of golfers are over 50 years of age, with 48% between the ages
of 18 and 39. NGF statistics show that golfers in their 50's play three times
as much as golfers between the ages of 18 and 39. The number of rounds played
should significantly increase as the baby-boomer segment of the population
heads toward retirement age. In addition, for the past 10 years, the game has
added approximately two million beginners a year, with the 18-29 age group
producing the largest single sub-segment.
 
  The Company believes that the golf sector has the following similar
characteristics to other sectors that the Company currently lends to: positive
cash flow from operations, golf course and facility ownership is broad and
diverse geographically, and the industry is underserved by traditional
lenders. Increased golf usage has driven demand for loans for renovation and
construction, while increased dollars spent at golf courses has driven demand
for loans for golf course and facilities acquisitions.
 
LOAN ORIGINATIONS
 
 Type of Loan Products
 
  The Company offers permanent loans, DEVCO loans (including acquisition
loans) and equipment loans and leases to those sectors in which it operates.
 
  Permanent loans. Substantially all of the Company's permanent loans are
self-amortizing long-term fixed or adjustable rate loans provided for purposes
other than development and construction of business units. Permanent loans
have a maximum term and amortization of up to 15 years. Fixed rate loans are
tied to the U.S. Treasury rates plus a spread while adjustable rate loans are
tied to the London interbank offered rate ("LIBOR") plus a spread and
generally reprice on a monthly basis. As a cash flow lender, the Company
maintains flexibility to tailor a loan program to fit the specific needs of
its Borrowers. The terms of the loans vary in part based on the collateral
pledged.
 
  The Company focuses on the cash flow of the subject business, the continuing
ability of the Borrower to operate the business unit in a cash positive manner
and the Borrower's ability to repay the loan since neither the real property
mortgage nor the franchise or license agreement is generally assignable to
secure the loan. In determining enterprise value, in addition to a Borrower's
credit profile, the Company focuses on the following factors:
 
  . Business Profitability. The Company seeks to lend to Borrowers whose
    subject business operations provide adequate cash flow to support loan
    payments.
 
  . Strength of Business Concept. The Company emphasizes loans to Borrowers
    whose subject business has significant national or regional market
    penetration.
 
  . Operating Experience. The Company emphasizes loans to Borrowers having
    ownership of multiple business units with strong industry backgrounds.
 
  . Site Considerations. The Company focuses on a business' location,
    physical condition and environmental characteristics.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
    Location. The Company lends to Borrowers with business units located in
    high traffic areas that it believes exhibit strong retail property
    fundamentals.
 
    Physical Condition. The Company loans to Borrowers investing in well-
    maintained existing properties or in newly constructed properties. Each
    group uses third party appraisal professionals who conduct physical
    site inspections of each subject property.
 
    Environmental. The Company engages outside professionals to
    independently conduct Phase I environmental assessments for new
    financings. Phase II environmental assessment reports are also
    prepared, if recommended by the Phase I assessments. The Company will
    not finance a business if a Phase II report indicates significant
    environmental concerns.
 
  . Collateral. Loans are partially secured by taking a first lien on all
    available furniture, fixtures and equipment. Where the available
    collateral includes a building on a ground lease, the Company requires an
    assignment of the lease in addition to a security interest on the
    building and on the furniture, fixtures and equipment. If the collateral
    includes owned real estate, the Company also obtains a first mortgage on
    the property. Borrowers with additional collateral are generally afforded
    better credit terms. Depending on the collateral provided, loan to value
    ratios, up front fees and interest rates are adjusted to properly reflect
    credit risk.
 
  Development and Construction Loans. DEVCO loans are offered to fund the
development and construction or acquisition of new business units or the
conversion of existing business units into a different franchise concept.
DEVCO loans are an interest-only short-term product. Fixed rate DEVCO loans
are tied to U.S. Treasury rates, while adjustable rate DEVCO loans are tied to
LIBOR. The loans generally include up front points and exit fees.
 
  DEVCO loans generally have an 18 month maturity which is comprised of two
terms. The Borrower must receive a Certificate of Occupancy ("CO") within 12
months of the date of the loan. If a CO is received, the term of the loan is
extended for six months to complete the construction or acquisition phase. If
a CO is not received after 12 months, the loan is called. After 18 months the
Borrower can apply for a permanent loan which will be re-underwritten.
 
  The Company believes that DEVCO loans create a pipeline for the Company's
permanent loans. As a result of fee incentives built into the DEVCO products,
Borrowers generally look to convert into permanent loans on the maturity date.
DEVCO loans are secured by the real property mortgage or leasehold interest as
well as all available furniture, fixtures and equipment.
 
  When used as a construction or development loan, a DEVCO loan provides a
seasoning period to allow the Borrower to construct a business unit before
converting to a permanent loan. When used as an acquisition or conversion
loan, the interest only period of a DEVCO loan gives the Borrower the
opportunity to improve business unit performance and achieve a higher cash
flow before locking into long-term financing.
 
  Equipment Loans and Leases. The Company provides equipment financing to
experienced owners and operators in those sectors in which the Company
operates. Equipment loans are fixed rate products tied to U.S. Treasury rates.
These loans have a maximum term of up to 10 years. In addition, the Company
offers standard equipment leases. Substantially all of the leases originated
by the Company are "direct financing" leases in that they transfer
substantially all of the benefits and risks of equipment ownership to the
lessee. Because the Company's leases are classified as direct financing
leases, the Company records total estimated unguaranteed residual value and
initial direct costs as the gross investment in the lease. The difference
between the gross investment in the lease and the cost of the leased equipment
is defined as "unearned income." Interest income is recognized over the term
of the lease by amortizing the unearned income and deferred initial direct
costs using the interest method.
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
 Lending Groups
 
  The Company's focus at inception was to provide secured financing to
franchisees of Taco Bell Corp. After establishing an infrastructure and credit
expertise, the Company began expanding its QSR concepts, loaning to casual
dining concepts and moving into other related lending sectors such as retail
energy, golf and equipment finance. The Company carefully reviews industry
data seeking sectors with a combination of large capital requirements, proven
cash flow generating capabilities, standardized operations, a scarcity of long
term funding sources and characteristics attractive to secondary market
investors. This business formula provides the template to identify, test and
determine the potential value of entering into new sectors.
 
  The Company's lending groups currently include Restaurant Finance, Retail
Energy Finance, Golf Finance and Equipment Finance. Each of these groups
includes a core group of professionals who are experts in the sector and can
target selected Borrowers in such sector. See "Risk Factors--Concentration on
Restaurant, Retail Energy and Golf Sectors May Expose the Company to Concept
Failures, Industry Cycles, Environmental Liabilities and Other Industry
Specific Risks."
 
  Restaurant Finance Group. The Restaurant Finance Group was organized in 1991
and originally focused on providing loans to national and regional franchise
concepts such as Taco Bell, Burger King, Hardee's, KFC, Wendy's and Pizza Hut.
In 1995, the Company began making loans to casual dining concepts such as
TGIF, Applebee's, and Denny's and other successful casual dining concepts. In
1996, the Company expanded the approved concepts to include strong regional
restaurants such as Carl's, Jr., Church's Chicken and Golden Corral. As of
June 30, 1997, the Restaurant Finance Group originated loans through a network
of eight offices in seven states. For the six month period ended June 30, 1997
this group originated $252.0 million of restaurant loans, including loans to
Borrowers that represent franchise concepts such as Taco Bell, Burger King,
KFC and Wendy's. From the date of its formation through September 30, 1997,
the Restaurant Finance Group provided approximately $1.2 billion in financing.
 
  The Restaurant Finance Group, which is headquartered in Denver, Colorado,
includes marketing, processing, underwriting, credit, closing and
administrative professionals with extensive experience in QSR and casual
dining restaurant finance. The marketing professionals generate loans on a
national basis which are processed and underwritten at the Company's
headquarters or in one of the Company's five regional offices located in
Greenwich, Atlanta, Dallas, Newport Beach and Los Angeles. Credit committee
approval is obtained in these regional offices unless the transaction exceeds
regional credit authority in which case approval must be obtained from the
Company's Senior Credit Committee. See "--Underwriting."
 
  Franchisees utilize restaurant loans for a variety of purposes, including
the acquisition, development and construction of new franchise units, to
refinance existing franchise debt, to provide business expansion and
remodeling proceeds and for working capital. Loans offered are fixed and
adjustable loans typically ranging in size from $200,000 to $1.2 million with
terms of up to 15 years. Generally, the Company's restaurant finance borrowers
own three or more units, have three or more years of ownership in the concept,
or have an equivalent ownership tenure in a different major fast food or
casual dining concept.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth the Company's QSR and casual dining loan
originations for the periods indicated by franchise concept.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                       -------------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------------
                         NUMBER   PRINCIPAL     % OF      NUMBER   PRINCIPAL     % OF      NUMBER   PRINCIPAL     % OF
                        OF LOANS    AMOUNT     TOTAL     OF LOANS    AMOUNT     TOTAL     OF LOANS    AMOUNT     TOTAL
                       ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATED
                       ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
QSRs:
 Taco Bell...........     111      $102,314     40.6%      228      $163,011     37.7%       54      $ 44,614     20.4%
 Burger King.........      36        33,586     13.3       112       111,443     25.8        92        61,329     28.0
 Church's Chicken....      86        29,374     11.7       --            --       --        --            --       --
 Wendy's.............      32        22,622      9.0        42        35,639      8.2        26        18,319      8.4
 KFC.................      41        18,447      7.3        22        14,511      3.4        59        30,400     13.9
 Hardee's............     --            --       --         57        40,586      9.4        40        34,964     16.0
 Other QSR...........      23        13,422      5.3        43        22,267      5.1       --            --       --
                          ---      --------    -----       ---      --------    -----       ---      --------    -----
 Total QSR...........     329       219,765     87.2       504       387,457     89.6       271       189,626     86.7
Casual Dining:
 Applebee's..........      11        14,528      5.8       --            --       --        --            --       --
 Golden Corral.......       4         6,232      2.5         5        14,450      3.3       --            --       --
 TGI Friday's........       6         5,110      2.0         3         7,870      1.8         1         2,550      1.2
 Pizza Hut...........     --            --       --         16         8,093      1.9        38        26,566     12.1
 Other Casual
  Dining.............       8         6,385      2.5        11        13,220      3.1       --            --       --
                          ---      --------    -----       ---      --------    -----       ---      --------    -----
 Total Casual
  Dining.............      29        32,255     12.8        35        43,633     10.1        39        29,116     13.3
Other Restaurant.....     --            --       --          2         1,440      0.3       --            --       --
                          ---      --------    -----       ---      --------    -----       ---      --------    -----
 Total...............     358      $252,020    100.0%      541      $432,530    100.0%      310      $218,742    100.0%
                          ===      ========    =====       ===      ========    =====       ===      ========    =====
</TABLE>
 
  Retail Energy Finance Group. The Retail Energy Finance Group was organized
in February 1997 to provide loans to national and regional businesses that
distribute retail petroleum products such as service stations, convenience
stores, truck stops, car washes and quick lube stores. Customers to date have
included major national operators of retail petroleum businesses as well as
major national chains such as Texaco, Chevron and Arco who seek to develop a
sponsored loan program for their dealers and sellers. As of June 30, 1997, the
Retail Energy Finance Group originated loans through a network of seven
offices in five states. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, this group
originated $23.5 million of energy loans including loans to Borrowers that
represent petroleum companies such as Texaco, Shell, BP and Exxon. From the
date of its formation through September 30, 1997, the Energy Finance Group
provided approximately $94.4 million in financing.
 
  The Retail Energy Finance Group, which is headquartered in Morristown, New
Jersey, consists of 32 financial professionals and includes personnel similar
to the Restaurant Finance Group as well as industry professionals hired from
major oil companies and energy related commercial lending roles who evaluate
each customer's specific needs and suggest personalized financial solutions.
Similar to the Restaurant Finance Group, energy loans are originated on a
national basis and underwritten at the Company's headquarters or in one of
five regional offices.
 
  Retail energy business operators use loans for existing station
acquisitions, the purchase of real estate associated with currently leased
facilities, funding for replacement or upgrading of underground storage tanks
and development to transform a gasoline station/convenience store into a
multi-profit center facility which may include a car wash, quick lube shop,
co-branded fast food express unit or slot machines in states such as Nevada
where gaming is permitted. Generally, the Company's Borrowers include business
owners with five to 50 established locations. Loans typically range in size
from $500,000 to $2.5 million. These loans are fixed and adjustable rate loans
having a term of up to 20 years. The Company requires Borrowers to provide at
least one additional revenue source aside from gasoline sales, such as a car
wash or fast food, convenience items or quick lube center in order to
diversify the revenue stream.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
  Golf Finance Group. The Golf Finance Group is part of the Company's
Diversified Products Group, which focuses on potential expansion into other
sectors which are not related to the restaurant or retail energy sectors. The
Golf Finance Group was organized in 1996 to provide loans to experienced
owners and operators of golf courses and golf facilities, such as driving
ranges and practice facilities. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, this
group originated $9.9 million of golf loans.
 
  The Golf Finance Group includes professionals with extensive commercial
lending experience. The loan origination process is conducted by experienced
golf facility lenders who solicit qualified owners nationwide. The group is
supported by loan processing, underwriting and closing departments which work
with Borrowers throughout the process. The Golf Finance Group operates out of
four offices in four states.
 
  Loans are used for a variety of purposes, including debt refinance, golf
course or facility acquisitions, expansions, renovations and improvements,
purchase of new equipment, new golf course or facility development, purchase
of underlying real estate and working capital. Loans typically range in size
from $1.0 million to $5.0 million with a maximum term of up to 20 years. Since
the Company generally lends against existing cash flow, all non-acquisition
golf courses and facilities must have a minimum operating history of 12 months
under ownership by the Borrower.
   
  The Company is currently negotiating with a major investment bank to form a
joint venture whereby all loan and lease activities of the Golf Finance Group
would be exclusively conducted by a new entity which would be 50% owned and
managed by each of the Company and the investment bank. See "Prospectus
Summary--Recent Developments."     
 
  Equipment Finance Group. The Equipment Finance Group was organized in 1996
to provide equipment financing to experienced owners and operators in those
sectors in which the Company operates. For the six months ended June 30, 1997
the group originated $15.2 million of equipment loans and leases.
 
  Equipment loans and leases are originated either through the Company's
direct sales or telemarketing groups, third party originators or in connection
with loans offered in each sector in which the Company operates. The Company's
equipment loans and leases typically range in size from $200,000 to $400,000.
The Company believes the activities of this group complement those of groups
in its other sectors and provides a more complete financing solution for its
Borrowers.
 
  Other Activities. The Diversified Products Group focuses on potential
expansion into other sectors which are not related to the Restaurant Finance
or Retail Energy Finance Groups such as golf finance, funeral service finance
and other areas which the Company believes could be served by its financing
activities. The Company recently commenced initial marketing efforts in the
funeral service finance area.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth the Company's loan and lease origination
activity by sector for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1997            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                            ------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
                                         WEIGHTED               % OF                 WEIGHTED               % OF
                                         AVERAGE  PRINCIPAL  PRINCIPAL               AVERAGE  PRINCIPAL  PRINCIPAL
    LENDING SECTOR           NUMBER OF   INTEREST   AMOUNT     AMOUNT    NUMBER OF   INTEREST   AMOUNT     AMOUNT
 AND TYPE OF ORIGINATION    ORIGINATIONS   RATE   ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATIONS   RATE   ORIGINATED ORIGINATED
- -----------------------     ------------ -------- ---------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- ----------
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                      <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>
   Restaurant Loans:
    Fixed-rate
    loans...........            302       10.62%   $198,365     66.0%       292       10.24%   $218,765     47.7%
   Variable-rate
   loans............             56        9.59      53,655     17.9        249        9.31     213,765     46.6
                                ---       -----    --------    -----        ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total (2)........            358       10.40     252,020     83.9        541        9.78     432,530     94.3
                                ---       -----    --------    -----        ---       -----    --------    -----
   Retail Energy
   Loans:
   Fixed-rate
   loans............             23       10.76      19,500      6.5        --          --          --       --
   Variable-rate
   loans............              6        9.69       4,000      1.3        --          --          --       --
                                ---       -----    --------    -----        ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total (3)........             29       10.58      23,500      7.8        --          --          --       --
                                ---       -----    --------    -----        ---       -----    --------    -----
   Golf Loans:
   Fixed-rate
   loans............              4       12.09       9,850      3.2          2       10.95      14,200      3.1
   Variable-rate
   loans............            --          --          --       --           3        9.74      10,251      2.3
                                ---       -----    --------    -----        ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total (3)........              4       12.09       9,850      3.2          5       10.44      24,451      5.4
                                ---       -----    --------    -----        ---       -----    --------    -----
   Equipment
   Finance:
   Fixed-rate loans
   and leases.......             82       12.08      15,247      5.1         10       12.14       1,486      0.3
                                ---       -----    --------    -----        ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total loan and
   lease
   originations.....            473       10.56%   $300,617    100.0%       556        9.83%   $458,467    100.0%
                                ===       =====    ========    =====        ===       =====    ========    =====

<CAPTION>
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)
                            -------------------------------------------
                                         WEIGHTED               % OF
                                         AVERATE  PRINCIPAL  PRINCIPAL
    LENDING SECTOR           NUMBER OF   INTEREST   AMOUNT     AMOUNT
 AND TYPE OF ORIGINATION    ORIGINATIONS   RATE   ORIGINATED ORIGINATED
- ------------------------    ------------ -------- ---------- ----------

   <S>                      <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>
   Restaurant Loans:
    Fixed-rate
    loans...........            202       10.12%   $143,515     65.6%
   Variable-rate
   loans............            108        8.40      75,227     34.4
                                ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total (2)........            310        9.53     218,742    100.0
                                ---       -----    --------    -----
   Retail Energy
   Loans:
   Fixed-rate
   loans............            --          --          --       --
   Variable-rate
   loans............            --          --          --       --
                                ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total (3)........            --          --          --       --
                                ---       -----    --------    -----
   Golf Loans:
   Fixed-rate
   loans............            --          --          --       --
   Variable-rate
   loans............            --          --          --       --
                                ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total (3)........            --          --          --       --
                                ---       -----    --------    -----
   Equipment
   Finance:
   Fixed-rate loans
   and leases.......            --          --          --       --
                                ---       -----    --------    -----
   Total loan and
   lease
   originations.....            310        9.53%   $218,742    100.0%
                                ===       =====    ========    =====
</TABLE>

- ----
(1) Loan and lease origination activity for the six months ended December 31,
    1995 and for the six months ended June 30, 1995 have been combined to show
    a 12 month period for the purpose of comparing to the year ended
    December 31, 1996.
(2) For the six months ended June 30, 1997, 78.7% and 21.3% of the Company
    restaurant loans consisted of permanent and DEVCO loans, respectively;
    such percentages were 75.4% and 24.6% at December 31, 1996 and 97.3% and
    2.7% at December 31, 1995.
(3) For the six months ended June 30, 1997 and for the years ended December
    31, 1996 and 1995, all of the Company's retail energy loans and golf loans
    were permanent loans.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
 
  Geographic Distribution--The following table sets forth by state the number
of loans and leases originated by the Company for the periods presented.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------
                               PRINCIPAL                          PRINCIPAL                          PRINCIPAL
                   NUMBER OF     AMOUNT   % OF TOTAL  NUMBER OF     AMOUNT   % OF TOTAL  NUMBER OF     AMOUNT   % OF TOTAL
                  ORIGINATIONS ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATIONS ORIGINATED ORIGINATED ORIGINATIONS ORIGINATED ORIGINATED
                  ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>               <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
California......      103       $ 64,038     21.3%        42       $ 33,209      7.2%        23       $ 13,172      6.0%
Michigan........       33         24,370      8.1          7          4,848      1.1          9          7,414      3.4
Texas...........       26         23,829      7.9         41         29,189      6.4         15         13,471      6.2
Louisiana.......       15         15,784      5.3          5          4,243      0.9        --             --       --
North Carolina..       19         14,641      4.9         21         23,106      5.0         22         13,444      6.1
Nevada..........       11         11,895      4.0         18         11,284      2.5        --             --       --
New Jersey......       16         12,205      4.1         29         30,746      6.7         14         10,906      5.0
Virginia........       17         11,144      3.7         16         35,744      7.8         25         18,859      8.6
Ohio............       21          9,960      3.3         10          6,501      1.4          9          8,192      3.7
South Carolina..        9          8,867      2.9         20         16,927      3.7          8          5,460      2.5
Utah............        8          9,038      3.0          5          7,482      1.6        --             --       --
Illinois........       27          8,366      2.8         10          5,855      1.3          6          3,686      1.7
Colorado........        8          7,268      2.4          6          3,155      0.7         10          6,066      2.8
Alabama.........       12          6,677      2.2         20         18,479      4.0         26         18,435      8.4
Pennsylvania....        8          6,385      2.1         58         35,196      7.7         15          7,852      3.6
Florida.........       13          6,279      2.1          7          3,854      0.8         20         12,779      5.8
New York........        4          3,640      1.2         21         13,499      2.9         12          9,588      4.4
Maryland........        4          2,661      0.9         21         25,019      5.5          3          1,621      0.7
Connecticut.....        3          1,316      0.4         36         34,620      7.6         16          8,956      4.1
Other States....      116         52,254     17.4        163        115,511     25.2         77         58,841     27.0
                      ---       --------    -----        ---       --------    -----        ---       --------    -----
 Totals:              473       $300,617    100.0%       556       $458,467    100.0%       310       $218,742    100.0%
                      ===       ========    =====        ===       ========    =====        ===       ========    =====
</TABLE>
 
EQUITY INVESTMENTS
 
  The Company periodically makes passive unsecured equity investments in
companies operating in the sectors served by its lending and leasing
businesses. Such investments may be made in conjunction with loans and leases
or independent of any borrowing relationship. The Company's equity
investments, which are generally made through subsidiary limited liability
companies, have taken the form of common stock equivalents, contingent equity
interests such as warrants, and combinations thereof. At June 30, 1997, the
Company had investments in entities operating 267 units, including Taco Bell,
Church's Chicken, KFC, Hardee's and Hot 'N Now franchisees. In certain cases,
concurrent equity investments have been made directly by the Selling
Stockholders and certain of the Company's officers and directors.
 
  The Company analyzes potential equity opportunities independently of credit
analysis done in connection with its lending business, taking advantage of its
industry expertise and extensive database of operating information. In
general, the Company has structured its investments so that operating control
is retained by experienced business operators while the Company maintains
control over certain key corporate decisions that may affect its investments
over time. To date, all of the Company's equity investments have involved
actual or contingent minority (less than 50%) equity ownership. In certain
cases, the Company is obligated to make additional equity investments at the
option of the majority investor. Many of the Company's investments include
"put" and "call" options at specified values to facilitate the Company's
investment exit strategy.
 
  At June 30, 1997, the Company had made five common stock equivalent equity
investments aggregating $4.4 million and was obligated to make up to an
additional $5.6 million in equity investments under existing arrangements. Of
these equity transactions, three were made in 1996 in connection with loans
made by the Company in the initial aggregate amount of $73.8 million, and two
were made in 1997 in connection with loans made by the Company in the initial
aggregate amount of $28.6 million. See "Risk Factors--Equity Investments are
Subject to Risk of Loss" and "Certain Transactions--Other Matters--Equity
Investments."
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company may also enter into joint venture or similar arrangements for
its loan and lease activities. The Company is currently negotiating with a
major investment bank to form a joint venture pursuant to which the loan and
lease activities of the Company's Golf Finance Group would be exclusively
conducted by a new entity which would be 50% owned and managed by each of the
Company and the investment bank. The parties could by mutual agreement utilize
the joint venture, if formed, to exclusively originate other types of loans
and leases, which could include loans and leases in the Company's other
existing sectors or in new sectors. Any income distributed by the new entity
would be shared equally by the Company and the investment bank.     
 
MARKETING
 
  The Company originates the majority of its loans through the efforts of its
Marketing Vice Presidents ("MVPs"), comprised of experienced, credit trained
professionals located in the Company's regional and district offices in
Alabama, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Nebraska, New Jersey,
Texas and Washington. Each of the Restaurant, Retail Energy, Golf and
Equipment Finance Groups has dedicated marketing departments, specifically
targeting customers by sectors. In addition to its direct marketing
activities, the Company maintains a telemarketing center in Columbus,
Nebraska. The telemarketing center is used to perform basic telemarketing
functions for each of the various lending groups, as well as to coordinate
cross-marketing requests and opportunities.
 
  Applicants are identified through in-person solicitation, targeted mailings,
phone solicitations, participation at conventions, institutional direct-
response advertising and through existing Borrower relationships. MVPs meet
with prospective Borrowers to determine the amount and appropriateness of the
requested loan or lease proceeds as well as to make a preliminary
determination of the Borrowers' creditworthiness. Qualifying prospects are
presented with a proposal generated through the Company's proprietary
underwriting software. Only after the prospective Borrower understands the
loan or lease product is a loan or lease application(s) taken. The Company
believes that this procedure accounts for the low denial rate the Company has
experienced. Since this model was originally developed in 1994, the Company
has funded over 90% of the applications submitted by its MVPs. Additionally,
the Company estimates it funds approximately 45% of all potential Borrowers it
interviews.
 
  The Company maintains multiple prospect and Borrower databases. The
information varies from a simple name and address list to one that includes
Borrower cash flow margins by sector, concept, geography, demographic
information and other variables. The Company uses relational database software
to store variables important to the credit process. Additionally, the Company
has created an in-house research department which provides analysis on various
franchise concepts and industry sectors. The Company has an extensive library
of Borrower financial statements and uses the information for proprietary
studies, which assist management in focusing on various industries.
 
UNDERWRITING
 
  Each of the Company's lending groups operates under a set of underwriting
guidelines that represents prudent credit standards designed to meet uniform
standards for securitization purposes. Each lending group has a credit manager
responsible for these guidelines who is a member of the Senior Credit
Committee (the "SCC"). Loans above specified limits are submitted to the SCC.
The Chief Credit Officer is the chairman of the SCC and has ultimate
responsibility for the credit standards and guidelines for each of the
Company's lending groups.
 
  Underwriting Guidelines are consistent across each of Company's lending
groups. Below is a discussion of the methodology which has been used for the
Restaurant Finance Group. Similar guidelines are being used by the Company's
Retail Energy and Golf Finance Groups. See "Risk Factors--Certain Underwriting
Requirements and Risks May Adversely Affect Credit Quality."
 
  Under the Company's current restaurant finance underwriting guidelines, each
loan is originated after a review of the following criteria: (i) the
applicant's ability to repay the loan, (ii) the adequacy of the cash flow of
both the franchise unit and the Borrower and (iii) the real and tangible
personal property that serves as collateral
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
for such loan. The Company has created an underwriting model which
incorporates historical operating results of the borrower and compares them to
industry statistics for the applicable franchise concept. The model helps
outline the loan proposal to fit the approval guidelines. Loan officers input
data provided by potential borrowers into the underwriting model and determine
as to whether or not a loan would qualify under the Company's underwriting
guidelines before submission to the credit group. This pre-screening process
allows for documentation once a loan is accepted for underwriting. The
Company's loan originations typically range in size from $200,000 to $1.2
million for each franchise location. The majority of Borrowers are multiple
unit operators.
 
  For all loans, the Borrower completes an environmental questionnaire and the
Company obtains a report from a third party service which identifies
environmental risks in the vicinity. Certificates of occupancy are requested
on all units. Additionally, Uniform Commercial Code searches are conducted for
all Borrowers before and after origination of a loan. The Company prefers
Borrowers to pay off all existing loans and equipment leases with the
Company's loan proceeds. For cases in which encumbrances will survive the
funding of the loan, the Company reviews all such notes, pledge and security
agreements, and loan documents.
 
  Although the franchise agreement is not assigned to secure the loan, the
continued ability of the Borrower to operate the franchise is essential to
ensure the Borrower's ability to repay the franchisee loan. The Company
reviews a copy of the executed franchise agreement to verify (i) that the
Borrower is the franchisee or has been granted an assignment of franchisee
rights from the franchisor, (ii) that the duration of the franchise term is as
reported by the Borrower and (iii) that the renewal section of the agreement
provides for renewals of the franchise term, particularly when the franchise
term does not exceed the loan term. In the event a loan term exceeds the term
of a Borrower's franchise agreement, the loan documentation provides that it
is an event of default (entitling the Company to accelerate the loan at a
premium) if the franchise agreement is not renewed. If a franchise agreement
is not renewed, the Company can permit a Borrower to provide substitute
collateral satisfying the Company's underwriting guidelines. Additionally, a
certificate of good standing is required from the franchisor.
 
  The Company reviews the organizational documents of Borrowers which are
business entities and reviews the personal net worth of Borrowers who are
individuals. Business credit reports are obtained for all Borrowers. Personal
credit reports are obtained for majority owners of all Borrowers. For
Borrowers organized as sole proprietorships (other than multi-unit borrowers)
and in certain other cases, personal guarantees are required from the
principals. All former bankruptcies must be discharged and the time since
discharge must be at least five years except in extraordinary circumstances.
 
  Three years of historical operating statements, if available, are required
of all Borrowers. The Company analyzes the revenue and expense numbers to
determine the ability of the unit to support the repayment of a prospective
loan. The underwriting guidelines include three levels of analysis on each
loan request, each of which must be satisfied to qualify for the Company's
loan program. The first two are fixed charge coverage ratio tests at both the
consolidated Borrower level (minimum of 1.25x) and at the individual unit
level (minimum 1.15x). The fixed charge coverage ratio is the ratio of EBITDA
(adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization) plus
rent over annual principal plus interest plus rent. This formula puts real
estate mortgage loans and enterprise only loans on a comparable basis. The
third analysis is the loan to value at the unit level. The "business value" of
a franchise unit is derived from a formula based upon the franchise concept
and the revenues and cash flow generated by the franchise unit through its
operations, which in turn is dependent upon and derived from a Borrower's
franchise agreement with the franchisor. In the case of enterprise loans, the
maximum loan-to-business value is generally 65%. A loan secured by real
property (fee or leasehold) is subject to a maximum loan to value of
approximately 70%. Exceptions to these maximum loan-to-business values may be
made in certain circumstances and with respect to single-unit Borrowers more
stringent loan-to-business value standards are required.
 
  The Company hires independent third parties to perform a valuation of the
subject franchise unit and as applicable, realty interests of the specific
franchised restaurants and specialty retail locations. The appraisals are
based on the premise that the value of a unit is related to revenues and
EBITDA. Value-to-revenue ratios are
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
used to estimate the market value of a unit site. An example of a factor in
the selection of applicable value ratios is unit EBITDA margins, especially
margins for the most recent 12 months. To determine realty interest valuation,
appraisers utilize realty comparables, market based data in estimating market
rentals and estimates of modeled cost and depreciation of any subject
building.
 
  Retail energy lending involves certain additional underwriting issues. In
the case of loans and leases to operators of service stations, convenience
stores, truck stops, car washes and quick lube stores, the Company must also
concern itself with: (i) risks associated with USTs and other environmental
matters; (ii) protections afforded borrowers via the Petroleum Marketers
Practices Act and how these protections relate to senior lenders; (iii) profit
margin volatility inherent in the petroleum marketing; and (iv) the relative
value of location (side of street, relation to traffic lights), competition
and the value of the trademark in the service area.
 
  In the case of golf lending, the Company also focuses on other issues such
as: (i) the cost and availability of secondary water supplies; (ii) the length
of the season of play; (iii) existing and planned competition; (iv) the number
of active golfers in the serving area; (v) environmental risks with regards to
chemical storage and the application of the chemicals and fertilizers; (vi)
expense ratios for more complex (more expensive) courses, e.g. special mowing
techniques, over-seeding during hot weather and (vii) tee and green insurance.
 
FINANCING
 
  The Company has an ongoing need to finance its lending activities, which is
expected to increase as the volume of loan and lease originations increases.
The Company's primary operating cash requirements will include the funding of
(i) loans and leases pending their sale, (ii) fees and expenses incurred in
connection with its securitization program, (iii) overcollateralization or
reserve account requirements in connection with loans pooled and sold, (iv)
interest, fees and expenses associated with the Company's warehouse credit and
repurchase facilities with certain financial institutions, (v) federal and
state income tax payments and (vi) ongoing administrative and other operating
expenses. The Company currently funds these cash requirements primarily
through securitizations, whole loan and lease sales and borrowings from Banco
Santander, Sanwa Bank and Credit Suisse First Boston. See "Risk Factors--
Substantial Need for Liquidity to Fund Lending Activities."
 
 Securitizations and Whole Loan Sales
 
  The Company regularly offers its loans for sale through securitizations and
whole loan sales to financial institutions and institutional investors. The
Company plans to optimize its liquidity and profitability by continuously
evaluating various combinations of whole loan sales and securitization
structures. The Company plans to effect quarterly securitizations, and to
structure such transactions to take advantage of prevailing interest rates and
market conditions for senior subordinated and I/O securities.
 
  Securitizations. Under the Company's current securitization structure, the
Company sells a pool of loans on a non-recourse basis to a single purpose
trust. The trust issues securities in the form of notes which are denominated
in multiple branches throughout the credit rating spectrum from the highest
investment grade rating of "AAA" descending to a non-investment grade rating
of "B." In addition, the Company structures an I/O in its financings that is
generally rated AAA. In past securitizations, the Company has sold all rated
interests while retaining a relatively small retained interest.
 
  With respect to certain of the aforementioned securitizations, the Company
arranged for the related trusts to purchase credit enhancements for the senior
certificates in the related trusts in the form of insurance policies provided
by one AAA/AAA rated monoline insurance company and, as a result, the senior
certificates in each trust received a rating of "AAA" from Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services and "AAA" from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. The Company
may continue to arrange for credit enhancements on future securitizations.
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
  The following table lists securitization transactions involving loans
originated by the Company and securitized by the Company or Greenwich, as
indicated, through June 30, 1997. Prior to July 1, 1995, the Company's
securitizations were treated as financings for financial reporting purposes.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ORIGINAL    OUTSTANDING
                                            ISSUANCE     PRINCIPAL
   FRANCHISE LOANS                          PRINCIPAL    AMOUNT AT   CUMULATIVE    LOAN
   RECEIVABLES TRUST      DATE ISSUED        AMOUNT    JUNE 30, 1997   LOSSES     SELLER
   -----------------   -----------------    ---------  ------------- ----------   ------
                                          (IN MILLIONS)
   <S>                 <C>                  <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
   1991-A..            September 1, 1991      $61.8       $ 15.3        $--      Company
   1993-B..            December 17, 1993       29.0         20.4         --     Greenwich
   1994-A..                   (1)             105.7         75.6         --     Greenwich
   1995-A..              October 1, 1995       42.7         39.9         --     Greenwich
   1995-B..             December 2, 1995(2)   105.2         97.6         --     Company(2)
   1996-A..                June 28, 1996      167.4        161.1         --      Company
   1996-B..             December 1, 1996      157.7(3)     154.5         --      Company
   1997-A..                 June 1, 1997      158.6        158.6         --      Company
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) 1994-A was issued in three series: May 31, 1994, August 17, 1994 and
    December 19, 1994.
(2) The gain on sale of loans for this transaction was not recognized until
    the first quarter of 1996.
(3) Original issuance principal amount was $227.7 million which included
    $70.0 million in loans sold by an affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston.
 
  Whole Loan Sales. Depending on market conditions, the Company also executes
whole loan sales in which the Company disposes of its entire economic interest
in the loans on a non-recourse basis (excluding servicing rights) for cash.
Whole loan sale gains/losses are recognized at the time of sale and there are
generally no residuals. Prior to June 30, 1997, the Company engaged in one
whole loan sale with aggregate principal balance of $15.3 million.
 
  The Company seeks to maximize its premium on whole loan sale revenues by
closely monitoring institutional purchasers' requirements and focusing on
originating or purchasing the types of loans that meet those requirements and
for which institutional purchasers tend to pay higher premiums.
 
  Whole loan sales are made on a non-recourse basis pursuant to a purchase
agreement containing customary representations and warranties by the Company
regarding the underwriting criteria applied by the Company and the origination
process. The Company, therefore, may be required to repurchase or substitute
loans in the event of a breach of its representations and warranties. In
addition, the Company may commit to repurchase or substitute a loan if a
payment default occurs within the first month following the date the loan is
funded, unless other arrangements are made between the Company and the
purchaser. The Company may also be required in some cases to repurchase or
substitute a loan if the loan documentation is alleged to contain fraudulent
misrepresentations made by the borrower.
 
  The Company may be required either to repurchase or to replace loans which
do not conform to the representations and warranties made by the Company in
the pooling and servicing agreements entered into when the loans are pooled
and sold through securitizations.
 
 Warehouse Lines of Credit and Repurchase Facilities
 
  The Company is dependent upon its ability to access warehouse lines of
credit and repurchase facilities, in addition to its ability to continue to
securitize or sell loans in the secondary market, in order to fund new
originations. The Company has warehouse lines of credit and repurchase
facilities under which it had available an aggregate of approximately $365
million in financing at June 30, 1997.
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
  The following constitutes the Company's warehouse lines of credit and
repurchase facilities available at June 30, 1997, all of which are guaranteed
by ICII:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           INTEREST COMMITMENT  PRINCIPAL
 LENDER               EXPIRATION DATE                 INDEX                  RATE     AMOUNT   OUTSTANDING
 ------               ---------------                 -----                -------- ---------- -----------
                                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                  <C>                <C>                                <C>      <C>        <C>
Credit Suisse First
 Boston              December 31, 1998  Libor plus 160 to 235 basis points  7.29%    $300,000   $167,447
Banco Santander      June 1, 1998       Libor plus 160 basis points         7.29%      50,000     16,465
Sanwa Bank(1)        September 30, 1997 Eurodollars plus 200 basis points   7.50%      15,000     12,010
                                                                                     --------   --------
 Total............................................................................   $365,000   $195,922
                                                                                     ========   ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) In October 1997, the expiration date of this facility was extended to June
    30, 1998, the index was reduced to Eurodollars plus 160 basis points and
    the commitment amount was increased to $25 million.
 
  In October 1997, the Company finalized a warehouse line of credit with
Morgan Stanley for a commitment amount of $200 million, bearing interest at
rates ranging from Libor plus 95 to 155 basis points, depending upon the loan
product type. This warehouse line of credit is expected to provide additional
financing for the Company's continued growth in loan and lease originations
and it is not guaranteed by ICII.
   
  The Company is currently negotiating with a major investment bank to form a
joint venture pursuant to which all loan and lease activities of the Company's
Golf Finance Group would be exclusively conducted by a new entity which would
be 50% owned and managed by each of the Company and the investment bank. In
connection therewith, the investment bank would make available to the new
entity a 12 month $100.0 million warehouse line of credit bearing interest at
Libor plus 100 basis points.     
 
LOAN AND LEASE SERVICING AND CREDIT QUALITY
 
  The Company's Servicing Department is responsible for loan and lease
accounting, compliance monitoring and, as necessary, collections. As of June
30, 1997, the Company serviced approximately 1,573 loans and leases,
representing approximately $1.1 billion in principal balances. Of this amount,
$151.2 million were subserviced by the Company under a subservicing
arrangement with SPTL, the owner of the servicing rights. See "Certain
Transactions." The Company's servicing operations are located in Greenwich,
Connecticut.
 
  The loan and lease servicing function includes monthly invoicing, payment
collections, computing investor payments and processing investor remittances.
The primary method for Borrower payments is through automatic clearing house
("ACH") direct debiting.
 
  Compliance monitoring procedures include a semi-annual review of each
Borrower's compliance with stated covenants, including fixed charge coverage
ratios. In the event a Borrower fails to comply with such covenants, the
Borrower is placed on the Company's "Credit Watch List." Loans and leases on
the Credit Watch List are subject to increased scrutiny and monitoring by the
Company's servicing personnel. If a payment has not been received by the due
date, the loan or lease is considered in default, and the Company aggressively
pursues collections procedures, including collection calls and site visits. At
June 30, 1997, the Company had only two loans, representing 0.1% of all loans
and leases held in the Company's servicing portfolio as of such date, more
than 90 days delinquent and, from its inception in April 1991 through June 30,
1997, had experienced no net charge offs.
 
  During the first month of a delinquency lasting ten days or more, the
Company contacts the Borrower to determine the reason for the default and the
likelihood and timing of any payment. The Company performs a credit
investigation and obtains updated financial statements from the Borrower and
current Dun & Bradstreet and personal credit reports. The Borrower's bank and
major trade creditors are typically contacted to provide first-hand
verification of the financial status of the Borrower. The Company may also
retain counsel in the state in which the Borrower is located, if it is
determined that the Borrower or a related entity is in bankruptcy or there is
a reason to believe voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy will be declared.
 
  Within 15-45 days of the delinquency, an officer of the Company will meet in
person with the delinquent borrower, the nature of the Borrower's financial
difficulty will be re-examined and the likelihood of repayment
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
will be re-evaluated. The Company will physically inspect the Borrower's
business unit, and industry consultants
or other Borrowers are contacted to evaluate the delinquent business unit.
 
  After 60 days of delinquency, the franchisor will be notified in writing of
the default, and the delinquent Borrower will be informed of this action. The
loan or lease will be accelerated at this time, and the Borrower sent a
written notice demanding payment of the full amount due in respect of the loan
or lease. The Borrower may also be reminded that any other loans that the
Borrower may have from other sources are likely to be in default.
 
  If it appears unlikely that the Borrower will cure the default, the Company
may decide to negotiate with the Borrower to induce the Borrower to offer the
business unit for sale to other Borrowers of the franchisor or licensee of the
concept. In this way the loans and leases could be assumed. The Company was
able to locate qualified replacement franchisee/Borrowers in the two cases
where it was necessary through its industry relationships, and believes that
it may be able to do so again in the future, if required. At a minimum,
payments would resume, or, if possible, there could be recovery of past-due
principal, interest and amounts advanced by the servicer. As a result of this
policy, the Company has been able to avoid loan losses to date.
 
  As of June 30, 1997, two loans aggregating $1.2 million, or 0.11% of the
Company's $1.1 billion servicing portfolio, were 90 or more days delinquent.
However, some of the loans in the Company's servicing portfolio have been
outstanding for a relatively short period of time. Consequently, the Company's
experience to date may not be indicative of results to be experienced in the
future. See "Risk Factors--Limited History of Independent Operations and New
Products Limit the Ability of the Company to Predict Future Performance."
 
INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT
 
  The Company's profits depend, in part, on the difference, or "spread,"
between the effective rate of interest received by the Company on the loans it
originates or purchases and the interest rates payable by the Company under
its warehouse financing facilities or for securities issued in its
securitizations. The spread can be adversely affected because of interest rate
increases during the period from the date the loans are originated or
purchased until the closing of the sale or securitization of such loans.
 
  The Company is required by its warehouse lending facilities to hedge all of
its fixed-rate principal loan balance securing such facilities. The Company's
hedging strategy normally includes selling U.S. Treasury futures in such
amounts and maturities as to effectively hedge the interest rate volatility of
its portfolio. The Company does not maintain naked or leveraged hedge
positions.
 
  In addition, the Company from time to time may use various other hedging
strategies to provide a level of protection against interest rate risks on its
fixed-rate loans. These strategies may include forward sales of loans or loan-
backed securities, interest rate caps and floors and buying and selling of
futures and options on futures. The Company's management determines the nature
and quantity of hedging transactions based on various factors, including
market conditions and the expected volume of loan originations and purchases.
While the Company believes its hedging strategies are cost-effective and
provide some protection against interest rate risks, no hedging strategy can
completely protect the Company from such risks. Further, the Company does not
believe that hedging against the interest rate risks associated with
adjustable-rate loans is cost-effective, and does not utilize the hedging
strategies described above with respect to its adjustable-rate loans. See
"Risk Factors--Profitability of the Company May be Adversely Affected by
Interest Rate Fluctuations" and "--Hedging Strategies May Not Protect the
Company from Interest Rate Risks."
 
COMPETITION
 
  The Company faces intense competition in the business of originating and
selling loans and leases. Traditional competitors in the financial services
business include commercial banks, thrift institutions, diversified finance
companies, asset-based lenders, specialty franchise finance companies and real
estate investment trusts. Many of these competitors in the commercial finance
business are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial,
technical and marketing resources than the Company. In addition, many
financial service organizations have formed national networks for loan and
lease originations substantially similar to the Company's loan and lease
programs. Competition can take many forms including convenience in obtaining a
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
loan or lease, customer service, marketing and distribution channels, amount
and term of the loan, and interest or credit ratings. In addition, the current
level of gains realized by the Company and its competitors on the sale of
loans and leases could attract additional competitors into this market with
the possible effect of lowering gains on future loan and lease sales due to
increased loan and lease origination competition.
 
  The Company believes that its industry expertise and proprietary databases,
combined with its responsiveness to Borrowers, flexibility in structuring
transactions and broad product offerings give it a competitive advantage over
more traditional, highly regulated small business lenders.
 
REGULATION
 
 Lending Laws
 
  Certain aspects of the Company's businesses are subject to regulation and
supervision at both the federal and state level. Regulated matters include
loan origination, credit activities, maximum interest rates and finance and
other charges, disclosure to customers, the collection, foreclosure,
repossession and claims handling procedures utilized by the Company, multiple
qualification and licensing requirements for doing business in various
jurisdictions and other trade practices.
 
 Future Laws
 
  The laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company are subject to
modifications and change. There can be no assurance that rules and
regulations, or other such laws, rules or regulations will not be adopted in
the future which could make compliance more difficult or expensive, restrict
the Company's ability to originate or sell loans, the amount of interest and
other charges earned on loans originated or sold by the Company, or otherwise
adversely affect the business or prospects of the Company.
 
 Environmental Liability Generally
 
  Contamination of real property by hazardous substances may give rise to a
lien on that property to assure payment of the cost of clean-up or, in certain
circumstances subject the lender to liability. Such contamination may also
reduce the value of the business property. Under the laws of some states and
under CERCLA, a lender may become liable for cleanup of a property and
adjacent properties that are contaminated by releases from the property if the
lender engages in certain activities. See "Risk Factors--Certain Underwriting
Risks May Adversely Affect the Credit Quality of the Company's Portfolio of
Loans and Leases--Environmental Concerns."
 
 Environmental Laws Affecting Borrowers in Specific Sectors
 
  Environmental Regulations Affecting Franchises. The operation and management
of franchise businesses (whether pursuant to direct ownership, lease or
management contract) may involve the use and limited storage of certain
hazardous materials. Borrowers may be required to obtain various environmental
permits and licenses in connection with their operations and activities and
comply with various health and safety regulations adopted by federal, state,
local and foreign authorities governing the use and storage of such hazardous
materials.
 
  Environmental Regulations Affecting Retail Energy Businesses. The operation
and management of retail energy businesses (whether pursuant to direct
ownership, lease or management contract) involves the use and limited storage
of certain hazardous materials. Specifically, the Company's Borrowers in the
retail energy sector incur ongoing costs to comply with federal, state and
local environmental laws and regulations governing USTs used in their
operations. The Company's loans may be secured by convenience store and gas
station locations with USTs and other environmental risks. Borrowers may be
required to obtain various environmental permits and licenses in connection
with their operations and activities and comply with various health and safety
regulations adopted by federal, state, local and foreign authorities governing
the use and storage of such hazardous materials. Under various federal, state,
local and foreign laws, ordinances and regulations, various categories of
persons, including owners, operators or managers of real property may be
liable for the costs of
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous substances that are or
have been released on or in their property even if such releases were by
former owners or occupants. In addition, any liability to Borrowers for
assessment and remediation activities in connection with releases into the
environment of gasoline or other regulated substances from USTs or otherwise
at such Borrowers' gasoline facilities could adversely impact the Borrowers'
ability to repay their loans from the Company or the value of any pledged
collateral. Due to the nature of releases, the actual costs incurred may vary
and the ongoing costs of assessment and remediation activities may vary from
year to year and may adversely impact such Borrowers' ability to repay their
loans.
 
  Most states have funds which provide reimbursement to qualified storage tank
owners/operators for assessment and remediation costs associated with
petroleum releases (after the operator pays a set deductible and co-payment
amount). Most funds are supported by annual tank registration fees paid by the
station owners and a gasoline fee, included in the price of the gas, which is
paid by consumers. There has been an increasing number of UST replacements in
recent years. Consequently, some state funds have been drained of reserves.
The result is a delay in disbursement until the fund can be replenished with
fee collections, the effect of which may have an adverse effect on the
borrowers' financial condition and ability to repay its loan.
 
  Environmental Regulations Affecting Golf Courses and Facilities. The
operation and management of golf courses and golf practice and instruction
facilities (whether pursuant to direct ownership, lease or management
contract) involve the use and limited storage of certain hazardous materials
such as herbicides, pesticides, fertilizers, motor oil, gasoline and paint.
Borrowers may be required to obtain various environmental permits and licenses
in connection with their operations and activities and comply with various
health and safety regulations adopted by federal, state, local and foreign
authorities governing the use and storage of such hazardous materials.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  At June 30, 1997, the Company employed 124 persons. None of the Company's
employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. The Company
believes that its relations with its employees are satisfactory.
 
PROPERTIES
   
  The Company's executive and administrative offices are located at 2049
Century Park East, Suite 350, Los Angeles, California and 5 Greenwich Office
Park, Greenwich, Connecticut and consist of an aggregate of approximately
17,700 square feet. The lease on the premises located in Los Angeles expires
in March 2002 and the current annual rent is approximately $145,900. The lease
on the premises located in Greenwich expires in September 2003 and the current
annual rent is approximately $255,700.     
 
  The Company also leases space for its other offices. These facilities
aggregate approximately 17,300 square feet, with an annual aggregate base
rental of approximately $321,400. The terms of these leases vary as to
duration and rent escalation provisions. In general, the leases expire between
1997 and 2002 and provide for rent escalations tied to either increases in the
lessor's operating expenses or fluctuations in the consumer price index in the
relevant geographical area.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  The Company occasionally becomes involved in litigation arising from the
normal course of business. Management believes that any liability with respect
to pending legal actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
 
  The predecessor entity to Franchise Mortgage LLC, and Mr. Knyal, among
others, are named as defendants in De Wald, et al. vs. Knyal, et al. filed on
November 15, 1996 in Los Angeles County Superior Court. The complaint seeks an
accounting, monetary and punitive damages for alleged breach of contract,
breach of fiduciary duty, breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair
dealing and fraud arising from an alleged business relationship. Franchise
Mortgage LLC has not been named as a defendant in this lawsuit. Counsel to the
predecessor entity and Mr. Knyal believe that the claim is without merit and
intend to defend it vigorously. ICII and FLRT, Inc. have agreed to indemnify
the Company against any and all liability that the Company and its
stockholders (other than ICII and FLRT, Inc.) may incur as a result of this
lawsuit.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  The following table sets forth the name, age and position with the Company
of each person who is a director or executive officer of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NAME                           AGE                  POSITION
   ----                           ---                  --------
<S>                               <C> <C>

Wayne L. "Buz" Knyal.............  51 President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                       Director
Thomas J. Shaughnessy............  39 Executive Vice President and Chief Credit
                                       Officer
John W. Rinaldi..................  49 Executive Vice President, Loan Portfolio
                                       Management and President, Equipment
                                       Finance Group
Thomas Kaplan....................  32 Executive Vice President, Capital Markets
Raedelle A. Walker...............  42 Executive Vice President and Chief
                                       Financial Officer
H. Wayne Snavely(1)..............  56 Chairman of the Board
Ronald V. Davis(2)...............  50 Director
G. Louis Graziadio, III(1).......  47 Director
Perry A. Lerner(2)...............  54 Director
Richard J. Loughlin(1)...........  63 Director
John E. Martin(1)................  52 Director
Michael L. Matkins(2)............  51 Director
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of Compensation Committee
(2) Member of Audit Committee
 
  WAYNE L. "BUZ" KNYAL has been the President, Chief Executive Officer and a
Director of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company since its inception and has
been the President, Chief Executive Officer and a Manager of Franchise
Mortgage LLC since its inception in June 1995. Prior to founding the Company's
predecessor in 1991, Mr. Knyal founded and owned CBI Insurance Services, Inc.
and concurrently served as President of CBI Mortgage Company, a residential
mortgage banker. From 1968 to 1980, Mr. Knyal was an Executive Vice President
of Krupp/Taylor Advertising and served clients in the fast food industry. Mr.
Knyal is a Director of New Riders, Inc., a restaurant company.
 
  THOMAS J. SHAUGHNESSY has been the Executive Vice President, Chief Credit
Officer of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company since its inception. Mr.
Shaughnessy has held the same title at Franchise Mortgage LLC since July 1997
and was Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer of Franchise Mortgage LLC
from June 1995 through June 1997. From May 1994 through June 1995, Mr.
Shaughnessy held executive positions with the Company's predecessor when it
was a division of Greenwich. From 1992 to May 1994, Mr. Shaughnessy was the
Credit Portfolio Manager for the Franchise Finance Group at AT&T Capital
Corporation in Denver, Colorado.
 
  JOHN W. RINALDI has been the Executive Vice President, Loan Portfolio
Management and President, Equipment Finance Group of Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company since its inception. Mr. Rinaldi has held the same title at
Franchise Mortgage LLC since July 1997 and was Senior Vice President,
Operations of Franchise Mortgage LLC since July 1995 through June 1997. From
1993 to July 1995, Mr. Rinaldi was the Executive Vice President of Federated
Financial Reserve Corporation, a national lessor. Mr. Rinaldi was the Senior
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Commercial Equipment Finance
Group of Bell Atlantic Corporation's financial services subsidiary, Bell
Atlantic TriCon from 1984 to 1993. From 1968 to 1983, Mr. Rinaldi held various
credit, operations and marketing positions with TriContinental Leasing and its
parent, Yegen Associates.
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
  THOMAS KAPLAN has been the Executive Vice President, Capital Markets of
Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company since October 1997. Mr. Kaplan was a
Senior Vice President in the Asset-Backed Finance group at Greenwich Capital
Markets ("Greenwich Capital") from September 1995 to October 1997, where he
was responsible for developing and maintaining investment banking
relationships with issuers of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities and
whole loans. Mr. Kaplan had primary responsibility for Greenwich Capital's
investment banking relationship with Franchise Mortgage LLC, and acted as
financial advisor in connection with each of Franchise Mortgage LLC's
securitizations until June 1997. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Kaplan was a Director
at Credit Suisse First Boston, where he was a trader for the firm's
subordinate mortgage- and asset-backed securities and asset-backed whole loan
positions.
 
  RAEDELLE A. WALKER has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company since its inception and has
held the same title at Franchise Mortgage LLC since February 1997. From 1995
until joining Franchise Mortgage LLC, Ms. Walker served as the Chief Financial
Officer of SPTL, a wholly owned subsidiary of ICII. From 1985 to 1995, Ms.
Walker served as a Senior Manager with KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, providing
accounting and consulting services to clients in the firm's financial services
practice. Ms. Walker is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
  H. WAYNE SNAVELY has been the Chairman of the Board of Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company since its inception and has been a Manager of Franchise
Mortgage LLC since June 1995. He has been Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of ICII since December 1991 and President of ICII since
February 1996. From 1986 to February 1992, Mr. Snavely served as Executive
Vice President of Imperial Bancorp and Imperial Bank with direct management
responsibility for the following bank subsidiaries and division: Imperial Bank
Mortgage, SPTL, Imperial Trust Company, Wm. Mason & Company, Imperial
Ventures, Inc. and The Lewis Horwitz Organization. From 1983 through 1986, Mr.
Snavely was employed as Chief Financial Officer of Imperial Bancorp and
Imperial Bank. Mr. Snavely served as a Director of Imperial Bank from 1975 to
1983 and currently serves as a Director. Mr. Snavely is Chairman of the Board
of Southern Pacific Funding Corporation, Imperial Credit Mortgage Holdings,
Inc. and Imperial Financial Group, Inc., a subsidiary of Imperial Bank.
 
  RONALD V. DAVIS has been a Director of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
since its inception and has been a Manager of Franchise Mortgage LLC since
June 1995. Mr. Davis is the Chairman of the Board of Davis Capital LLC, a
private equity investment company. From 1980 to 1994, Mr. Davis was the
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Perrier Group of America, Inc.
("PGA"). Mr. Davis twice held the presidency of the International Bottled
Water Association, serving 1,000 members worldwide and in 1994, the industry
inducted him into the Beverage World Bottled Water Hall of Fame. Mr. Davis is
also a Director of Celestial Seasonings and Staff Leasing, Inc.
   
  G. LOUIS GRAZIADIO, III has been a director of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company since its inception. Mr. Graziadio is the Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer of Ginarra Holdings, Inc. (as well as its predecessor
and affiliated companies) since 1979. Ginarra Holdings, Inc. is a privately
held California corporation engaged in a wide range of investment activities.
Mr. Graziadio has been actively involved, since 1972, in real estate
development, construction and home building. Mr. Graziadio is Co-Chairman of
Imperial Financial Group, Inc. and a Director of the following companies:
ICII, Imperial Bancorp, Imperial Trust Company, an indirect subsidiary of
Imperial Bancorp, Lynx Golf, Inc., a golf club manufacturer and Vista 2000,
Inc.     
 
  PERRY A. LERNER has been a Director of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
since its inception and has been a Manager of Franchise Mortgage LLC since
June 1995. He has been a principal in the investment firm of Crown Capital
Group, Inc. since 1996. Mr. Lerner was with the law firm of O'Melveny & Myers
from 1982 through 1996, having been a partner with the firm from 1984 through
1996. Mr. Lerner was an Attorney-Advisor of the International Tax Counsel of
the United States Treasury Department from 1973 to 1976. Mr. Lerner is a
Director of ICII, Imperial Financial Group, Inc. and Vista 2000, Inc.
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
  RICHARD J. LOUGHLIN has been a Director of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company since its inception. Mr. Loughlin co-founded Century 21 Real Estate of
Northern California, Inc. in 1973 and served as President and Regional
Director until 1981, when he was appointed President and Chief Executive
Officer of Century 21 Real Estate Corporation. He held that position until
November of 1995 when he retired and was appointed President Emeritus to serve
as a consultant and spokesperson. Mr. Loughlin is a Director of Inspectech
Corporation and the National Association of Realtors. Loughlin's prior
affiliations include Chairman of Western Relocation Management, Inc., Chairman
of the Real Estate National Networks, Director of the National Easter Seal
Society, Director of the Housing Roundtable, and member of the Policy Advisory
Board of the Center for Real Estate and Urban Economics for the University of
California at Berkeley. Mr. Loughlin is a co-owner of the National Football
League's Carolina Panthers.
 
  JOHN E. MARTIN has been a Director of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
since its inception. Mr. Martin has been the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of New Riders, Inc., since June 1997. Mr. Martin was the Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of PepsiCo Casual Dining from October 1996 to June
1997. From August 1983 through October 1996 he was the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Taco Bell Corp. In 1996, Mr. Martin was named the third
most successful restaurant executive in the Spenser Stuart/Cornell Study. He
received the first Innovator Award from the Multi-Unit Foodservice Operators
association in 1994; the Silver Plate Award from the International Foodservice
Manufacturers Association in 1993 for his innovative leadership in the quick-
service industry; the National Association of Corporate Real Estate Executives
named him as the 1992 CEO of the Year; and Restaurants and Institutions
Magazine named him Executive of the Year in 1991. Mr. Martin is a member of
the Educational Foundation of the National Restaurant Association's board of
trustees, and is a founding member of the Chief Executive Round Table at the
University of California, Irvine. Mr. Martin is a Director of The Good Guys,
Inc. and Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
 
  MICHAEL L. MATKINS has been a Director of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company since its inception and has been a Manager of Franchise Mortgage LLC
since June 1995. Mr. Matkins is a founding partner with the law firm of Allen,
Matkins, Leck, Gamble & Mallory LLP. Mr. Matkins has advised institutional
investors, lenders, property owners and developers in all aspects of purchase,
sale, financing, leasing and construction of real estate properties ranging
from office and retail to recreational and mixed-use projects for more than 20
years. He has also represented institutional investors in the restructuring of
investments in real property as well as institutional developers in acquiring,
entitling and developing master-planned communities. Mr. Matkins is a member
of the Urban Land Institute and Chair of the Los Angeles District Urban
Development Council.
 
  Directors are elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of
stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. Directors
will not be able to stand for reelection unless they have attended at least
75% of Board meetings and committee meetings, as applicable. The Company plans
to pay its non-employee directors an annual fee of $12,000, payable quarterly,
$1,000 for each board meeting or committee meeting attended and to reimburse
them for reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings. Concurrently with
this Offering, the Company will grant options to purchase 30,000 shares of
Common Stock under its Stock Option Plan to each of its non-employee
directors. See "--Stock Options." No family relationships exist between any of
the executive officers or directors of the Company.
 
  The Company's Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and a Compensation
Committee. The Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Lerner, Matkins and
Davis and is responsible for making recommendations concerning the engagement
of independent certified public accountants, approving professional services
provided by the independent certified public accountants and reviewing the
adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls. The Compensation
Committee is comprised of Messrs. Graziadio, Martin and Loughlin and is
responsible for recommending to the Board of Directors all officer salaries,
management incentive programs and bonus payments.
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES
 
<TABLE>
   <C>                       <S>
   Clinton V. Barrow         Marketing Vice President, Restaurant Finance Group
   Edward A. Boyle           Senior Vice President, Managing Director,
                             Diversified Products Group
   Kevin T. Burke            Senior Vice President, Capital Markets
   Melissa G. Dant, Esq.     Vice President, Operations, Corporate Counsel,
                             Retail Energy Group
   Kent "Carty" M. Davis     Marketing Vice President, Restaurant Finance Group
   Michael A. DeMita, III    Senior Vice President, Managing Director,
                             Diversified Products Group
   Brian V. Farren           Senior Vice President, National Sales Manager,
                             Restaurant Finance Group
   Bonita Glover             Marketing Vice President, Restaurant Finance Group
   Donald W. Hakes           President, Retail Energy Group
   Larry Howard              Marketing Vice President, Restaurant Finance Group
   Christopher Kelleher      Senior Vice President, Operations Manager, Retail
                             Energy Group
   Pierrette A. Newman, Esq. Senior Vice President, Operations, Corporate
                             Counsel, Restaurant Finance Group
   Thomas J. Schuldt         President, Restaurant Finance Group
   David Schwartzman         Senior Vice President, Credit Manager, Restaurant
                             Finance Group
   Courtney S. Stephens      Marketing Vice President, Restaurant Finance Group
   Mary Ann Zic              Vice President, Director of Research, Corporate
</TABLE>
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
  Prior to this Offering, the Company did not have a compensation committee.
Messrs. Snavely and Knyal participated in deliberations concerning
compensation of executive officers during 1996. Messrs. Graziadio and Lerner
served on the Compensation Committee of ICII in 1996, and currently serve on
such committee. During 1996, Mr. Snavely served on the Compensation Committee
of ICII; beginning January 1, 1997 Mr. Snavely resigned from ICII's
Compensation Committee. None of the other executive officers of the Company
has served on the board of directors or on the compensation committee of any
other entity which had officers who served on the Company's Board of Directors
or on the Company's Compensation Committee.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
 Summary Compensation Table
 
  The following table sets forth information concerning the annual and long-
term compensation earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of
the other executive officers whose annual salary and bonus during 1996
exceeded $100,000 (the "Named Executive Officers").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                  ------------------------------
                    NAME AND                                         ALL OTHER
             PRINCIPAL POSITION(1)                 SALARY   BONUS   COMPENSATION
             ---------------------                -------- -------- ------------
<S>                                               <C>      <C>      <C>
Wayne L. Knyal(2)...............................  $100,000 $150,000   $47,709(3)
 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Thomas J. Shaughnessy(4)........................   100,000  110,000       --
 Executive Vice President and Chief Credit
 Officer
John W. Rinaldi(4)..............................   125,000  125,000    11,709(5)
 Vice President, Loan Portfolio Management and
 President, Equipment Finance Group
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Raedelle A. Walker joined the Company in February 1997 and serves as
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at an annual salary
    of $160,000. Thomas Kaplan joined the Company in October 1997 and serves
    as Executive Vice President, Capital Markets at an annual salary of
    $225,000.
(2) Does not include distributions received by FLRT, Inc. as a member of
    Franchise Mortgage LLC.
(3) Represents a car allowance of $6,000, reimbursement of living expenses of
    $36,000 and a $5,709 contribution by the Company under ICII's 401(k) Plan.
(4) Messrs. Shaughnessy's and Rinaldi's base salaries for 1997 are $135,000
    and $150,000, respectively.
(5) Represents a car allowance of $6,000 and a $5,709 contribution by the
    Company under ICII's 401(k) Plan.
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
 Employment Agreement
   
  In November 1997, the Company and Mr. Knyal entered into a five-year
employment agreement terminating on October 31, 2002 pursuant to which Mr.
Knyal agreed to act as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company for an annual base salary of $400,000, an annual bonus of not less
than $82,000 and not to exceed $682,000, and customary benefits. Commencing
January 1998, an amount of $82,000 per year would be deducted from the bonus
payable to Mr. Knyal in order to repay certain amounts owed by Mr. Knyal to
the Company, pursuant to the terms of a promissory note. See "Certain
Transactions--Loans to Executive Officers and Directors." If Mr. Knyal's
employment is terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Knyal for good
reason (meaning the Company's uncured breach of any material term of the
agreement, the removal of Mr. Knyal as Chief Executive Officer (other than for
cause) or any diminution by the Company of Mr. Knyal's powers, duties or
authority), Mr. Knyal would be paid his annual salary and provided with all
customary benefits through October 31, 2002. In addition, in such event, FLRT,
Inc. would have registration rights similar to those granted to ICII under the
ICII Registration Rights Agreement without any volume limitations. See
"Certain Transactions--Arrangements with ICII and its Affiliates--ICII
Registration Rights Agreement."     
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
 1997 Stock Option Plan
 
  The Company's Board of Directors has adopted (and immediately prior to the
effective date of this Offering its stockholders will approve) the 1997 Stock
Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"),
which provides for the grant of qualified incentive stock options ("ISOs")
that meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), stock options not so qualified ("NQSOs"),
deferred stock, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and limited stock
appreciation rights awards ("Awards"). The Stock Option Plan is administered
by a committee of directors appointed by the Board of Directors (the
"Committee"). ISOs may be granted to the officers and key employees of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries. The exercise price for any option granted
under the Stock Option Plan may not be less than 100% (or 110% in the case of
ISOs granted to an employee who is deemed to own in excess of 10% of the
outstanding Common Stock) of the fair market value of the shares of Common
Stock at the time the option is granted. The purpose of the Stock Option Plan
is to provide a means of performance-based compensation in order to attract
and retain qualified personnel and to provide an incentive to those whose job
performance affects the Company. The effective date of the Stock Option Plan
will be the effective date of the Offering.
 
  The Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options to purchase, and
awards of, an aggregate of up to 10% of the shares of the Company's Common
Stock to be outstanding after this Offering, including any shares issued
pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment option, but not less than
2,700,000 shares. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Stock
Option Plan is subject to anti-dilution provisions for stock splits, stock
dividends and similar events. If an option granted under the Stock Option Plan
expires or terminates, or an Award is forfeited, the shares subject to any
unexercised portion of such option or Award will again become available for
the issuance of further options or Awards under the Stock Option Plan.
 
  Under the Stock Option Plan, the Company may make loans available to stock
option holders, subject to the Committee's approval, in connection with the
exercise of stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan. If shares of
Common Stock are pledged as collateral for such indebtedness, such shares may
be returned to the Company in satisfaction of such indebtedness. If so
returned, such shares shall again be available for issuance in connection with
future stock options and Awards under the Stock Option Plan.
 
  Unless previously terminated by the Board of Directors, no options or Awards
may be granted under the Stock Option Plan ten years after the effective date
of the Offering.
 
  Options granted under the Stock Option Plan will become exercisable
according to the terms of the grant made by the Committee. Awards will be
subject to the terms and restrictions of the award made by the Committee. The
Committee has discretionary authority to select participants from among
eligible persons and to
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
determine at the time an option or Award is granted and in the case of
options, whether it is intended to be an ISO or a NQSO, and when and in what
increments shares covered by the option may be purchased.
 
  Under current law, ISOs may not be granted to any individual who is not also
an officer or employee of the Company or any subsidiary.
 
  The exercise price of any option granted under the Stock Option Plan is
payable in full (1) in cash, (2) by surrender of shares of the Company's
Common Stock already owned by the option holder having a market value equal to
the aggregate exercise price of all shares to be purchased including, in the
case of the exercise of NQSOS, restricted stock subject to an Award under the
Stock Option Plan, (3) by cancellation of indebtedness owed by the Company to
the optionholder, (4) by a full recourse promissory note executed by the
optionholder or (5) by any combination of the foregoing. The terms of any
promissory note may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors to
comply with applicable Service or Commission regulations or other relevant
pronouncements.
 
  The Board of Directors may from time to time revise or amend the Stock
Option Plan, and may suspend or discontinue it at any time. However, no such
revision or amendment may impair the rights of any participant under any
outstanding Award without such participant's consent or may, without
shareholder approval, increase the number of shares subject to the Stock
Option Plan or decrease the exercise price of a stock option to less than 100%
of fair market value on the date of grant (with the exception of adjustments
resulting from changes in capitalization), materially modify the class of
participants eligible to receive options or Awards under the Stock Option
Plan, materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the
Stock Option Plan or extend the maximum option term under the Stock Option
Plan.
 
  The following table sets forth the stock options to be granted to executive
officers under the Stock Option Plan:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                      INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                         --------------------------------------------
                                                                           POTENTIAL
                                                                      REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                                                                        ASSUMED ANNUAL
                         NUMBER OF   PERCENTAGE                         RATES OF STOCK
                           SHARES    OF OPTIONS                       PRICE APPRECIATION
                         UNDERLYING    TO BE     EXERCISE             FOR OPTION TERM(1)
                          OPTIONS    GRANTED TO    PRICE   EXPIRATION -------------------
          NAME           GRANTED(2) EMPLOYEES(3) ($/SH)(4)  DATE(5)    5%($)     10%($)
          ----           ---------- ------------ --------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>
Thomas J. Shaughnessy...   80,000       7.1%      $17.00      2007    $855,297 $2,167,490
John W. Rinaldi.........   50,000       4.5        17.00      2007     534,560  1,354,681
Thomas Kaplan...........   50,000       4.5        17.00      2007     534,560  1,354,681
Raedelle A. Walker......   50,000       4.5        17.00      2007     534,560  1,354,681
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Amounts reflect assumed risks of appreciation set forth in the
    Commission's executive compensation disclosure requirements.
(2) Such stock options vest 20% on each anniversary date from the date of
    grant.
(3) Based on options to acquire 1,200,000 shares expected to be granted under
    the Stock Option Plan on the effective date of this Offering.
(4) The exercise price for all options will equal the initial public offering
    price.
(5) Such stock options expire 10 years from the date of grant or earlier upon
    termination of employment.
 
  On the effective date of this Offering, it is expected that the Company will
grant to certain other employees and directors options to acquire 970,000
shares of Common Stock at a per share exercise price equal to the initial
public offering price, vesting 20% on each anniversary from the date of grant.
 
 ICII Options Granted to Executive Officers and Key Employees
 
  In April 1996, ICII granted incentive stock options to purchase 25,000
shares of ICII common stock to each of Messrs. Shaughnessy and Rinaldi and
incentive stock options to purchase 10,000 shares of ICII common stock to
Mr. Farren. In December 1995 and July 1996, ICII granted Raedelle A. Walker
incentive stock options to purchase an aggregate of 15,000 shares of ICII
common stock. The exercise price of all such options was the fair market value
of ICII common stock at the time of the grants.
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
401(K) PLAN
 
  On the effective date of this Offering, the Company will commence
participation in the ICII contributory retirement plan ("401(k) Plan") for all
full time employees with at least six months of service, which is designed to
be tax deferred in accordance with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the
Code. The 401(k) Plan provides that each participant may contribute from 2% to
14% of his or her salary, and the Company will contribute to the participant's
plan account at the end of each plan year 50% of the first 4% of salary
contributed by a participant. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to
enroll on the first day of any month, provided that they have been employed
for at least six months.
 
  Subject to the rules for maintaining the tax status of the 401(k) Plan, an
additional Company contribution may be made at the Company's discretion.
Should a discretionary contribution be made, the contribution would first be
allocated to those employees deferring salaries in excess of 4%. The matching
contribution would be 50% of any deferral in excess of 4% up to maximum
deferral of 8%. Should discretionary contribution funds remain following the
allocation outlined above, any remaining Company matching funds would be
allocated as a 50% match of employee contributions, on the first 4% of the
employee's deferrals. Company matching contributions will be made as of
December 31st each year.
 
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that, except to the
extent prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), its
directors shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders
for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as directors of the
Company. Under Delaware law, the directors have fiduciary duties to the
Company that are not eliminated by this provision of the Certificate of
Incorporation and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as
injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available. In
addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability under
Delaware law for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company for
acts or omissions that are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations
of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director and
for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that
are prohibited by Delaware law. This provision also does not affect the
director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal
securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. In addition, the
Company intends to maintain liability insurance for its officers and
directors.
 
  Section 145 of the DGCL permits the Company to, and the Certificate of
Incorporation provides that the Company may, indemnify each person who was or
is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has
agreed to become, a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving,
or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Company, as a director, officer
or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee
benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or
omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding and any appeal therefrom. Such right of indemnification shall inure
to such individuals whether or not the claim asserted is based on matters that
antedate the adoption of the Certificate of Incorporation. Such right of
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director
or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal
representatives of such a person. The indemnification provided by the
Certificate of Incorporation shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights
that may be provided now or in the future under any provision currently in
effect or hereafter adopted by the Certificate of Incorporation, by any
agreement, by vote of stockholders, by resolution of directors, by provision
of law or otherwise. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors of the Company pursuant to
the foregoing provision, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable.
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
  Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to eliminate or limit
the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders
for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that
such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i)
for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174
of the DGCL relating to unlawful dividends, stock purchases or redemptions or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit. Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL is designed, among other things, to
encourage qualified individuals to serve as directors of Delaware
corporations. The Company believes this provision will assist it in securing
the services of qualified directors who are not employees of the Company. This
provision has no effect on the availability of equitable remedies, such as
injunction or rescission. If equitable remedies are found not to be available
to stockholders in any particular case, stockholders may not have any
effective remedy against actions taken by directors that constitute negligence
or gross negligence.
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
THE REORGANIZATION
 
  Immediately prior to the closing of this Offering, Franchise Mortgage LLC
will merge into Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware corporation.
Upon the closing of this Offering, ICII and FLRT, Inc. will own 12,091,667 and
6,358,333, or 44.4% and 23.4%, respectively, of the total outstanding shares
of the Company's Common Stock, respectively. See "The Reorganization."
 
ARRANGEMENTS WITH ICII AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
  The Company and ICII have entered into agreements for the purpose of
defining their ongoing relationships. The agreements have been developed in
the context of a parent/subsidiary relationship and therefore are not the
result of arm's-length negotiations between independent parties. It is the
intention of the Company and ICII that such agreements and the transactions
provided for therein, taken as a whole, are fair to both parties, while
continuing certain mutually beneficial arrangements. However, there can be no
assurance that each of such agreements, or the transactions provided for
therein, have been effected on terms at least as favorable to the Company as
could have been obtained from unaffiliated parties.
 
  Additional or modified arrangements and transactions may be entered into by
the Company, ICII, and their respective subsidiaries, after completion of this
Offering. Any such future arrangements and transactions will be determined
through negotiation between the Company and ICII, and it is possible that
conflicts of interest will be involved. All transactions by and between the
Company and ICII must be approved by a majority of the disinterested directors
of the Company.
 
  The following is a summary of certain arrangements and transactions between
the Company and ICII.
 
 Services Agreement
 
  The Company and ICII will enter into a services agreement effective as of
the effective date of this Offering (the "Services Agreement") under which
ICII will continue to provide human resource administration, securitization
capability and certain accounting functions to the Company.
 
  ICII will charge fees for each of the above services which it will provide
under the Services Agreement at a rate equal to $100 per month per employee
employed by the Company at the end of each month. The Services Agreement will
have an initial term that ends one year from the date of this Offering and is
renewable annually thereafter. The Company may terminate the Services
Agreement, in whole or in part, upon one month's written notice. As part of
the services to be provided under the Services Agreement, ICII will provide
the Company with insurance coverage and self insurance programs, including
health insurance. The charge to the Company for insurance coverage will be
based upon a pro rata portion of the costs to ICII of the various policies.
ICII's total insurance expense is allocated among ICII and its subsidiaries
based on the number of employees at each entity. The expense is annualized and
charged to each entity monthly. Management believes that the terms of the
Services Agreement are as favorable to the Company as could be obtained from
independent third parties.
 
 ICII Registration Rights Agreement
   
  The Company has entered into the ICII Registration Rights Agreement pursuant
to which the Company has agreed to file one or more registration statements
under the Securities Act in the future for shares of the Company held by ICII,
subject to certain conditions set forth therein. Pursuant to the ICII
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to
cause such registration statements to be kept continuously effective for the
public sale from time to time of the shares of the Company held by ICII. Also,
under the ICII Registration Rights Agreement, FLRT, Inc. has certain piggyback
registration rights with respect to a demand registration statement initiated
by ICII concerning shares of the Company's Common Stock held by ICII; provided
however than for a period of three years following the date of this
Prospectus, FLRT, Inc. is limited in the amount of shares of the Company's
Common Stock it can sell to that amount authorized pursuant to Rule 144.
Thereafter, or in the event that Mr. Knyal's employment is terminated by the
Company without cause or by Mr. Knyal for good reason (as defined in his
employment agreement), FLRT, Inc. shall have registration rights similar to
those granted to ICII under the ICII Registration Rights Agreement without any
volume limitations.     
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
 Transactions Involving SPTL
 
  At December 31, 1995, the Company had a net receivable of principal and
interest on loans from SPTL, ICII's wholly owned subsidiary, of $579,000. In
July 1995, the Company sold approximately $3.8 million of servicing rights to
SPTL, resulting in a gain of $31,000. The Company also had a receivable from
ICII of $924,000 bearing interest at 10.4% as of December 31, 1995 and a
payable of $526,000 relating to ICII's residual interest in the Franchise Loan
Receivables Trust 1995-B.
 
  The Company provides subservicing on a contractual basis for servicing
rights on certain loans originated by the Company's predecessor and sold to
SPTL. At June 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, there was approximately
$151 million, $183 million and $262 million, respectively, of loans
outstanding underlying this subservicing arrangement. The Company receives
approximately 13 basis points for providing such services.
 
  The Company purchased $55.3 million in loans at a $6.0 million premium from
SPTL on December 29, 1995. These loans had originally been purchased by SPTL
from Greenwich on November 30, 1995. The Company purchased $15.5 million in
loans at par value from SPTL on June 26, 1997. These loans were purchased by
SPTL from the Company in 1996 and 1997.
 
  The Company also has a master purchase and sale agreement with SPTL to
originate loans for SPTL under mutual agreement, and subject to SPTL
underwriting each such loan prior to sale of such loans. Under this agreement,
the Company also has the ability to repurchase loans, under mutual agreement
with SPTL. There is no specified commitment by either party, and each
individual sale is negotiated separately as to pricing. This agreement has no
expiration date. At June 30, 1997, loans originated for SPTL (and not
repurchased), totaled approximately $104.3 million. The Company does not
expect to originate a significant volume of loans for SPTL under this
arrangement in the future.
 
 Borrowings and Guarantees
 
  At June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the Company had borrowings from ICII
outstanding of $10.0 million and $17.7 million, respectively. The Company paid
interest at 12% on the outstanding balances. The Company will make the Final
LLC Distribution currently estimated to be $3.0 million (this amount may
increase depending on the level of Franchise Mortgage LLC's taxable income
immediately prior to the completion of this Offering)immediately prior to the
completion of this Offering. Such payment will be funded with a short term
loan from ICII repayable with a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering.
See "Use of Proceeds."
 
  The Company, among other subsidiaries of ICII, has jointly and severally and
fully and unconditionally guaranteed ICII's $200 million 9.875% senior notes
due January 15, 2007 and $70 million liquidation amount of remarketed par
securities. Such guarantees will terminate upon the deconsolidation of the
Company in the financial statements of ICII, which will be effective upon the
closing of this Offering.
 
  In consideration of ICII's guarantee of the Company's warehouse lines of
credit, repurchase facilities and leases outstanding at September 30, 1997,
the Company pays to ICII monthly a fee equal to 15 basis points on the
Company's outstanding borrowings covered by such guarantee. For the six months
ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1996, the amount of such
guarantee fees was $218,000 and $0, respectively. See "Business--Financing--
Warehouse Lines of Credit and Repurchase Facilities." ICII will not guarantee
any of the Company's future warehouse lines of credit and repurchase
facilities.
 
  ICII guaranteed the Company's lease obligations for its executive and
administrative offices located in Los Angeles, California and Greenwich,
Connecticut. The parties to the leases are currently negotiating a release of
such guarantees. ICII will not guarantee any of the Company's future leases.
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
   
  Since July 1, 1995, the Company has been treated as a partnership for
federal and state income tax purposes. As a result, the income of the Company
has not been subject to federal or state income taxation. The members of
Franchise Mortgage LLC (ICII and FLRT, Inc.) are liable for individual federal
and state income taxes on their allocated portions of the Company's taxable
income. The Company's status as an LLC will be automatically terminated as a
result of the Reorganization. The Company has agreed to indemnify each of ICII
and FLRT, Inc. for any federal or state income taxes, including penalties and
interest thereon, imposed by any taxing authority with respect to, for, or
fairly attributable to the operations of Franchise Mortgage LLC for the period
from July 1, 1995 through the effective date of this Offering. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, each of ICII and FLRT, Inc. has agreed to indemnify the Company
for all taxes, including penalties and interest thereon, resulting from any
determination made by a taxing authority that Franchise Mortgage LLC should be
determined for tax purposes to be an association taxable as a corporation and
only to the extent that such taxes pertain to the income of Franchise Mortgage
LLC as originally reported on its income tax return for the period in question
and solely to the extent of any LLC distributions made by Franchise Mortgage
LLC to ICII and FLRT, Inc.     
 
 ICII Options Granted to Executive Officers and Key Employees
 
  In April 1996, ICII granted incentive stock options to purchase 25,000
shares of ICII common stock to each of Messrs. Shaughnessy and Rinaldi and
incentive stock options to purchase 10,000 shares of ICII common stock to
Mr. Farren. In December 1995 and July 1996, ICII granted Raedelle A. Walker
incentive stock options to purchase an aggregate of 15,000 shares of ICII
common stock. The exercise price of all such options was the fair market value
of ICII common stock at the time of the grants.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
  In the ordinary course of business, the Company has conducted transactions
with certain of its officers and directors and with affiliated companies and
entities. All such transactions are conducted at "arm's length" in accordance
with the Company's policies.
 
 Equity Investments
 
  Franchise Equity Fund L.L.C. Franchise Mortgage LLC, ICII and Mr. Knyal are
parties to an Operating Agreement, dated April 1, 1996, pursuant to which such
parties organized Franchise Equity Fund L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company ("FEF LLC"), for the purpose of making equity investments in
franchisees of PepsiCo related businesses. Franchise Mortgage LLC owns a 99%
membership interest in, and is the manager of FEF LLC. ICII and Mr. Knyal own
0.67% and 0.33% membership interests, respectively, in FEF LLC.
 
  In June 1996, FEF LLC, Mr. Knyal and certain other investors entered into an
agreement to organize five limited partnerships in New Jersey and Pennsylvania
(the "Summerwood Partnerships") for the purpose of acquiring and operating 68
Taco Bell and KFC units. FEF LLC made a loan of $2.0 million to the Summerwood
Partnerships in exchange for warrants to purchase a 40% limited partner
interest in each of the Summerwood Partnerships. In December 1996, FEF LLC
exercised the warrants in full, the $2.0 million loan was converted into
capital contributions and FEF LLC acquired a 40% limited partner interest in
each of the Summerwood Partnerships. Under certain circumstances, the general
partner of the Summerwood Partnerships may require FEF LLC to make additional
loans or capital contributions to the Summerwood Partnerships in the aggregate
amount of $2.0 million until the third anniversary of the acquisition. The
other investors have certain rights to purchase FEF LLC's limited partner
interest after the fifth anniversary of the acquisition, and FEF LLC has
certain rights to sell its limited partner interest to the other investors
after the seventh anniversary of the acquisition. In addition, pursuant to the
terms of the agreement, Mr. Knyal is required to personally guarantee any
obligations of the Summerwood Partnerships that the limited partners of such
partnerships are required to personally guarantee. In connection with the
acquisition, Franchise Mortgage LLC made 58 loans to the Summerwood
Partnerships in the initial aggregate amount of $40.6 million. The loans bear
interest at annual rates ranging from 9.19% to 10.8% and are due on dates
ranging from July 2003 to July 2011. At June 30, 1997, the outstanding balance
of such loans was $39.3 million.
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
  In November 1996, FEF LLC and certain other investors organized Restaurant
Management of Carolina, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Restaurant
Management LP"), for the purpose of acquiring and operating 37 Taco Bell
units. FEF LLC made an initial capital contribution of $3.0 million
($2.0 million of which has been repaid to FEF LLC) to, and owns a 32.5%
limited partner interest in, Restaurant Management LP. Under certain
circumstances, the general partner may require FEF LLC to make additional
capital contributions to Restaurant Management LP in the aggregate amount of
$2.0 million until the third anniversary of the acquisition. The purchase
price for the units was funded in part through 27 loans from Franchise
Mortgage LLC in the initial aggregate amount of $23.2 million. The loans bear
interest at annual rates ranging from 9.19%% to 10.0% and are due on dates
ranging from June 1998 to December 2011. At June 30, 1997, the outstanding
balance of such loans was $22.9 million. The other investors have certain
rights to purchase FEF LLC's limited partner interest after the fifth
anniversary of the acquisition, and FEF LLC has certain rights to sell its
limited partner interest to the other investors after the seventh anniversary
of the acquisition. In addition, in March and August 1996, prior to the
acquisition, Franchise Mortgage LLC made 15 loans to certain affiliates of
Restaurant Management LP in the initial aggregate amount of $9.9 million. The
loans bear interest at annual rates ranging from 10.25% to 10.45%. At June 30,
1997, the outstanding balance of such loans was $9.6 million.
 
  In December 1996, FEF LLC and certain other investors organized Family Eats
Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership ("Family Eats LP"), for
the purpose of acquiring and operating 19 Taco Bell units. FEF LLC made a
capital contribution of $1.45 million to, and owns a 49% limited partner
interest in, Family Eats LP. Under certain circumstances, the general partner
may require FEF LLC to make additional capital contributions to Family Eats LP
in the aggregate amount of $1.55 million until the third anniversary of the
acquisition. The purchase price for the units was funded in part through 18
loans from Franchise Mortgage LLC in the initial aggregate amount of
$10.1 million. The loans bear interest at annual rates ranging from 9.69% to
10.25% and are due on dates ranging from July 1998 to October 2012. At June
30, 1997, the outstanding balance of such loans was $10.0 million. The other
investors have certain rights to purchase FEF LLC's limited partner interest
after the fifth anniversary of the acquisition, and FEF LLC has certain rights
to sell its limited partner interest to the other investors after the seventh
anniversary of the acquisition.
 
  CVB, L.L.C. Franchise Mortgage LLC, ICII and Mr. Knyal are parties to an
Operating Agreement, dated February 6, 1997, pursuant to which such parties
organized CVB, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("CVB LLC"), for
the purpose of making equity investments in franchisees of Church's Chicken
units. Franchise Mortgage LLC owns a 99% membership interest in, and is the
manager of, CVB LLC. ICII and Knyal own 0.67% and 0.33% membership interests,
respectively, in CVB LLC.
 
  In April 1997, CVB LLC and another investor organized Atlanta Franchise
Development Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Atlanta
Franchise LLC"), for the purpose of acquiring and operating 100 Church's
Chicken units. CVB LLC made a nominal capital contribution to, and owns a 40%
membership interest in, Atlanta Franchise LLC. The purchase price for the
units was funded in part through 72 loans from Franchise Mortgage LLC in the
initial aggregate amount of $25.1 million. The loans bear interest at an
annual rate of 11.72% and are due in April 2012. At June 30, 1997, the
outstanding balance of such loans was $24.7 million. The other investor has
certain rights to purchase CVB LLC's membership interest after the fifth
anniversary of the acquisition, and CVB LLC has certain rights to sell its
membership interest to Atlanta Franchise LLC after the seventh anniversary of
the acquisition.
 
  HNN Equity, L.L.C. Franchise Mortgage LLC and ICII are parties to an
Operating Agreement, dated March 27, 1997, pursuant to which such parties
organized HNN Equity, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("HNN
Equity LLC"), for the purpose of making an equity investment in Hot N Now,
L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Hot 'N Now LLC"). Franchise
Mortgage LLC and ICII each own a 50% membership interest in, and share joint
management of, HNN Equity LLC. In April 1997, HNN Equity LLC and Davis/HNN,
L.L.C. ("Davis/HNN LLC"), a limited liability company principally owned by
Ronald V. Davis, a director of the Company, organized Hot 'N Now LLC under the
laws of the state of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring all franchisor and
tradename rights to a QSR concept named "Hot 'N Now" as well as acquiring and
operating 36 Not 'N Now units. HNN Equity LLC owns a 40% membership interest
in Hot 'N Now LLC.
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
Davis/HNN LLC owns a 60% membership interest in, and is the manager of, Hot 'N
Now LLC. The purchase price for the Units was $2.0 million and was funded
through a capital contribution of $1.5 million by Davis/HNN LLC and a loan of
$600,000 from Davis/HNN LLC. The loan bears interest at an annual rate of 8%
and is payable out of distributable cash from the operations of Hot 'N Now
LLC. Mr. Davis is the Chief Executive Officer of Hot 'N Now LLC and Davis/HNN
LLC is entitled to an annual base fee of $60,000 per year in its capacity as
manager of Hot 'N Now LLC. The manager may require the members to make
additional capital contributions to Hot 'N Now LLC to satisfy the obligations
of Hot 'N Now LLC to make rent payments under real estate leases for 19 units.
Such obligations are also guaranteed by ICII.
 
  PRG Equity, L.L.C. On April 14, 1997 Franchise Mortgage LLC organized PRG
Equity, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("PRG Equity LLC"), for
the purpose of making an equity investment in Pate Restaurant Enterprises,
Ltd., a Florida limited partnership which owns and operates seven Hardee's
units ("Pate Restaurant LP"). Franchise Mortgage LLC owns all of the
membership interests in and manages PRG Equity LLC. In April 1997, Franchise
Mortgage LLC made seven loans to Pate Restaurant LP in the initial aggregate
amount of $3.5 million. In connection with such loans, PRG Equity LLC acquired
a 40% limited partner interest in Pate Restaurant LP. The loans bear interest
at annual rates ranging from 9.94% to 10.79% and are due on dates ranging from
November 1998 to May 2012. At June 30, 1997, the outstanding balance of such
loans was $3.4 million. The other investors in Pate Restaurant LP have certain
rights to purchase PRG Equity LLC's limited partner interest after the seventh
anniversary of the acquisition, and PRG Equity LLC has certain rights to sell
its limited partner interest to the other investors after the seventh
anniversary of the acquisition.
 
  See "Risk Factors--Concentration on Restaurant, Retail Energy and Golf
Sectors May Expose the Company to Concept Failures, Industry Cycles,
Environmental Liabilities and Other Industry Specific Risks."
   
  The Company is currently negotiating with a major investment bank to form a
joint venture pursuant to which all loan and lease activities of the Company's
Golf Finance Group would be exclusively conducted by a new entity which would
be 50% owned and managed by each of the Company and the investment bank. See
"Prospectus Summary--Recent Developments."     
 
 Certain Loans
 
  On July 15, 1997 the Company loaned Kevin T. Burke $170,000 for the purposes
of assisting Mr. Burke to buy a home. The loan is evidenced by a promissory
note executed by Mr. Burke in favor of the Company that bears interest at an
annual rate of 8% and is payable in one installment on April 15, 1998.
 
  In connection with the purchase by Franchise Mortgage LLC of certain of the
assets and liabilities of the Division from Greenwich in June 1995, Franchise
Mortgage LLC assumed as a receivable a $410,000 unsecured non-interest bearing
note made by Mr. Knyal in favor of Greenwich. The note was restructured in
August 1997 to be payable in five annual installments of $82,000 commencing
January 1, 1998 out of that bonus due to Mr. Knyal under his new employment
agreement. See "Management--Executive Compensation--Employment Agreements."
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of October 10, 1997, giving pro
forma effect to the Reorganization, and pro forma as adjusted to reflect the
sale of 5,312,500 shares by the Company and 3,437,500 shares by the Selling
Stockholders, by (i) each director of the Company, (ii) each of the Named
Executive Officers, (iii) each person known to the Company to be beneficial
owner of more than 5% of the Common Stock and (iv) all directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          COMMON STOCK OWNED
                               PRIOR TO                          COMMON STOCK TO BE
                             OFFERING(1)                      OWNED AFTER THE OFFERING
                          ------------------                  ---------------------------
                          NUMBER OF          NUMBER OF SHARES   NUMBER OF
                            SHARES   PERCENT  BEING OFFERED      SHARES        PERCENT
                          ---------- ------- ---------------- --------------- -----------
<S>                       <C>        <C>     <C>              <C>             <C>
Imperial Credit
 Industries, Inc.(2)....  14,591,667  66.7%     2,500,000          12,091,667       44.4%
FLRT, Inc.(3)(4)........   7,295,833  33.3        937,500           6,358,333       23.4
Wayne L. Knyal(4).......   6,201,458  28.3        796,875           5,404,583       19.9
Thomas J.
 Shaughnessy(3).........         --                   --                  --         --
John W. Rinaldi(3)......         --                   --                  --         --
Thomas Kaplan(3)........         --                   --                  --         --
Raedelle Walker(3)......         --                   --                  --         --
H. Wayne Snavely(2).....         --                   --                  --         --
G. Louis Graziadio,
 III(2).................         --                   --                  --         --
Perry A. Lerner(2)......         --                   --                  --         --
Michael L. Matkins(3)...         --                   --                  --         --
Ronald V. Davis(3)......         --                   --                  --         --
John E. Martin(3).......         --                   --                  --         --
Richard J. Loughlin(3)..         --                   --                  --         --
All Directors and
 Officers as a Group
 (12 persons)(4)........   6,201,458  28.3%       796,875           5,404,583       19.9%
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
    respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned.
(2) Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. and each of such persons may be reached
    at 23550 Hawthorne Boulevard, Building One, Suite 110, Torrance,
    California 90505.
(3) FLRT, Inc. and each of such persons may be reached through the Company at
    2049 Century Park East, Suite 350, Los Angeles, California 90067.
(4) Wayne L. Knyal is deemed to beneficially own 85% of the shares of the
    Company's Common Stock held by FLRT, Inc.
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares
of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. After giving effect
to this Offering, there will be 27,200,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding
and no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be
voted upon by the stockholders. There are no cumulative voting rights. Holders
of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.
Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of
Common Stock share ratably in the assets of the Company available for
distribution to its stockholders, subject to the preferential rights of any
then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. No shares of Preferred Stock will
be outstanding immediately following the consummation of this Offering.
Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or
conversion rights. All shares of Common Stock outstanding upon the effective
date of this Prospectus, and the shares offered hereby will, upon issuance and
sale, be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
  The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the
stockholders of the Company, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, rights, preferences,
privileges, qualifications and restrictions thereof including dividend rights,
conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, liquidation
preferences and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than
the rights of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors, without stockholder
approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting, conversion and other rights
which could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders
of Common Stock. Preferred Stock could thus be issued quickly with terms
calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of the Company or to make
removal of management more difficult. In certain circumstances, such issuance
could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock. The
issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deterring or
preventing a change in control of the Company without any further action by
the stockholders including, but not limited to, a tender offer to purchase
Common Stock at a premium over then current market prices. The Company has no
present plan to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
 
  Generally, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware
corporation from engaging in a broad range of "business combinations" with an
"interested stockholder" (defined generally as a person owning 15% of more of
a corporation's outstanding voting stock) for three years following the date
such person became an interested stockholder unless (i) before the person
becomes an interested stockholder, the transaction resulting in such person
becoming an interested stockholder or the business combination is approved by
the board of directors of the corporation, (ii) upon consummation of the
transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding
voting stock of the corporation (excluding shares owned by directors who are
also officers of the corporation or shares held by employee stock plans that
do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether
shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender offer or exchange
offer), or (iii) on or after such date on which such person became an
interested stockholder the business combination is approved by the board of
directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting
stock excluding shares owned by the interested stockholders. The restrictions
of Section 203 do not apply, among other reasons, if a corporation, by action
of its stockholders, adopts an amendment to its certificate of incorporation
or bylaws expressly electing not to be governed by Section 203, provided that,
in addition to any other vote required by law, such amendment to the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws must be approved by the affirmative
vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote. Moreover, an amendment so
adopted is not effective until twelve months after its adoption and does not
apply to any business combination between the corporation and any person who
became an interested stockholder of such corporation on or prior to such
adoption. The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws do not currently contain
any provisions electing not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
  Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage persons from making a tender offer
for or acquisitions of substantial amounts of the Common Stock. This could
have the effect of inhibiting changes in management and may also prevent
temporary fluctuations in the Common Stock that often result from takeover
attempts.
 
  Section 211 of the DGCL allows a corporation to designate in its certificate
of incorporation or bylaws who may call a special meeting of the stockholders.
The Certificate of Incorporation will designate that only members of the
Company's Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders.
 
  Section 228 of the DGCL allows any action that is required to be or may be
taken at a special or annual meeting of the stockholders of a corporation to
be taken without a meeting with the written consent of holders of outstanding
stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary
to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted, provided that the certificate of
incorporation of such corporation does not contain a provision to the
contrary. The Certificate of Incorporation will contain such a provision, and
therefore stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of the Common
Stock will not be able to approve corporate actions requiring stockholder
approval without holding a meeting of stockholders.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
   
  The Company has entered into the ICII Registration Rights Agreement pursuant
to which the Company has agreed to file one or more registration statements
under the Securities Act in the future for shares of the Company held by ICII,
subject to certain conditions set forth therein. Pursuant to the ICII
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to
cause such registration statements to be kept continuously effective for the
public sale from time to time of the shares of the Company held by ICII. Also,
under the ICII Registration Rights Agreement, FLRT, Inc. may piggyback its
shares onto any registration statement concerning shares of the Company's
Common Stock held by ICII; provided however that for a period of three years
following the date of this Prospectus, FLRT, Inc. is limited in the amount of
shares of the Company's Common Stock it can sell to that amount authorized
pursuant to Rule 144. Thereafter, or in the event that Mr. Knyal's employment
is terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Knyal for good reason (as
defined in his employment agreement), FLRT, Inc. shall have registration
rights similar to those granted to ICII under the ICII Registration Rights
Agreement without any volume limitations.     
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
   
  The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is U.S. Stock Transfer
Corp., Glendale, California.     
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  After this Offering, the Company will have outstanding 27,200,000 shares of
Common Stock. Of the outstanding shares, the 8,750,000 shares to be sold in
this Offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act unless purchased by "affiliates" of the
Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
  The remaining 18,450,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding upon completion
of this Offering (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option) are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144, all
of which will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 upon completion of this
Offering, subject to the lock-up described below. As described below, Rule 144
permits resales of restricted securities subject to certain restrictions.
 
  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who beneficially owned shares for at least one
year, including any person who may be deemed an "affiliate" of the Company (as
the term "affiliate" is defined under the Securities Act), would be entitled
to sell within any three month period a number of such shares that does not
exceed the greater of 1% of the shares of the Company's Common Stock then
outstanding (272,000 shares immediately after this Offering) or the average
weekly trading volume in the Company's Common Stock during the four calendar
weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the
Commission. A person who is not deemed to have been an "affiliate" of the
Company any time during the three months immediately preceding a sale and who
has beneficially owned shares for at least two years would be entitled to sell
such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitation described
above.
 
  The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed that they will not,
without the prior written consent of Montgomery Securities (which consent may
be withheld in its sole discretion) and subject to certain limited exceptions,
directly or indirectly, sell offer, contract or grant any option to sell, make
any short sale, pledge, transfer, establish an open "put equivalent position"
within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to acquire Common
Stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into
Common Stock currently owned either of record or beneficially by them or
announce the intention to do any of the foregoing, for a period commencing on
the date of this Prospectus and continuing to a date 180 days after such date.
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any
time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to
these lock up agreements. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for a
period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, it will not, without the
consent of Montgomery Securities, issue, offer, sell or grant options to
purchase or otherwise dispose of any equity securities or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities except for (i) the
issuance of shares of Common stock offered hereby and (ii) the grant of
options to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Option Plan
and shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such options,
provided that such options shall not vest, or the Company shall obtain the
written consent of the grantee not to transfer such shares, until the end of
such 180-day period. See "Underwriting."
 
  The Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options to purchase, and
awards of, an aggregate of up to 10% of the shares of the Company's Common
Stock to be outstanding after this Offering, including any shares issued
pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment option, but not less than
2,700,000 shares. Options to purchase 1,200,000 shares are expected to be
granted to employees, officers and directors of the Company on the effective
date of this Offering. The Company intends to file a Registration Statement on
Form S-8 covering the shares that have been reserved for issuance under the
Stock Option Plan, thus permitting the resale of such shares in the public
market.
   
  The Company has entered into the ICII Registration Rights Agreement pursuant
to which the Company has agreed to file one or more registration statements
under the Securities Act in the future for shares of the Company held by ICII,
subject to certain conditions set forth therein. Pursuant to the ICII
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to
cause such registration statements to be kept continuously effective for the
public sale from time to time of the shares of the Company held by ICII. Also,
under the ICII Registration Rights Agreement, FLRT, Inc. may piggyback its
shares onto any registration statement concerning shares of the Company's
Common Stock held by ICII; provided however that for a period of three years
following the date of this Prospectus, FLRT, Inc. is limited in the amount of
shares of the Company's Common Stock it can sell to that amount authorized
pursuant to Rule 144. Thereafter, or in the event that Mr. Knyal's employment
is terminated by the Company without cause or by Mr. Knyal for good reason (as
defined in his employment agreement), FLRT, Inc. shall have registration
rights similar to those granted to ICII under the ICII Registration Rights
Agreement without any volume limitations.     
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  The Underwriters named below represented by NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston and PaineWebber Incorporated (the
"Representatives") have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase from the Company and the
Selling Stockholders the number of shares of Common Stock indicated below
opposite their respective names at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  UNDERWRITER                                                   NUMBER OF SHARES
  -----------                                                   ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc.........................
Credit Suisse First Boston.....................................
PaineWebber Incorporated.......................................
                                                                   ---------
  Total........................................................    8,750,000
                                                                   =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriters are
committed to purchase all of such shares if any are purchased.
 
  The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders
that the Underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock to
the public on the terms set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The
Underwriters may allow to selected dealers a concession of not more than
$   per share, and the Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a
concession of not more than $    per share to certain other dealers. After
this Offering, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by
the Representatives. The shares of Common Stock are offered subject to receipt
and acceptance by the Underwriters and to certain other conditions, including
the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
  The Company and the Selling Stockholders have granted an option to the
Underwriters, exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to a maximum of 1,312,500 additional shares of
Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, at the offering price less the
underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. To the
extent the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will be
committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase such additional shares
in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the above table. The
Underwriters may purchase such shares only to cover over-allotments made in
connection with the Offering.
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company and the Selling
Stockholders will indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Act, or will contribute to payments that the
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
  The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed that they will not,
without the prior written consent of Montgomery Securities (which consent may
be withheld in its sole discretion) and subject to certain limited exceptions,
directly or indirectly, sell offer, contract or grant any option to sell, make
any short sale, pledge, transfer, establish an open "put equivalent position"
within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to acquire Common
Stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into
Common Stock currently owned either of record or beneficially by them or
announce the intention to do any of the foregoing, for a period commencing on
the date of this Prospectus and continuing to a date 180 days after such date.
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any
time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to
these lock up agreements. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for a
period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, it will not, without the
consent of NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc., issue, offer, sell or
grant options to purchase or otherwise dispose of any equity securities or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities except for
(i) the issuance of shares of Common stock offered hereby and (ii) the grant
of options to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Option
Plan and shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such
options, provided that such options shall not vest, or the Company shall
obtain the written consent of the grantee not to transfer such shares, until
the end of such 180-day period. See "Management--Stock Options" and "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
  Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Representatives. Among the factors to be considered in such negotiations are
the history of, and prospects for, the Company and the industry in which it
competes, an assessment of the Company management, its past and present
operations and financial performance, the prospects for further earnings of
the Company, the present state of the Company's development, the general
condition of the securities markets at the time of the Offering, the market
prices of and demand for publicly traded common stocks of comparable companies
in recent periods and other factors deemed relevant.
 
  The Representatives have advised the Company that, pursuant to Regulation M
under the Securities Act, certain persons participating in this Offering may
engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids, syndicate covering
transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have the effect of
stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the Common Stock at a level
above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A "stabilizing
bid" is a bid for or the purchase of the Common Stock on behalf of the
Underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the Common
Stock. A "syndicate covering transaction" is the bid for or the purchase of
the Common Stock on behalf of the Underwriters to reduce a short position
incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Offering. A "penalty bid"
is an arrangement permitting the Representatives to reclaim the selling
concession otherwise accruing to an Underwriter or syndicate member in
connection with this Offering if the Common Stock originally sold by such
Underwriter or syndicate member is purchased by the Representative in a
syndicate covering transaction and has therefore not been effectively placed
by such Underwriter or syndicate member. The Representatives have advised the
Company that such transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market
or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
  NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc. and PaineWebber Incorporated have in
the past performed investment banking and advisory services for ICII and
certain of its other affiliates. Credit Suisse First Boston acted as private
placement agent for the Company's most recent securitization transaction in
June 1997. In addition, Credit Suisse First Boston makes available a $300
million repurchase facility to the Company. See "Business--Financing--
Warehouse Lines of Credit and Repurchase Facilities."
 
  The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
expect to make sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority in excess of 5% of the number of shares of Common Stock offered
hereby.
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Certain matters relating to this offering are being passed upon for the
Company and the Selling Stockholders by Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper &
Klein, a law corporation, Beverly Hills, California. Certain legal matters
will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, San
Francisco, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The financial statements of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC as of
June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, and 1995, and for the six-months ended
June 30, 1997, June 30, 1995 and December 31, 1995, and the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1994, have been included herein in reliance upon the
report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants,
appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Independent Auditors' Report................................................ F-2
Balance Sheets.............................................................. F-3
Statements of Operations.................................................... F-4
Statements of Changes in Members' Equity.................................... F-5
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................... F-6
Notes to Financial Statements............................................... F-7
</TABLE>
 
Schedules are omitted because they are either inapplicable or the required
information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Managers
Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC:
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company LLC as of June 30, 1997, and December 31, 1996 and 1995,
and the related statements of operations, changes in members' equity and cash
flows for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1995, and the
year ended December 31, 1996, and the six months ended June 30, 1995, and the
year ended December 31, 1994 (Predecessor periods). These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company LLC as of June 30, 1997, and December 31, 1996 and 1995,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six-months ended
June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1995, and the year ended December 31, 1996, and
the six months ended June 30, 1995, and the year ended December 31, 1994
(Predecessor periods), in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
August 25, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PRO FORMA              DECEMBER 31,
                                      JUNE 30, 1997 JUNE 30, -----------------
                                        (NOTE 3)      1997     1996     1995
                                      ------------- -------- -------- --------
                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>      <C>      <C>
               ASSETS
Cash.................................   $     15    $     15 $    --  $    --
Restricted cash......................        --          --       --       526
Interest bearing deposits............      2,667       2,667    2,594      --
Securities available for sale........      2,581       2,581   39,349      --
Loans and leases held for sale.......    208,014     208,014   98,915  181,254
Retained interest in loan
 securitizations.....................      7,002       7,002    6,908      --
Premises and equipment, net..........      1,433       1,433    1,162      235
Goodwill.............................      4,571       4,571    4,332    4,226
Receivable from Southern Pacific
 Thrift & Loan.......................        --          --       --       579
Receivable from Imperial Credit
 Industries, Inc.....................        --          --       --       924
Accrued interest receivable..........      1,137       1,137      560    1,108
Other assets.........................      5,536       5,536    6,356      196
                                        --------    -------- -------- --------
    Total assets.....................   $232,956    $232,956 $160,176 $189,048
                                        ========    ======== ======== ========
   LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY
Book overdraft.......................   $    --     $    --  $    171 $    445
Payable to Imperial Credit
 Industries, Inc.....................     12,997       9,997   17,728      --
Borrowings...........................    195,922     195,922  125,240   69,637
Bonds................................        --          --       --   111,995
Deferred income taxes................      7,018         --       --       --
Accrued interest payable.............        878         878      148    1,062
Other liabilities....................      4,061       4,061    2,432    2,136
                                        --------    -------- -------- --------
    Total liabilities................    220,876     210,858  145,719  185,275
                                        --------    -------- -------- --------
Commitments and contingencies (Note
 19)
Members' equity:
  Members' capital...................        --        5,792    5,792    4,432
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value;
   10,000,000 shares authorized; none
   issued and outstanding actual or
   pro forma.........................        --          --       --       --
  Common stock, $.001 par value;
   100,000,000 shares authorized; no
   shares issued and outstanding
   actual; 21,887,500 shares issued
   and outstanding pro forma.........         22         --       --       --
  Additional paid in capital.........     12,058         --       --       --
  Retained earnings (accumulated
   deficit)..........................        --       16,306    8,665     (659)
                                        --------    -------- -------- --------
  Total members' equity..............     12,080      22,098   14,457    3,773
                                        --------    -------- -------- --------
  Total liabilities and members'
   equity............................   $232,956    $232,956 $160,176 $189,048
                                        ========    ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PREDECESSOR
                                                                          -----------------------
                         SIX MONTHS                           SIX MONTHS  SIX MONTHS
                           ENDED    SIX MONTHS   YEAR ENDED     ENDED       ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                          JUNE 30,  ENDED JUNE  DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,  JUNE 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                            1997     30, 1996       1996         1995        1995        1994
                         ---------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ---------- ------------
                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenue:
  Gain on sale of
   loans................  $19,808     $12,520     $18,671       $  --      $   --       $4,052
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
  Interest income.......   10,767       1,257      16,130        1,929       1,121       1,445
  Interest expense......    9,394         955      14,489        1,690         967       1,408
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
    Net interest
     income.............    1,373         302       1,641          239         154          37
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
  Loan servicing
   income...............    1,376         649       1,191          349         326         306
  Other income..........      --           63          63          --          --           68
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
    Total other income..    1,376         712       1,254          349         326         374
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
    Total revenues......   22,557      13,534      21,566          588         480       4,463
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
Expense:
  Personnel and
   commission...........    4,665       3,901       8,270          356         931       1,723
  Professional
   services.............    1,176         602       1,093          106         477       1,057
  Travel................      524         202         614          155         182         340
  Business promotion....      316         198         450           96          62         170
  Occupancy.............      277         122         310           94          55          97
  Goodwill
   amortization.........      169         251         411          146         --          --
  General and
   administrative.......    1,467         495       1,094          294         684       1,804
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
    Total expense.......    8,594       5,771      12,242        1,247       2,391       5,191
                          -------     -------     -------       ------     -------      ------
    Net income (loss)...  $13,963     $ 7,763     $ 9,324       $ (659)    $(1,911)     $ (728)
                          =======     =======     =======       ======     =======      ======
Pro forma earnings data
 (unaudited):
  Net income as
   reported.............  $13,963     $ 7,763     $ 9,324
  Pro forma income
   taxes................    5,935       3,366       3,873
                          -------     -------     -------
  Pro forma net income..  $ 8,028     $ 4,397     $ 5,451
                          =======     =======     =======
  Pro forma net income
   per share............  $  0.37     $  0.20     $  0.25
                          =======     =======     =======
Supplemental pro forma
 earnings data
 (unaudited):
  Net income as
   reported.............  $13,963
  Establishment of
   deferred tax
   liability............    7,018
                          -------
  Supplemental pro forma
   net income...........  $ 6,945
                          =======
  Supplemental pro forma
   net income per
   share................  $  0.32
                          =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                    STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY
 
           FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1995
       AND JUNE 30, 1995, AND THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1994
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ACCUMULATED      TOTAL
                                          MEMBERS'  (DEFICIT) RETAINED MEMBERS'
PREDECESSOR                               CAPITAL        EARNINGS       EQUITY
- -----------                               --------  ------------------ --------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>                <C>
Balance, January 1, 1994................. $   --         $(2,069)      $(2,069)
Net Loss.................................     --            (728)         (728)
                                          -------        -------       -------
Balance, December 31, 1994............... $   --          (2,797)       (2,797)
Net Loss.................................     --          (1,911)       (1,911)
                                          -------        -------       -------
Balance, June 30, 1995................... $   --         $(4,708)      $(4,708)
                                          =======        =======       =======
<CAPTION>
THE COMPANY
- -----------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>                <C>
Members' contribution--ICII.............. $ 7,592        $   --        $ 7,592
Members' contribution--Knyal.............     645            --            645
Return of capital--ICII..................  (3,805)           --         (3,805)
Net loss.................................     --            (659)         (659)
                                          -------        -------       -------
Balance, December 31, 1995............... $ 4,432        $  (659)      $ 3,773
Net income...............................     --           9,324         9,324
Members' Contribution--ICII..............   1,360            --          1,360
                                          -------        -------       -------
Balance, December 31, 1996............... $ 5,792        $ 8,665       $14,457
Tax Distribution--ICII...................     --          (4,215)       (4,215)
Tax Distribution--Knyal..................     --          (2,107)       (2,107)
Net income...............................     --          13,963        13,963
                                          -------        -------       -------
Balance, June 30, 1997................... $ 5,792        $16,306       $22,098
                                          =======        =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PREDECESSOR
                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                              SIX
                          SIX MONTHS                            SIX MONTHS   MONTHS
                            ENDED     SIX MONTHS   YEAR ENDED     ENDED      ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                           JUNE 30,   ENDED JUNE  DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                             1997      30, 1996       1996         1995       1995        1994
                          ----------  ----------- ------------ ------------ --------  ------------
                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
Cash flows from
 operating activities:
Net income (loss).......  $  13,963    $   7,763   $   9,324    $    (659)  $ (1,911)   $  (728)
Adjustments to reconcile
 net income (loss) to
 net cash provided
 (used) by operating
 activities:
Depreciation and
 amortization...........        388          289       2,883          153         16        --
Loans originated........   (300,617)    (208,361)   (458,467)    (130,314)       --         --
Gain on sale of loans...    (19,808)     (12,520)    (18,671)         --         --         --
Loans sold to (purchased
 from) affiliates.......     17,772      205,281     222,462     (196,631)       --         --
Proceeds from loan sales
 and securitizations....    193,349      173,176     337,015      145,691        --         --
Decrease (increase) in
 accrued interest
 receivable.............       (577)         952         548       (1,108)      (524)       (99)
Increase in securities
 owned..................        --           --          --           --     (45,778)    (5,107)
Gain on sale of
 servicing rights.......        --           --          --           (31)                  --
Net change in other
 liabilities............      2,359         (829)       (618)       3,198        828       (197)
Net change in other
 assets.................        931       (1,497)     (7,027)      (2,214)     1,044        341
                          ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------   --------    -------
Net cash provided (used)
 by operating
 activities.............    (92,240)     164,254      87,449     (181,915)   (46,325)    (5,790)
                          ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------   --------    -------
Cash flows from
 investing activities:
Purchases of premises
 and equipment..........       (490)        (638)     (1,190)        (162)        52        --
Increase in interest
 bearing deposits.......        (73)      (2,525)     (2,594)         --         --         --
Purchase of securities
 available for sale.....        --        (9,691)    (41,704)         --         --         (15)
Sale of securities
 available for sale.....     36,768          --          --           --         --         --
Purchase of other
 investments............       (408)         --       (4,383)         --         --         --
Sale of servicing
 rights.................        --           --          --         3,805        --         --
                          ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------   --------    -------
Net cash provided (used)
 by investing
 activities.............     35,797      (12,854)    (49,871)       3,643         52        (15)
                          ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------   --------    -------
Cash flows from
 financing activities:
Issuance of bonds.......        --           --          --       111,995        --         --
Repayment of bonds......        --      (111,995)   (111,995)         --         --         --
Net change in borrowings
 from ICII..............     (7,731)       7,009      17,728          --         --       3,500
Increase in borrowings..     70,682      (46,402)     55,603       69,637     46,391      2,275
Member (distributions)
 contributions..........     (6,322)         144       1,360       (3,805)       --         --
                          ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------   --------    -------
Net cash provided (used)
 by financing
 activities.............     56,629     (151,244)    (37,304)     177,827     46,391      5,775
                          ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------   --------    -------
Net change in cash......        186          156         274         (445)       118        (30)
Cash (book overdraft) at
 beginning of period....       (171)        (445)       (445)         --         102        132
                          ---------    ---------   ---------    ---------   --------    -------
Cash (book overdraft) at
 end of period..........  $      15    $    (289)  $    (171)   $    (445)  $    220    $   102
                          =========    =========   =========    =========   ========    =======
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                   JUNE 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
(1) ORGANIZATION
 
  On June 30, 1995, Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. ("ICII") acquired from
Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc. (Greenwich) certain assets of
Greenwich's Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company division (the FMAC
Division), including all of Greenwich's rights under certain servicing
contracts entered into by the FMAC Division (the Servicing Contracts) and a
$410,000 obligation owed by Wayne L. Knyal (Knyal) to Greenwich. The Servicing
Contracts pertain to the servicing of franchise loans that were previously
securitized by Greenwich through the FMAC Division and other franchise loans
owned by Greenwich and not yet securitized. Concurrent with the closing of the
transactions described above, ICII entered into an operating agreement with
Knyal, the former president of the FMAC Division, for the formation of a
California limited liability company named Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company LLC (the Company). In connection with the acquisition, the Company or
its affiliates assumed certain liabilities related to the Servicing Contracts
and Greenwich agreed to act as the Company's exclusive agent in connection
with the securitization of franchise loans for a period of 24 months.
 
  The Company was formed to originate, securitize and service franchise loans.
Under the terms of the operating agreement, in exchange for a 66 2/3%
ownership interest in the Company, ICII was obligated to contribute to the
Company $1.3 million in cash and all of the assets purchased from Greenwich.
In exchange for a 33 1/3% ownership interest in the Company, Knyal caused his
wholly owned company, FLRT, Inc., to contribute to the Company all of its
rights under a servicing contract pertaining to franchise loans that were
previously securitized by FLRT, Inc.
 
  On August 30, 1995, ICII completed the acquisition of certain net assets of
the FMAC Division for a net purchase price of $7.6 million which included $3.8
million in contingent consideration based on loan originations after the date
of acquisition up to a maximum principal amount of such loans equal to $250.0
million. The acquisition was recorded using the purchase method of accounting.
Under this method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the
respective assets acquired (primarily purchased servicing rights) with a fair
value of $3.2 million at the date of the purchase transaction. The excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded
as goodwill of $4.4 million.
 
  The Company has filed a registration statement relating to its initial
public offering of common stock. At the completion of such offering the
Company will no longer be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes and
its income will become fully taxable. See Notes 3, 4 and 14.
 
  Immediately prior to the public offering, the Company will merge into
Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company. Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
was incorporated in August, 1997; it has not commenced operations and has no
assets, liabilities, or contingent liabilities. For accounting purposes, the
merger will be effected at historical cost and the historical financial
statements of the Company will become those of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company.
 
(2) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
  The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. In preparing the financial statements,
management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance
sheet and revenues and expenses for the periods presented. Significant balance
sheet accounts which could be materially affected by such estimates include
securities available for sale and retained interest in loan securitizations.
Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
 
  The accompanying statements of operations and cash flows for the six months
ended June 30, 1995, and the year ended December 31, 1994, are those of the
Company's predecessor, the FMAC Division. Revenues and interest expense
appearing on such statements of operations result from assets and debt of the
FMAC Division
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
which were accounted for separately by Greenwich. Personnel and commission
expense appearing on such statements of operations apply to the employees of
the FMAC Division, and such expense was also accounted for separately by
Greenwich. All other expenses of the FMAC Division were either directly
assigned or allocated to the FMAC Division by Greenwich based on either actual
utilization or the number of FMAC Division employees. Management believes that
the method used to allocate the expenses of Greenwich to the FMAC Division was
reasonable and that the Company's expenses on a stand alone basis as if the
Company had operated during the predecessor period as an entity unaffiliated
with Greenwich are not materially different from those expenses presented.
 
(3) PRO FORMA INFORMATION
 
 (a) Pro Forma Income Taxes (unaudited)
 
  As discussed in Note 14, the Company has been treated as a partnership for
federal and state income tax purposes. Upon completion of the initial public
offering discussed in Note 1, the Company will no longer be treated as a
partnership for income tax purposes and its income will be subject to federal
and state income taxes. The accompanying statements of operations for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, and the year ended December 31, 1996, present
unaudited pro forma income taxes and net income reflecting the estimated
income tax expense of the Company as if it had been subject to normal federal
and state income taxes for such periods.
 
  Unaudited pro forma income tax expense for the six months ended June 30,
1997, and the year ended December 31, 1996, included the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  1997    1996
                                 ------- -------
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                         <C>     <C>    
     Federal...................  $ 4,310 $ 2,812
     State.....................    1,625   1,061
                                 ------- -------
       Total pro forma income
        tax expense............  $ 5,935 $ 3,873
                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  The differences between unaudited pro forma income tax expense at the
statutory federal income tax rate of 34% and the unaudited pro forma income
tax expense shown in the accompanying statements of operations for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, and the year ended December 31, 1996, are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997    1996
                                                               ------- -------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                       <C>     <C>
     Pro forma income tax expense at statutory rate..........  $ 4,747 $ 3,170
     State tax net of federal benefit........................    1,073     700
     Elimination of valuation allowance on net operating loss
      carry forward..........................................      --     (215)
     Other...................................................      115     218
                                                               ------- -------
       Total.................................................  $ 5,935 $ 3,873
                                                               ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  If the Company had not been treated as a partnership for tax purposes on
June 30, 1997, a deferred income tax liability of approximately $7,018,000
would have been recorded as a charge to earnings and a corresponding decrease
in retained earnings. The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of
June 30, 1997, and the unaudited supplemental pro forma earnings data for the
six months ended June 30, 1997, reflect the effect on retained earnings and
net income of establishing on June 30, 1997, the deferred tax liability.
 
  At June 30, 1997, the components of the unaudited pro forma deferred income
tax liability were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                  -------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                          <C>
     Gain on sale of loans deferred for income tax purpose......      $7,134
     Basis difference in retained interest in loan
      securitizations...........................................        (783)
     Deferred loan fees.........................................         667
                                                                      ------
       Total unaudited pro forma deferred income tax liability..      $7,018
                                                                      ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 (b) Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information (unaudited)
 
  The pro forma information presented in the accompanying balance sheet as of
June 30, 1997 reflects (i) the distribution of $3.0 million by the Company to
members of its previously taxed and undistributed retained earnings, which
amount is expected to be distributed at the closing date of the proposed
initial public offering, subject to certain limitations (for purposes of the
pro forma presentation, the distribution funds were obtained through short-
term borrowings from ICII), (ii) an increase in the Company's deferred income
tax liability of $7,018,000 as if the Company was not treated as a partnership
for tax purposes on June 30, 1997 (Note 14), (iii) the reclassification of
Members' capital and retained earnings as paid-in capital and common stock and
(iv) 21,887,500 shares issued and outstanding.
 
 (c) Pro Forma Earnings Per Share data (unaudited)
 
  The pro forma and supplemental pro forma earnings per share data is based
upon 21,887,500 shares outstanding, such shares being those outstanding
immediately after termination of the Company's partnership status for income
tax purposes and prior to the initial public offering referred to in Note 1.
Stock options which are expected to be issued upon the completion of the
initial public offering referred to in Note 1 do not add incrementally to
shares outstanding because the option price per share is equal to the initial
public offering price.
 
(4) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
  For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at date of
acquisition to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash includes cash pledged as a
reserve account for the FLRT 1995-B securitization.
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
  The Company classifies investments as held-to-maturity, trading, and/or
available for sale. Held-to-maturity investments are reported at amortized
cost, trading securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and
losses included in operations, and available for sale securities are reported
at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included as a separate
component of Members' equity. Discount and premium on such securities are
amortized to income using the interest method over the life of the securities.
 
  Realized gains and losses on securities available for sale are included in
earnings at the time of sale using the specific identification method for
determining the cost of securities sold.
 
LOANS AND LEASES HELD FOR SALE
 
  Loans and leases held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or
market.
 
RETAINED INTEREST IN LOAN SECURITIZATIONS
 
  The Company may create retained interest in loan securitizations as a result
of the sale of loans into securitization trusts. Retained interest in loan
securitizations is classified as available for sale and carried at estimated
fair value with the unrealized gain or loss thereon included as a separate
component of equity.
 
  Each loan securitization has specific credit enhancement requirements in the
form of overcollateralization which must be met before the Company receives
cash flows due. As the securitized assets generate excess cash flows, they are
initially used to pay down the balance of the pass-through certificates until
such time as the ratio of securitized assets to pass-through certificates
reaches the overcollateralization requirement specified in each
securitization. This overcollateralization amount is carried on the balance
sheet as retained interest in loan securitizations. After the
overcollateralization requirement and the other requirements specified in the
pooling
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
and servicing agreement have been met, the Company begins to receive the
excess cash flows and a portion of the retained interest on a monthly basis.
 
  Retained interest in loan securitizations are amortized using the interest
method. To the extent that actual future performance results are less than the
Company's original performance estimates, the Company's retained interest in
loan securitizations will be written down through a charge to operations in
that period.
 
LOAN SALES AND RELATED GAIN OR LOSS
 
  Loans are sold through either securitizations or whole loan sales with
servicing retained by the Company. Securitizations typically require credit
enhancements in the form of cash reserves or overcollateralization that are
reflected as retained interest in loan securitizations on the balance sheet.
Sales are recognized when the transaction settles and the risks and rewards of
ownership are determined to have been passed to the purchaser.
 
  Gain is recognized to the extent that the selling prices exceed the carrying
value of the loans sold based on the estimated relative fair values of the
assets transferred, assets obtained and liabilities incurred. The assets
obtained in a sale include, generally, retained interest in loan
securitizations, loan servicing assets, and call options. Liabilities incurred
in a sale include, generally, recourse obligations, put options, and servicing
liabilities. In the securitizations completed to date, the Company retained
call options giving it the right to repurchase loans sold when the outstanding
amount of such loans is 1% to 10% or less of the original amount sold,
depending on the terms of the related securitization. As these call options
are equivalent to a cleanup call, the Company has ascribed no value to them.
The Company has not established servicing assets or liabilities, although the
Company retained the servicing rights on the loans sold, because management
has determined that revenues from contractually specified servicing fees (30
basis points) and other ancillary sources are just adequate to compensate the
Company for its servicing responsibilities. Recourse obligations are included
in the retained interests through discounting. The securitizations completed
to date had no put option features.
 
  In determining the estimated fair values of the retained interest in loan
securitizations, the Company estimates the cash flows therefrom and discounts
such cash flows at interest rates determined by management (ranging from 11%
to 19%) to be rates market participants would use in similar circumstances.
Quoted market prices are not available as no active market exists for retained
interest in loan securitizations. In estimating the cash flows, the Company
considers default and prepayment rates. To date, the default rate used by the
Company has been zero because the Company has incurred no credit losses.
Management does, however, continually review the credit loss assumption and
makes changes thereto based on portfolio trends and risks associated with new
products. Generally, the Company has used zero prepayment rates because a
prepayment penalty contained in lending documents has deterred borrower
prepayments significantly.
 
LOAN ORIGINATION FEES
 
  Origination fees received on franchise loans held for sale, net of direct
costs related to the origination of the loans, are deferred as an adjustment
to the carrying value of loans held for sale. At the time of sale of the
related loans, such deferred fees are taken into income and included with the
gain or loss on sale of loans.
 
SERVICING FEES
 
  Servicing fees are earned on the cash flow streams from various pools of
securitized loans serviced for others. Servicing fees are recognized as income
when received. At June 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company
serviced loans of $834.1 million, $593.7 million and $207.7 million,
respectively, for affiliates and others.
 
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
  Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation or
amortization. Depreciation on premises and equipment is recorded using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of individual
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
assets (three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
terms of their related leases or the estimated useful lives of improvements,
whichever is shorter.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
  Under current Federal and applicable state limited liability company laws
and regulations, limited liability companies are treated as partnerships for
tax reporting purposes and, accordingly, are not subject to income taxes.
Therefore, no provision for income taxes has been made in the Company's
financial statements. For tax purposes, income or losses are included in the
tax returns of the members. Upon completion of the proposed initial public
offering, the Company's LLC status will terminate and the Company's income
will be fully taxable. See Note 3.
 
GOODWILL
 
  Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful
life of 15 years. Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment when events or
changed circumstances may affect the underlying basis of the asset.
 
HEDGING PROGRAM
 
  The Company regularly securitizes and sells fixed-and variable-rate mortgage
loans. To offset the effects of interest rate fluctuations on the value of its
fixed-rate loans held for sale, the Company in certain cases will hedge its
interest rate risk related to loans held for sale by selling United States
Treasury future contracts. Unrealized and realized gains and losses on such
positions are deferred as an adjustment to the carrying value of loans and
leases held for sale and included in income as gain or loss on sale of loans
when the related loans are sold.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
  The Company adopted on January 1, 1997, Financial Accounting Standards Board
("FASB") Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 125,
"Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities" ("SFAS 125"), which establishes accounting for
transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishment of liabilities.
This statement specifies when financial assets and liabilities are to be
removed from an entity's financial statements, the accounting for servicing
assets and liabilities and the accounting for assets that can be contractually
prepaid in such a way that the holder would not recover substantially all of
its recorded investment. Under SFAS 125, an entity recognizes only assets it
controls and liabilities it has incurred, discontinues recognition of assets
only when control has been surrendered, and discontinues recognition of
liabilities only when they have been extinguished. SFAS 125 requires that the
selling entity continue to carry retained interests, including servicing
assets, relating to assets it no longer recognizes. Such retained interests
are based on the relative fair values of the retained interests of the subject
assets at the date of transfer. Transfers not meeting the criteria for sale
recognition are accounted for as a secured borrowing with a pledge of
collateral. SFAS 125 requires an entity to recognize its obligation to service
financial assets that are retained in a transfer of assets in the form of a
servicing asset or liability. The servicing asset or liability is amortized in
proportion to, and over the period of, net servicing income or loss. Servicing
assets and liabilities are assessed for impairment based on their fair value.
The implementation of SFAS 125 did not have a material impact on the Company's
financial condition or results of operations. Under the provisions of SFAS
125, securitization interests retained by the Company as a result of
securitization transactions will be held as either available for sale or
trading.
 
  In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS
128"). SFAS 128 simplifies the standards for computing and presenting earnings
per share ("EPS") as previously prescribed by Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 15, "Earnings per Share." SFAS 128 replaces primary EPS with basic
EPS and fully diluted EPS with diluted EPS. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is
computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS
reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other
contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock
or resulted from issuance of common stock that then shared in
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
earnings. SFAS 128 is effective for financial statements issued for periods
ending after December 15, 1997, and earlier application is not permitted.
Management has determined that the implementation of SFAS 128 will not have a
material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
  Also in February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of
Information about Capital Structure" ("SFAS 129"). SFAS 129 consolidates
existing reporting standards for disclosing information about an entity's
capital structure. SFAS 129 also supersedes specific requirements found in
previously issued accounting statements. SFAS 129 must be adopted for
financial statements for periods ending after December 15, 1997. The impact on
the Company of adopting SFAS 129 is not expected to be material.
 
  In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income"
("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses)
in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. SFAS 130 requires that
all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that
is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. SFAS 130
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for
comparative purposes is required. Management is in the process of determining
what effect, if any, adoption will have on the Company's financial condition
and results of operations.
 
  The FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information," ("SFAS 131") in June 1997. SFAS 131 establishes
standards for the way that public business enterprises report information
about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires that
those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in
interim financial reports issued to stockholders. It also establishes
standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic
areas and major customers. SFAS 131 is effective for financial statements for
periods beginning after December 15, 1997. Management has not yet determined
what effect, if any, adoption will have on the Company's financial condition
and results of operations.
 
(5) SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
  Noncash transactions for the six months ended December 31, 1995, included
the contribution of all of the assets acquired by ICII from Greenwich
including $80,000 of premises and equipment, $11,000 of prepaid expenses and
approximately $3.1 million of servicing rights. In addition, servicing rights
totaling $645,000 were contributed by Knyal for his interest in the Company.
Cash paid for the six months ended December 31, 1995, for interest totaled
$1.4 million, including approximately $1.0 million paid to Southern Pacific
Thrift and Loan ("SPTL"), an affiliate of the Company. During 1996, ICII
contributed $1.4 million to the Company by decreasing the balances of the
outstanding payable to ICII by the amount of the contribution. Cash paid for
interest for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended December
31, 1996 was $6.2 million and $15.6 million, respectively, including
approximately $0 million and $10.0 million, respectively, paid to SPTL.
 
(6) SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
 
  On June 20, 1996, the Company purchased two interest-only strips related to
franchise loan securitizations completed by Greenwich Capital for a total
price of $2,947,292 to yield approximately 15%. The carrying values of these
securities was $2,581,183 and $2,778,110 at June 30, 1997 and December 31,
1996, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 1996, and the six months
ended June 30, 1997, discount accretion and cash received was $217,415 and
$386,597, respectively, and $204,389 and $401,316, respectively. As there is
no active market for these securities, management estimated their fair values
by discounting estimated cash flows from these securities at an interest rate
determined by management to be the rate market participants would use in
similar circumstances.
 
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  On August 18, 1996, the Company purchased securitization certificates that
had been issued by Greenwich Capital through the FMAC Division in 1991 for a
total price of $38,756,339, which included a premium of $1,479,929. The
certificates paid principal and interest and have final maturities in 2002 and
2003. Premium amortized and cash received during the year ended December 31,
1996, totaled $181,990 and $2,003,769, respectively. The carrying value of the
certificates was $36,570,580 at December 31, 1996, and they were sold during
1997.
 
(7) LOANS AND LEASES HELD FOR SALE
 
  At June 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and 1995, loans and leases held for sale
consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1997     1996      1995
                                                   --------  -------  --------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                             <C>       <C>      <C>
   Loans.........................................  $188,825  $94,490  $174,879
   Equipment loans and leases....................    21,184    4,385       --
   Premium on franchise loans....................       --       --      5,946
   Net deferred loan fees........................    (1,324)    (750)     (203)
   Unearned lease income.........................    (3,270)    (497)      --
   Margin and deferred net losses on futures
    contracts used to hedge loans held for sale..     2,599    1,287       632
                                                   --------  -------  --------
     Loans and leases held for sale..............  $208,014  $98,915  $181,254
                                                   ========  =======  ========
</TABLE>
 
  The Company's loans and leases are primarily comprised of loans to
experienced franchisees of nationally recognized restaurant concepts. A
substantial portion of its debtors' ability to honor their contracts is
dependent upon the cash flows generated by the franchise restaurant units
themselves. The loans and leases generally are collateralized by the business
property, and the real estate on which the franchises are located.
 
  Loans and leases held for sale were pledged as collateral for the borrowings
and bonds of the Company.
 
  As of June 30, 1997, there were two loans on nonaccrual totaling $1.2
million included in loans and leases held for sale. There were no restructured
or impaired loans. As of December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 there were no
nonaccrual, restructured or impaired loans.
 
(8) RETAINED INTEREST IN LOAN SECURITIZATIONS
 
  Activity in retained interest in loan securitizations was as follows for the
six-months ended June 30, 1997, and the year ended December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1997    1996
                                                                 ------  ------
                                                                      (IN
                                                                  THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
     Balance, beginning of period............................... $6,908  $  --
     Additions..................................................    326   6,744
     Accretion..................................................    501     503
     Cash received..............................................   (733)   (339)
                                                                 ------  ------
     Balance, end of period..................................... $7,002  $6,908
                                                                 ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The components of retained interest in loan securitizations were as follows
at the dates indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
                                                             1997       1996
                                                           -------- ------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                   <C>      <C>
     Overcollateralization amounts........................  $5,283     $5,208
     Cash reserve deposit--restricted.....................   1,259      1,566
     Residual interests...................................     460        134
                                                            ------     ------
                                                            $7,002     $6,908
                                                            ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
(9) ACQUISITION
 
  During April 1997, the Company acquired certain net assets of the Enterprise
Financial Group for a purchase price of $408,000. The acquisition was recorded
using the purchase method of accounting. Under this method of accounting the
purchase price was allocated to the respective assets acquired. The excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been
recorded as goodwill of approximately $408,000.
 
(10) PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
  Premises and equipment consisted of the following at June 30, 1997, December
31, 1996 and 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997    1996   1995
                                                           ------  ------  ----
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
     <S>                                                   <C>     <C>     <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment.................... $1,374  $  968  $242
     Leasehold improvements...............................     59      78   --
     Construction in progress.............................    270     240   --
       Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.....   (270)   (124)   (7)
                                                           ------  ------  ----
     Ending balance....................................... $1,433  $1,162  $235
                                                           ======  ======  ====
</TABLE>
 
(11) HEDGING
 
  As of June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the Company had open positions of
$149.2 million and $94.1 million, respectively, related to United States
Treasury futures contracts used to hedge loans and leases held for sale. At
June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the Company's unrealized and realized net
losses on future contracts was $0.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
See Note 7.
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(12) BORROWINGS
 
  Borrowings consisted of the following at June 30, 1997, December 31, 1996,
and 1995 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            JUNE 30, 1997                 DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                        ----------------------          ----------------------
                                                               INTEREST COMMITMENT  PRINCIPAL  INTEREST COMMITMENT  PRINCIPAL
                              EXPIRATION DATE       INDEX        RATE     AMOUNT   OUTSTANDING   RATE     AMOUNT   OUTSTANDING
                              ---------------       -----      -------- ---------- ----------- -------- ---------- -----------
<S>                          <C>                <C>            <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>
CS First                     December 31, 1998  Libor plus       7.29%  $ 300,000   $167,447     7.31%  $ 300,000   $ 48,673
Boston..........                                160 to 235
                                                basis points
Banco                        June 1, 1998       Libor plus       7.29%     50,000     16,465     7.63%     50,000     16,181
Santander.......                                160
                                                basis points
Greenwich
Capital                      30 days on demand  Libor plus        --          --         --      7.36%        Not     35,158
Financial Products, Inc. ..                     125 basis                                               specified
                                                points
Southern Pacific
Thrift & Loan...             Not specified      Coupon less       --          --         --      9.17%     25,228     25,228
                                                approximately
                                                50 basis
                                                points
Sanwa Bank......             September 30, 1997 Eurodollars      7.50%     15,000     12,010      --          --         --
                                                plus 200
                                                basis points
Imperial Credit
Industries, Inc. ..          Not Specified      Fixed           12.00%        Not      9,997    12.00%        Not     17,728
                                                                        specified                       specified
                                                                        ---------   --------            ---------   --------
                                                                        $ 365,000   $205,919            $ 375,228   $142,968
                                                                        =========   ========            =========   ========
<CAPTION>
                                        DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                      ----------------------
                             INTEREST COMMITMENT  PRINCIPAL
                               RATE     AMOUNT   OUTSTANDING
                             -------- ---------- -----------
<S>                          <C>      <C>        <C>
CS First                        --    $     --     $   --
Boston..........
Banco                          8.00%     25,000     12,615
Santander.......
Greenwich
Capital                        7.25%        Not     10,054
Financial Products, Inc. ..           specified
Southern Pacific
Thrift & Loan...               9.17%     46,968     46,968
Sanwa Bank......                --          --         --
Imperial Credit
Industries, Inc. ..           12.00%        --         --
                                      ---------- -----------
                                      $  71,968    $69,637
                                      ========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The proceeds of the loan from Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc. at
December 31, 1996, were used to purchase asset backed securities totaling
$39.3 million which are included in securities available for sale in the
accompanying balance sheets. The above borrowings are collateralized by
franchise loans held for sale and interest bearing deposits.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(13) BONDS
 
  In December 1995, the Company, through a special purpose entity ("SPE"),
issued pass-through certificates (the "Bonds") secured by $105.2 million of
franchise loans. The Bonds consisted of three separate classes, Class A, Class
B and Class C, with principal balances at December 31, 1995 of approximately
$92.6 million, $4.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The Class C bonds
were subordinate to Class B, and both Class B and C are subordinate to Class
A. The Bonds had a weighted average loan rate of 9.63%, a pass-through rate of
8.59%, and a stated maturity of 13 years. The premium associated with the
Bonds of $11.0 million was amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over
the anticipated life of the Bonds. Due to the Company's retained interest in
the SPE and the disproportionate payments on the pass-through certificates,
the Company accounted for this transaction as a financing.
 
  On March 28, 1996, the Company sold its interest in the SPE to Imperial
Credit Mortgage Holdings, Inc. an affiliate, receiving proceeds from the sale
of $2.8 million. As a result of the sale, the Company removed from its balance
sheet the loans and related bonds of $111.2 million and $112.0 million,
respectively, resulting in a net gain of $3.6 million.
 
(14) INCOME TAXES
 
  The Company has qualified to be treated as a partnership for both federal
and state income tax purposes, and, as a result, is not subject to Federal and
state income taxes. Therefore, no asset or liability for income taxes has been
included in the historical financial statements. The Members are liable for
individual Federal and state income taxes on their allocated portions of the
Company's taxable income.
 
  Upon completion of the public offering discussed in Note 1, the Company will
not be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes, and
its income will become fully taxable. This will result in the establishment of
a deferred income tax liability using normal federal and state income tax
rates, causing a one-time non-cash charge against earnings for additional
income tax expense equal to the amount of the deferred tax liability. As of
June 30, 1997, the deferred income tax liability which would have been
recorded had the Company not been treated as a partnership for tax purposes on
that date was approximately $7,018,000. For further information on this
deferred income tax liability and income taxes, see Note 3.
 
(15) PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K) PLANS
 
  The Company's employees participate in a 401(k) plan sponsored by ICII.
Under the plan, employees may elect to enroll at the beginning of any month in
which the employee has been employed for at least six months. Employees may
contribute up to 14% of their salaries. The Company will match 50% of the
employee's contribution up to 4% of the employee's compensation. The Company
may also make a discretionary contribution on an annual basis to be allocated
to participants who have contributed in excess of 4% of their compensation.
The allocation is based upon a formula set by the plan and requires a five-
year vesting period. All forfeitures are allocated to the remaining
participants in the plan. Distribution of vested benefits to a terminated
participant in the 401(k) is made in accordance with the contribution
allocation form signed by the employee. Distributions are made, by election of
the participant, in either certificates of deposit, ICII common stock and
stock or bond mutual funds or a combination thereof.
 
  The Company contributed $105,000, $88,000 and $13,000 to the 401(k) plan in
for the six months ending June 30, 1997, the year ended December 31, 1996 and
the six months ended December 31, 1995, respectively.
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(16) TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
  In the ordinary course of business, the Company has conducted transactions
with affiliated companies. In the opinion of management all such transactions
are conducted at "arm's length" in accordance with the Company's policies.
 
  At December 31, 1995, the Company had a net receivable of principal and
interest on franchise loans from SPTL of $579,000. In July 1995, the Company
sold approximately $3.8 million of franchise loan servicing rights to SPTL,
resulting in a gain of $31,000. The Company also had a receivable from ICII, a
member, of $924,000 bearing interest at 10.4% as of December 31, 1995 and a
payable of $526,000 relating to ICII's residual interest in the Franchise Loan
Receivable Trust 1995-B (FLRT 1995-B).
 
  The Company provides subservicing on a contractual basis for servicing
rights owned by SPTL. At June 30, 1997, and December 31, 1996 and 1995, there
were approximately $151 million, $183 million and $262 million of loans
outstanding underlying this subservicing arrangement. The Company receives
approximately 13 basis points for providing such services.
 
  The Company purchased $55.3 million in franchise loans at a $6.0 million
premium from SPTL on December 29, 1995. These franchise loans were purchased
by SPTL from Greenwich on November 30, 1995.
 
  The Company purchased $15.5 million in franchise loans at par value from
SPTL on June 26, 1997. These franchise loans were purchased by SPTL from the
Company in 1996 and 1997.
 
  SPTL has provided warehouse facilities for the Company under which the loans
are closed under SPTL's name with the intent to resell the franchise loans to
the Company for inclusion into securitizations. The rate charged is equivalent
to the rate earned on the franchise loans less approximately 50 basis points,
or 9.17%. As of June 30, 1997, December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, the
Company had an outstanding balance of $0, $25.2 million and $47.0 million,
respectively, with respect to this facility. During the six months ended
June 30, 1997, the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended
December 31, 1995, the Company paid SPTL $0 million, $10.3 million and
$1.2 million in interest expense associated with this facility. At June 30,
1997, loans originated by the Company for SPTL totaled approximately $104.3
million.
 
  At June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, the Company had borrowings from ICII
outstanding of $10.0 million and $17.7 million, respectively. The Company pays
interest at 12% on the outstanding balance. The Company pays to ICII monthly
15 basis points on the Company's non-affiliate borrowing commitments in
consideration for ICII's guaranty of such borrowings.
 
(17) OTHER INVESTMENTS
 
  At June 30, 1997, and December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $4.4
million of equity investments included in other assets. These investments
represent interests in limited liability companies ("LLCs") or limited
partnerships (collectively, the "investees") which were formed to own and
operate restaurant franchise concepts, and are owned through investor LLCs,
the members of which consist of the Company, the Company's chief executive
officer, and ICII. Member ownership percentages in the investor LLCs range
from 50% to 100% for the Company, from 0% to 0.33% for the chief executive
officer, and from 0.67% to 50% for ICII. The Company consolidates all investor
LLCs in which it has a greater than 50% ownership interest because the terms
of the operating agreements vest control with the Company. The investor LLC in
which the Company has a 50% ownership interest is accounted for under the
equity method because the operating agreement provides for joint and equal
management by the Company and the other 50% owner.
 
  The investor LLC's ownership interests in the investees range from 32.5% to
49.0%. A director of the Company owns 60% of one investee and the investor LLC
owns 40%; such investor LLC is owned 50% by the Company and 50% by ICII.
Accordingly, the Company's ownership interests in the investees (through the
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
investor LLCs) range from 20% to 48.5%. These investments are accounted for by
the Company under the equity method as the terms of the investment agreements
do not place the investor LLCs or the Company in a position of control over
the investees. Management has determined that the Company's equity in the net
income or loss of the investees is not material at this time.
 
  The June 30, 1997, unpaid balances of loans to the investees made by the
Company total approximately $100.4 million of which $80.3 million has been
securitized and sold and $20.1 million is included in loans held for sale. At
June 30, 1997, none of these loans was past due.
 
  Under the terms of the partnership and investment agreements, the investor
LLCs are committed under certain circumstances to make additional loans and
capital contributions of approximately $5.6 million.
 
(18) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  Financial instruments include interest bearing deposits, securities
available for sale, loans and leases held for sale, futures contracts used to
hedge loans held for sale, retained interest in loan securitizations,
receivables from and payables to affiliates, borrowings and bonds. Fair value
estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of
judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in
assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. In addition, the fair
value estimates presented do not include the value of anticipated future
business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered
financial instruments.
 
  The carrying values of interest-bearing deposits and receivables from and
payables to affiliates and members approximate fair value due to their short-
term nature. The fair value of securities available for sale was based on
discounted cash flow. The fair value of loans and leases held for sale is
estimated by discounting expected future cash flows at an estimated market
rate of interest. A market rate of interest is estimated based on the
AAA Corporate Bond Rate, adjusted for credit risk and the Company's cost to
administer such loans. The fair value of retained interest in loan
securitizations was estimated by discounting future cash flows using rates
that an unaffiliated third-party purchaser would require on instruments with
similar terms and remaining maturities. The fair values of borrowings and
bonds was estimated by discounting cash flows at interest rates for debt
having similar credit ratings and maturities.
 
  The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1997                1996                1995
                         ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
                         CARRYING ESTIMATED  CARRYING ESTIMATED  CARRYING ESTIMATED
                          AMOUNT  FAIR VALUE  AMOUNT  FAIR VALUE  AMOUNT  FAIR VALUE
                         -------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S>                      <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Assets:
  Interest-bearing
   deposits............. $  2,667  $  2,667  $  2,594  $  2,594  $    --   $    --
  Loans and leases held
   for sale.............  208,014   208,014    98,915   102,872   181,254   185,165
  Retained interest in
   loan
   securitizations......    7,002     7,002     6,908     6,908       --        --
  Securities available
   for sale.............    2,581     2,581    39,349    39,349       --        --
  Receivable due from
   affiliate............      --        --        --        --        579       579
  Receivable due from
   member...............      --        --        --        --        924       924
Liabilities:
  Payable due to
   Imperial Credit
   Industries, Inc...... $  9,997  $  9,997  $ 17,728  $ 17,728  $    --   $    --
  Borrowings............  195,922   195,922   125,240   125,240    69,637    69,637
  Bonds.................      --        --        --        --    111,995   111,995
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
(19) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
 Leases
 
  Minimum rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases at June 30,
1997, were as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                 <C>
     Six months ended December 31, 1997................................. $  406
     Year ended December 31,:
       1998.............................................................    713
       1999.............................................................    724
       2000.............................................................    706
       2001.............................................................    639
                                                                         ------
       Thereafter.......................................................    196
                                                                         ------
       Total............................................................ $3,384
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>
 
  Rent expense for the six months ending June 30, 1997, the year ended
December 31, 1996 and the six months ending December 31, 1995 was $241,000,
$292,000 and $94,000, respectively.
 
 Litigation
 
  The Company is involved in litigation arising from the normal course of
business. The Company is currently involved in a dispute with a vendor
regarding the value of services rendered. Management does not believe that an
adverse settlement, if any, would have a material impact on the Company's
financial condition or results of operations.
 
  The predecessor entity to the Company, and an officer of such entity and of
the Company, among others, are named as defendants in De Wald et al. vs. Knyal
et al. filed on November 15, 1996 in the Los Angeles Superior Court. The
complaint seeks an accounting, monetary and punitive damages for alleged
breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of implied covenant of
good faith and fair dealing and fraud arising from an alleged business
relationship. The Company has not been named as a defendant in this lawsuit.
 
 Financial Guarantees
 
  The Company, among other subsidiaries of ICII, has jointly and severally and
fully and unconditionally guaranteed ICII's $200 million 9.875% senior notes
due January 15, 2007 and ICII's $70 liquidation amount of remarketed par
securities. Such guarantees will terminate upon the deconsolidation of the
Company in the financial statements of ICII, effective upon the closing of the
Company's initial public offering.
 
 Loan Servicing
 
  Related fiduciary funds held in trust for investors in non-interest bearing
accounts at unaffiliated financial institutions totalled $24,000 as of June
30, 1997. These funds are segregated in special bank accounts and are held as
deposits in such financial institutions.
 
 Loan Commitments
 
  As of June 30, 1997, the Company had open short-term lending commitments
amounting to approximately $76.2 million in process subject to credit
approval. There is no exposure to credit loss in this type of commitment until
the loans are funded. Interest rate risk is mitigated by the use of hedging
strategies applied to each loan at the time of funding.
 
 Equity Investments
 
  As of June 30, 1997 the Company was obligated to make up to an additional
$5.6 million in loans and equity investments under existing arrangements. See
Note 17.
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  No dealer, salesman or any other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representations other than those contained in this
Prospectus in connection with the offer made in this Prospectus and, if given
or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by the Company, any of the Underwriters or the Selling
Stockholders. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of, any offer to buy any shares of Common Stock other than the
Shares of Common Stock to which it relates or an offer to, or a solicitation
of, any person in any jurisdiction where such an offer or solicitation would
be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made
hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the
information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date
hereof.
 
                              -------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                              -------------------
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Available Information....................................................   2
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   3
Risk Factors.............................................................  10
The Reorganization.......................................................  28
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  29
LLC Distributions........................................................  29
Dividend Policy..........................................................  29
Dilution.................................................................  30
Capitalization...........................................................  31
Selected Financial Data..................................................  32
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  34
Business.................................................................  42
Management...............................................................  60
Certain Transactions.....................................................  68
Principal and Selling Stockholders.......................................  73
Description of Capital Stock.............................................  74
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........................................  76
Underwriting.............................................................  77
Legal Matters............................................................  79
Experts..................................................................  79
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
</TABLE>    
 
  Until    , 1997 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus) all dealers
effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not
participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus.
This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when
acting as Underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               8,750,000 SHARES
 
                [LOGO OF FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY]
 
                                 COMMON STOCK
 
                               ----------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                               ----------------
 
                    NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES, INC.
 
                          CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
 
                           PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
 
                                       , 1997
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
  The Registrant estimates that expenses in connection with the offering
described in this registration statement will be as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AMOUNT TO
                                                                       BE PAID
                                                                      ---------
   <S>                                                                <C>
   Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee..............  $ 51,838
   NASD filing fee..................................................    18,613
   Nasdaq National Market Listing fee...............................    50,000
   Printing expenses................................................   150,000
   Accounting fees and expenses.....................................   150,000
   Legal fees and expenses..........................................   200,000
   Fees and expenses (including legal fees) for qualifications under
    state securities laws...........................................    50,000
   Transfer agent's fees and expenses...............................    10,000
   Miscellaneous....................................................    69,549
                                                                      --------
       Total........................................................  $750,000*
                                                                      ========
</TABLE>
- -------
* Of this amount, $295,000 is payable by the Selling Stockholders.
 
  All amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
and the NASD filing fee are estimated.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
  Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the Registrant
to, and Article 8 of the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
Registrant may, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened
to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by
reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or
officer of the Registrant, or is or was servicing, or has agreed to serve, at
the request of the Registrant, as a director, officer or trustee of, or in a
similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any
action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
  On June 30, 1995, Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. ("ICII") acquired from
Greenwich Capital Financial Products Inc. ("Greenwich") certain assets of the
Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company division of Greenwich (the "Division")
including all of Greenwich's rights under certain servicing contracts (the
"FMAC Servicing Contracts") entered into by the Division and a $410,000
obligation owed by Wayne L. Knyal, the President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Registrant, to Greenwich. Concurrent with the closing of the
transactions described above, ICII entered into an operating agreement with
Mr. Knyal for the formation of Franchise Mortgage LLC. In connection with the
acquisition, Franchise Mortgage LLC or its affiliates assumed certain
liabilities related to the FMAC Servicing Contracts.
 
  Franchise Mortgage LLC was formed to originate, securitize and service
franchise loans. Under the terms of the operating agreement, in exchange for a
66.7% ownership interest in Franchise Mortgage LLC, ICII was obligated to
contribute to Franchise Mortgage LLC $1.3 million in cash and all of the
assets purchased from Greenwich. In exchange for a 33.3% ownership interest in
Franchise Mortgage LLC, Knyal caused his wholly owned company, FLRT, Inc., to
contribute to Franchise Mortgage LLC all of its rights under the FLRT
Servicing Contracts.
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  Immediately prior to this Offering, Franchise Mortgage LLC will merge into
the Registrant (the "Reorganization"). As a result of the Reorganization,
immediately prior to this Offering ICII will own 66.7% and FLRT, Inc. will own
33.3%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Registrant representing 14,591,667 and 7,295,833 shares, respectively.
 
  The issuance of the ownership interests was and the stock issued on the
effective date will be deemed to be exempt from registration under the
Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) promulgated under the Securities
Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. In addition,
the recipients of securities in each such transaction have or will represent
their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and
appropriate legends are affixed to the certificates issued in such
transactions. All recipients had or have adequate access, through their
relationships with the Company, to information about the Company.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
  (A) EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>   
   <C>      <S>
    1.1+    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1+    Articles of Organization of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
            LLC
    3.2+    Operating Agreement of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC
    3.3     Form of Articles of Incorporation of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
            Company, a Delaware corporation
    3.4     Form of Bylaws of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware
            corporation
    4.1     Form of Specimen Stock Certificate
    5.1     Opinion of Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein
   10.1+    Form of 1997 Stock Option Plan and Form of Option Agreement
   10.2     Form of Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and
            Wayne L. Knyal
   10.3+    Form of Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and
            Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
   10.4(a)+ First Amendment to Office Lease dated November 26, 1996 by and
            between the Registrant and Delta Towers Joint Venture
       (b)+ Office Lease dated August 24, 1995 by and between the Registrant
            and Delta Towers Joint Venture
   10.5(a)+ Letter dated July 15, 1996 from Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. to
            Fawn Associates Limited Liability Company consenting to First
            Amendment to Lease dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between the
            Registrant and Fawn Associates Limited Liability Company
       (b)+ First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between
            the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and Fawn Associates
            Limited Liability Company
       (c)+ Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between
            Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. and Fawn Associates Limited
            Partnership
       (d)+ Lease dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between Franchise Mortgage
            Acceptance Company LLC and Fawn Associates Limited Liability
            Company
   10.6(a)+ Letter of Intent dated August 19, 1996 by and between Franchise
            Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and CS First Boston Mortgage
            Capital Corp.
       (b)+ Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996 by and
            between Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and CS First
            Boston Mortgage Capital Corp.
       (c)+ Tri-party Custodial Agreement for Contracts dated October 10, 1996
            by and among the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC, CS
            First Boston Mortgage Capital Corp. and First Bank National
            Association
       (d)+ First Amendment to Repurchase Agreement and Custodial Agreement
            dated May 1, 1997 by and among the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
            Company LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and
            First Bank National Association
   10.7+    Master Loan Sale Agreement, dated August 23, 1995 by and between
            the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and Southern Pacific
            Thrift & Loan Association
   10.8+    Master Participation Agreement dated November 22, 1995 by and among
            the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC, Imperial Credit
            Industries, Inc., Certain Financial Institutions and Banco
            Santander, New York Branch
</TABLE>    
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>    <C>
   10.9+  Credit Agreement dated as of February 28, 1997 by and among Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
          Company LLC and Sanwa Bank California
   10.10  Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant, Imperial Credit Industries,
          Inc. and FLRT, Inc.
   10.11  Form of Tax Agreement by and among the Registrant, Franchise Mortgage
          Acceptance Company LLC, FLRT, Inc. and Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
   10.12  Form of Master Loan and Security Agreement dated October 1997 by and between Franchise
          Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc.
   23.1   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
   23.2   Consent of Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
   24.1+  Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement)
</TABLE>    
  --------
         
  + Previously filed
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  (b) insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
  1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
  this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
  form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or
  (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
  of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
  shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
  time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON
ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF LOS
ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA ON NOVEMBER 6, 1997.     
 
                                          Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
                                           Company
 
                                                    /s/ Wayne L. Knyal
                                          By: _________________________________
                                             WAYNE L. KNYAL, PRESIDENT, CHIEF
                                               EXECUTIVE OFFICER (PRINCIPAL
                                                    EXECUTIVE OFFICER)
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITY INDICATED ON NOVEMBER 6, 1997.     
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
              SIGNATURE                                   TITLE
              ---------                                   ----- 
<S>                                       <C> 
         /s/ Wayne L. Knyal               President, Chief Executive Officer
- -------------------------------------      and Director (Principal Executive
           WAYNE L. KNYAL                  Officer)
 
         /s/ Raedelle Walker              Chief Financial Officer Executive
- -------------------------------------      Vice President (Principal
           RAEDELLE WALKER                 Accounting Officer)
 
                  *                       Director
- -------------------------------------
          H. WAYNE SNAVELY
 
                  *                       Director
- -------------------------------------
       G. LOUIS GRAZIADIO, III
 
                  *                       Director
- -------------------------------------
           PERRY A. LERNER
 
                  *                       Director
- -------------------------------------
         MICHAEL A. MATKINS
 
                  *                       Director
- -------------------------------------
           RONALD V. DAVIS
 
                  *                       Director
- -------------------------------------
           JOHN E. MARTIN
 
                  *                       Director
- -------------------------------------
         RICHARD J. LOUGHLIN
 
       *By  /s/ Wayne L. Knyal            Attorney-in-Fact
- -------------------------------------
           WAYNE L. KNYAL
</TABLE> 
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                          DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                          ----------------------
 <C>      <S>
  1.1+    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1+    Articles of Organization of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC
  3.2+    Operating Agreement of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC
  3.3     Form of Articles of Incorporation of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
          Company, a Delaware corporation
  3.4     Form of Bylaws of Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware
          corporation
  4.1     Form of Specimen Stock Certificate
  5.1     Opinion of Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein
 10.1+    Form of 1997 Stock Option Plan and Form of Option Agreement
 10.2     Form of Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Wayne
          L. Knyal
 10.3+    Form of Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and Imperial
          Credit Industries, Inc.
 10.4(a)+ First Amendment to Office Lease dated November 26, 1996 by and
          between the Registrant and Delta Towers Joint Venture
     (b)+ Office Lease dated August 24, 1995 by and between the Registrant and
          Delta Towers Joint Venture
 10.5(a)+ Letter dated July 15, 1996 from Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. to
          Fawn Associates Limited Liability Company consenting to First
          Amendment to Lease dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between the
          Registrant and Fawn Associates Limited Liability Company
     (b)+ First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between
          the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and Fawn Associates
          Limited Liability Company
     (c)+ Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between Imperial
          Credit Industries, Inc. and Fawn Associates Limited Partnership
     (d)+ Lease dated as of March 22, 1996 by and between Franchise Mortgage
          Acceptance Company LLC and Fawn Associates Limited Liability Company
 10.6(a)+ Letter of Intent dated August 19, 1996 by and between Franchise
          Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and CS First Boston Mortgage Capital
          Corp.
     (b)+ Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of October 10, 1996 by and
          between Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and CS First Boston
          Mortgage Capital Corp.
     (c)+ Tri-party Custodial Agreement for Contracts dated October 10, 1996 by
          and among the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC, CS First
          Boston Mortgage Capital Corp. and First Bank National Association
     (d)+ First Amendment to Repurchase Agreement and Custodial Agreement dated
          May 1, 1997 by and among the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
          LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC and First Bank
          National Association
 10.7+    Master Loan Sale Agreement, dated August 23, 1995 by and between the
          Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and Southern Pacific Thrift
          & Loan Association
 10.8+    Master Participation Agreement dated November 22, 1995 by and among
          the Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC, Imperial Credit
          Industries, Inc., Certain Financial Institutions and Banco Santander,
          New York Branch
 10.9+    Credit Agreement dated as of February 28, 1997 by and among Franchise
          Mortgage Acceptance
          Company LLC and Sanwa Bank California
 10.10    Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant,
          Imperial Credit Industries,
          Inc. and FLRT, Inc.
 10.11    Form of Tax Agreement by and among the Registrant, Franchise Mortgage
          Acceptance Company LLC, FLRT, Inc. and Imperial Credit Industries,
          Inc.
 10.12    Form of Master Loan and Security Agreement dated October 1997 by and
          between Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC and Morgan Stanley
          Asset Funding Inc.
 23.1     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 23.2     Consent of Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein (contained in
          Exhibit 5.1)
 24.1+    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration
          Statement)
</TABLE>    
  --------
         
  + Previously filed

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.3


STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 09:00 AM 08/21/1997
971281213 - 2788016

                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                     FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY


FIRST. The name of the corporation is FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY.

SECOND. The address of the corporations' registered office in the State of
Delaware is 15 East North Street, Dover, Delaware 19901.  The name of the
registered agent at such address is Paracorp Incorporated.

THIRD. The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of Delaware.

FOURTH.    A.   The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall
have the authority to issue is One Hundred Ten Million (110,000,000), divided
into One Hundred (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock of  the par value of
$0.001 per share and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock of the
par value of $0.001 per share.

           B.   The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in
one or more series. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to fix by
resolution(s) the designation of each series of Preferred Stock and the powers,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without
limitation, such provisions as may be desired concerning the dividend rights,
the dividend rate, conversion rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights in
terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), the redemption price or
prices, the liquidation preferences and such other subjects or matters as may be
fixed by resolution(s) of the Board of Directors under the General Corporation
Law of Delaware; and to fix the number of shares constituting any such series,
and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not
below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding). In the event
that the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares
constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the
adoption of the resolution(s) originally fixing the number of shares of such
series. All Preferred Stock of the same series shall be identical in all
respects, except for the dates from which dividends, if any, shall be
cumulative.

FIFTH.  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Kasey Hannah, 
9100 Wilshire Blvd., 8E, Beverly Hills, California 91021.

SIXTH.  The Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to
make, alter or repeal by-laws of the corporation, but the stockholders may make
additional by-laws and may alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or
otherwise.

SEVENTH.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the
extent provided in the by-laws of the corporation.

EIGHTH.  No director of the corporation shall be liable to the corporation or
its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation law, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

       The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing
certificate of incorporation is her act and deed and that the facts stated
therein are true.

                    /s/  Kasey Hannah, Incorporator 
                    --------------------------------------
                    Kasey Hannah, Incorporator
<PAGE>
 
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                     FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY


     FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"),
DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST:  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 21, 1997.

SECOND:  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly
adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.

THIRD:  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly
approved by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation and written
notice of such approval has been given to those stockholders who have not
consented in writing in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH:  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended
and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                       I.

     The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation") is
FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY.

                                      II.

     The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware
is 15 East North Street, Dover, Delaware 19901.  The name of the registered
agent at such address is Paracorp Incorporated.

                                      III.

     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.

                                      IV.

     A.   The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have
the authority to issue is One Hundred Ten Million (110,000,000), divided into
One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock of  the par value of
$0.001 per share and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock of the
par value of $0.001 per share.

     B.   The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one
or more series.  The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to fix by
resolution(s) the designation of each series of Preferred Stock and the powers,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without
limitation, such provisions as may be desired concerning the dividend rights,
the dividend rate, conversion rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights in
terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), the redemption price or
prices, the 
<PAGE>
 
liquidation preferences and such other subjects or matters as may be fixed by
resolution(s) of the Board of Directors under the General Corporation Law of
Delaware; and to fix the number of shares constituting any such series, and to
increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the
number of shares of any such series then outstanding). In the event that the
number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares
constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the
adoption of the resolution(s) originally fixing the number of shares of such
series. All Preferred Stock of the same series shall be identical in all
respects, except for the dates from which dividends, if any, shall be
cumulative.

                                       V.

     The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make,
alter or repeal by-laws of the Corporation, but the stockholders may make
additional by-laws and may alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or
otherwise.

                                      VI.

     Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the
extent provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

                                      VII.

     No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the General Corporation law, or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

                                     VIII.

     No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a
meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting,
to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

                                      IX.

     Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board
of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors.  Such special meetings may not be called by any other person or
persons.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company has caused this
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President
and attested to by its Secretary this _____ day of October, 1997.

                              ___________________________
                              Wayne L. Knyal
                              President

Acknowledged the ______ day of
October, 1997.


_____________________________
Raedelle A. Walker, Secretary

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.4


                     FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY

                                     BYLAWS

                                   ARTICLE I.

                               CORPORATE OFFICES

          The Board of Directors may at any time establish offices at any place
or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.


                                  ARTICLE  II.

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1.     ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
               ------------------------------

     The  annual  meeting  of  the  stockholders  of the Corporation shall be
held on such date, within 180 days of the end of each prior fiscal year, as
shall be designated by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the
meeting, and on any subsequent day or days to which such meeting may be
adjourned, for the purposes of electing directors and of transacting such other
business as may properly come before the meeting.  The Board of Directors shall
designate the place and time for the holding of such meeting.

     At the annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be
conducted as shall have been properly brought before the annual meeting.  To be
properly brought before the annual meeting of stockholders, business must be (i)
specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before
the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise
properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of the Corporation who is a
stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this Section
1 of Article 1, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies
with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1 of Article I. For
business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the
stockholder, in addition to any other applicable requirements, must have given
timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be
timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at
the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days prior
to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation.  A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall
set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual
meeting: (a) a brief description of the 
<PAGE>
 
business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for
conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as
they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such
business, (c) the class and number of shares of voting stock of the Corporation
which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (d) a representation that the
stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring the
proposed business before the annual meeting, and (e) a description of any
material interest of the stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything
in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual
meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1 of
Article 1. The presiding officer of an annual meeting shall, if the facts
warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that the business was not properly
brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1
of Article 1, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting
and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be
transacted.

     For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a
stockholder, the stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1
of Article I.

SECTION 2.     SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
               --------------------------------

     Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board
of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board
of Directors.  Such special meetings may not be called by any other person or
persons.  Upon written request of the persons who have duly called a special
meeting, it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Corporation to fix the
date of the meeting to be held not less than ten or more than sixty days after
the receipt of the request and to give due notice thereof in accordance with
Section 4 of this Article.  If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the
date of the meeting and give notice thereof, the persons calling the meeting may
do so.

SECTION 3.     PLACE OF MEETING
               ----------------

     Every special meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such place
within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may designate,
or, in the absence of such designation, at the registered office of the
Corporation in the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4.     NOTICE OF MEETING
               -----------------

     Except as otherwise required by law, written notice  of  every meeting of
the stockholders shall be given by the Secretary of the Corporation to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, by placing such notice in
the mail at least ten (10) days, but not more than sixty (60) 
<PAGE>
 
days, prior to the day named for the meeting addressed to each stockholder at
his address appearing on the books of the Corporation or supplied by him to the
Corporation for the purpose of notice.

SECTION 5.     RECORD DATE
               -----------

     The Board of Directors may fix a date, not less than ten or more than sixty
days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, as a record date for the
determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any such
meeting.  The Board of Directors shall not close the books of the Corporation
against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of such period. The
initial determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting;
provided, that the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, fix a new record
date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 6.     PROXIES
               -------

     The notice of every meeting of the stockholders may be accompanied by a
form of proxy approved by the Board of Directors in favor of such person or
persons as the Board of Directors may select.

SECTION 7.     QUORUM AND VOTING
               -----------------

     A majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled
to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at
any meeting of the stockholders, and the stockholders present at any duly
convened meeting may continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding
any withdrawal from the meeting of holders of shares counted in determining the
existence of a quorum.  Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes
cast in the election.  For all other matters as to which no other voting
requirement is specified by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
(the "General Corporation Law"), the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended (the "Certificate of
Incorporation") or these By-laws, the affirmative vote required for stockholder
action shall be that of a majority of the shares present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting (as counted for purposes of determining the
existence of a quorum at the meeting).  If so provided in the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders may cumulate votes (i.e.,
cast for any candidate a number of votes greater than the number of votes which
such stockholder normally is entitled to cast) at a stockholders' meeting at
which directors are to be elected.  In the case of a matter submitted for a vote
of the stockholders as to which a stockholder approval requirement is applicable
under the stockholder approval policy of any exchange or quotation system on
which the capital stock of the Company is quoted or traded, for exemption under
the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or
under any provision of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case for which no
higher voting requirement is 
<PAGE>
 
specified by the General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, the vote required for approval shall be the requisite vote
specified in such stockholder approval policy, Rule 16b-3 or Internal Revenue
Code provision, as the case may be (or the highest such requirement if more-than
one is applicable). For the approval of the appointment of independent public
accountants (if submitted for a vote of the stockholders), the vote required for
approval shall be a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

SECTION 8.     ADJOURNMENT
               -----------

     Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time, without
notice other than by announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is
taken, and at any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present any
action may be taken that could have been taken at the meeting originally called;
provided that if the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 9.     NOMINATIONS FOR ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
               -------------------------------------

     Except with respect to the initial directors elected by the Incorporator,
only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in
these Bylaws shall be eligible for election as, and to serve as, directors.
Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation
may be made at a meeting of stockholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board
of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder
of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 9 of
Article I, who shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors at the
meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 9
of Article 1. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of
the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to
the Secretary of the Corporation.

     To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered or mailed and
received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) with respect
to an election to be held at the annual meeting of the stockholders of the
Corporation, not less than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the
immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and
(ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders
of the Corporation for the election of directors, not later than the close of
business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the
special meeting was mailed to stockholders of the Corporation as provided in
Section 4 of Article I or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting
was made, whichever first occurs.

     Such stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth (x) as to each
person whom the Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as
a director, all information relating 
<PAGE>
 
to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
election of directors, or is otherwise required, pursuant to Regulation 14A
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including such person's
written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serve
as a director if elected), and (y) as to the stockholder, giving the notice (i)
the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of such
stockholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of voting stock of the
Corporation which are beneficially owned by such stockholder. At the request of
the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for
election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that
information required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of nomination
which pertains to the nominee.

     Except as provided in Section 3 of Article III, no person shall be eligible
to serve as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with
the procedures set forth in this Section 9 of Article l. The presiding officer
of the meeting of stockholders shall, if the facts warrant, determine and
declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the
procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall
so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

     For a nomination by a stockholder to be proper, a stockholder shall also
comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters
set forth in this Section 9 of Article 1.

                                  ARTICLE III.

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1.     NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
               -------------------

     The business, affairs and property of the Corporation shall be managed by a
board of eight (8) directors.  The number of directors constituting the Board of
Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution by the
Board of Directors; provided, however, that no such decrease shall have the
effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 2.     ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
               ----------------------------------------

     Directors are elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of
stockholders. Each director shall hold office for the full term to which he
shall have been elected and until his successor is duly elected and shall
qualify, or until his earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.
A director need not be a resident of the State of Delaware or a stockholder of
the Corporation.  A director may not stand for re-election unless that director
has attended, during his current term, at least seventy-five percent (75%) of
the combined number of Board of Director Meetings and applicable committee
meetings.
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 3.     VACANCIES
               ---------

     Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of
directors and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death,
resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even
though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  Any director elected in
accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until such director's
successor shall have been elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of
directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any
incumbent director.

SECTION 4.     REMOVAL BY STOCKHOLDERS
               -----------------------

     Any director of the Corporation may be removed, whether or not for cause,
from his office as a director by vote or other action of stockholders by the
holders of the majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of
directors.

SECTION 5.     REGULAR MEETINGS
               ----------------

     Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or
places within or without the State of Delaware, at such hour and on such day as
may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, without further notice of
such meetings.  The time or place of holding regular meetings of the Board of
Directors may be changed by the Chairman of the Board or the President by giving
written notice thereof as provided in Section 7 of this Article III.

SECTION 6.     SPECIAL MEETINGS
               ----------------

     Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held, whenever called
by the Chairman of the Board, the Chairman of the Executive Committee, the
President, by two directors or by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors,
at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as may be stated
in the notice of the meeting.

SECTION 7.     NOTICE
               ------

     Notice of the time and place of, and general nature of the business to be
transacted at, all special meetings of the Board of Directors, and written
notice of any change in the time or place of holding the regular meetings of the
Board of Directors, shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each
director or sent by first-class mail, telecopier or telegram, charges prepaid,
addressed to each director at that director's address as it is shown on the
records of the Corporation.  If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in
the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of
the meeting.  If the notice is delivered personally or by 
<PAGE>
 
telephone, telecopier or by telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by
telephone or by telecopier or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48)
hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given
personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a
person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason
to believe will promptly communicate it to the director provided, however, that
notice of any meeting need not be given to any director if waived by him in
writing, or if he shall be present at such meeting other than for purposes of
objecting to the validity of the meeting.

SECTION 8.   QUORUM
             ------

     A majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum of the
Board of Directors for the transaction of business; but a lesser number may
adjourn from day to day until a quorum is present.  Except as otherwise provided
by law or in these Bylaws, all questions shall be decided by the vote of a
majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

SECTION 9.   ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT
             -------------------------

     Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors or members of
any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing
setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all of the directors or
members of such committee as the case may be and shall be filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation.

SECTION 10.  MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE
             --------------------------------

     Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any
committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of
the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
Section 10 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 11.  CHAIRMAN OR VICE CHAIRMEN
             -------------------------

     The Board of Directors may designate one or more of its members to be
Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board, Chairman of the Executive Committee, and
Chairman of any other committees of the Board and to hold such other positions
on the Board as the Board of Directors may designate.
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 12.  COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES
             ------------------------------------------

     The non-management directors shall receive such compensation for their
services as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and may be paid their
expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors.  No
such reimbursement shall preclude any non-management director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Non-
management members of special or standing committees may be allowed like
reimbursement for attending committee meetings.

SECTION 13.  COMMITTEES
             ----------

     The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the
whole Board, designate one or more of its members to constitute (i) an Executive
Committee which committee, during intervals between meetings of the Board, shall
have and exercise the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of
the business of the Corporation to the extent permitted by law; and (ii) one or
more additional committees such as an Audit Committee to review the
Corporation's financial statements and financial information and to act as
liaison with the Corporation's auditors, a Compensation Committee to review and
propose compensation for the officers and executives of the Corporation, which,
to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions and permitted by law,
shall have and may exercise the power of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation insofar as it pertains
to the responsibilities of such committee or committees, and may authorize the
seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers on which the Corporation
desires to place a seal.  Such additional committee or committees shall have
such name or names as may be stated in these Bylaws or as may be determined from
time to time by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 14.  APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS
             -----------------------------

     The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or
otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its
subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the
Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the sole judgment of the Board of
Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to
benefit the Corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or
without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of
Directors, in its sole discretion, shall approve, including, without limitation,
a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation.  Nothing contained in this
section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or
warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IV.

                                    OFFICERS

SECTION 1.     DESIGNATION AND REMOVAL
               -----------------------

     The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a
Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary, a
Treasurer and such Vice Chairmen, Executive, Group, Senior or other Vice
Presidents, and other officers as may be elected or appointed by the Board of
Directors.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.  All officers
shall hold office until their successors are elected or appointed, except that
the Board of Directors may remove any officer at anytime at its discretion.  The
Board of Directors may empower the Chairman of the Board or the President to
appoint such officers as the business of the Corporation may require, provided
that notice of such appointment is deposited with the minutes of the Board of
Directors.  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an
affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or
special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in the case of an officer
chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal
may be conferred by the Board of Directors.  Nothing herein shall affect such
rights as an officer may have under such officer's employment contract, if any.

SECTION 2.     POWERS AND DUTIES
               -----------------

     The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties as
generally pertain to their offices, except as modified herein or by the Board of
Directors, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be
conferred by the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board shall have such
duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors and shall preside at
meetings of the Board and at meetings of the stockholders.  The Vice Chairmen
shall provide guidance to the Board of Directors and may act as the Chairman, as
designated by a majority of the Board of Directors, if the Chairman is
incapacitated or otherwise unavailable.  The Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation shall have general supervision over the business, affairs, and
property of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE V.

                                      SEAL

     The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as the Board of Directors
shall prescribe.
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VI.

                             CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

SECTION 1.     CERTIFICATES
               ------------
 
     The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates
of stock, signed by the President or such Vice President or other officer
designated by the Board of Directors, countersigned by the Treasurer or the
Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary; and such
signature of the President, Vice President, or other officer, such
countersignature of the Treasurer or Secretary or Assistant Treasurer or
Assistant Secretary, or any of them, may be executed in facsimile, engraved or
printed.  In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has
been placed upon any share certificate shall have ceased to be such officer
because of death. resignation or otherwise before the certificate is issued, it
may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer had not
ceased to be such at the date of its issue.  Said certificates of stock shall be
in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.


SECTION 2.     LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES; ISSUANCE OF NEW
               --------------------------------------------------------  
               CERTIFICATES
               ------------

     The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any
certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or
destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a
bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on
account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the
issuance of such new certificate.

                                  ARTICLE VII.

                                INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 1.     GENERAL
               -------

     The Corporation shall indemnify, and advance Expenses (as this and all
other capitalized words are defined in Section 14 of this Article) to,
Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the
date of effectiveness of these Bylaws, and to such greater extent as applicable
law may thereafter permit. The rights of Indemnitee provided under the preceding
sentence shall include, but not be limited to, the right to be indemnified to
the fullest extent permitted by (S) 145(b) of the D.G.C.L. in Proceedings by or
in the right of the Corporation and to the fullest extent permitted by (S)
145(a) of the D.G.C.L. in all other Proceedings.
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 2.     EXPENSES RELATING TO PROCEEDINGS
               --------------------------------

     If Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any
proceeding or is a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in
any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith as a witness
or party as the case may be.  If Indemnitee is a party to a proceeding and is
not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or
otherwise, as to any Matter in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify
Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on
his behalf relating to each Matter.  The termination of any Matter in such a
Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a
successful result as to such Matter.

SECTION 3.     ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES
               -----------------------
     Indemnitee shall be advanced Expenses within ten days after requesting them
to the fullest extent permitted by (S) 145(c) through (e), inclusive, of the
D.G.C.L.

SECTION 4.     REQUEST FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND/OR ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES
               ----------------------------------------------------------

     To obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses, Indemnitee shall
submit to the Corporation a written request with such information as is
reasonably available to Indemnitee.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall
promptly advise the Board of Directors of such request and in the case of a
request for advancement of expenses, any undertaking required by (S) 145(e) of
the D.G.C.L.

SECTION 5.     DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT:  NO CHANGE OF CONTROL
               ---------------------------------------------------

     If there has been no Change of Control at the time the request for
indemnification is sent, Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification shall be
determined in accordance with (S) 145(d) of the D.G.C.L. If entitlement to
indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel, the Corporation
shall furnish notice to Indemnitee within ten days after receipt of the request
for indemnification, specifying the identity and address of Independent Counsel.
The Indemnitee may, within fourteen days after receipt of such written notice of
selection, deliver to the Corporation a written objection to such selection.
Such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel
so selected does not meet the requirements of Independent Counsel and the
objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such
assertion.  If there is an objection to the selection of Independent Counsel,
either the Corporation or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the
State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction for a
determination that the objection is without a reasonable basis and/or for the
appointment of Independent Counsel selected by the Court.
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 6.     DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT:  CHANGE OF CONTROL
               ------------------------------------------------

     If there has been a Change of Control at the time the request for
indemnification is sent, Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification shall be
determined in a written opinion by Independent Counsel selected jointly by
Indemnitee and the Board of Directors.  If no Independent Counsel has been
agreed to within 21 days after either Indemnitee or the Board of Directors has
first proposed a candidate for Independent Counsel, then either Indemnitee or
the Board of Directors may petition the court of Chancery of the State of
Delaware or any other Court of competent jurisdiction for appointment as
Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court.

SECTION 7.     PROCEDURES OF INDEPENDENT COUNSEL
               ---------------------------------

     If a Change of Control shall have occurred before the request for
indemnification is sent by Indemnitee, Indemnitee shall be presumed (except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Article) to be entitled to indemnification
upon submission of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 4 of
this Article, and thereafter the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to
overcome the presumption in reaching a determination contrary to the
presumption.  The presumption shall be used by Independent Counsel as a basis
for a determination of entitlement to indemnification unless the Corporation
provides information sufficient to overcome such presumption by clear and
convincing evidence or the investigation, review and analysis of Independent
Counsel convinces him by clear and convincing evidence that the presumption
should not apply.

     Except in the event that the determination of entitlement to
indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, if the person or persons
empowered under Section 5 or 6 of this Article to determine entitlement to
indemnification shall not have made and furnished to Indemnitee in writing a
determination within sixty days after receipt by the Corporation of the request
therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be
deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such
indemnification unless Indemnitee knowingly misrepresented a material fact in
connection with the request for indemnification or such indemnification is
prohibited by law.  The termination of any Proceeding or of any Matter therein,
by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere
                                                                ---------------
or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Article) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification
or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that
Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 8.     INDEPENDENT COUNSEL EXPENSES
               ----------------------------
<PAGE>
 
     The Corporation shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of
Independent Counsel incurred acting pursuant to this Article and in any
proceeding to which it is a party or witness in respect of its investigation and
written report and shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the
procedures in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.  No
Independent Counsel may serve if a timely objection has been made to his
selection until a Court has determined that such objection is without a
reasonable basis or such objection is withdrawn.

SECTION 9.     ADJUDICATION
               ------------

     In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5 or 6
that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article, (ii)
advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 3 of this
Article, (iii) Independent Counsel has not made and delivered a written opinion
determining the request for indemnification (a) within 90 days after being
appointed by the Court, or (b) within 90 days after objections to his selection
have been overruled by the Court, or (c) within 90 days after the time for the
Corporation or Indemnitee to object to his selection, or (iv) payment of
indemnification is not made within 5 days after a determination of entitlement
to indemnification has been made or deemed to been made pursuant to Section 5, 6
or 7 of this Article, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an
appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent
jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of
Expenses.  In the event that a determination shall have been made that
Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or
arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all
respects as a de novo trial on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced
              -------                                                           
by reason of that adverse determination.  If a Change of Control shall have
occurred, in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section, the
Corporation shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.  If a
determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made that Indemnitee
is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such
determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9,
or otherwise, unless Indemnitee knowingly misrepresented a material fact in
connection with the request for indemnification, or such indemnification is
prohibited by law.

     The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial
proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 9 that the procedures and
presumptions of this Article are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall
stipulate in any such court that the Corporation is bound by all provisions of
this Article.  In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 9, seeks a
judicial adjudication to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for
breach of, this Article, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the
Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any and all
Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication,
but only if he prevails therein.  If it shall be determined in such judicial
adjudication that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the
indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be
appropriately prorated.
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 10.  NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS
             ------------------------

     The rights of indemnification and advancement of Expenses as provided by
this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders
or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal
of this Article or any provision thereof shall be effective as to any Indemnitee
for acts, events and circumstances that occurred, in whole or in part, before
such amendment, alteration or repeal. The provisions of this Article shall
continue as to an Indemnitee whose Corporate Status has ceased and shall inure
to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators.

SECTION 11.  INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION
             -------------------------

     To the extent the Corporation maintains an insurance policy or policies
providing liability insurance for directors or officers of the Corporation or of
any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan
or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Corporation,
Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or
their terms to the maximum extent of coverage available for any such director or
officer under such policy or policies.

     In the event of any payment hereunder, the Company shall be subrogated to
the extent of such payment to all the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who
shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such
rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the
Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

     The Company shall not be liable under this Article to make any payment of
amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if, and to the extent that, Indemnitee
has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy,
contract, agreement or otherwise.

SECTION 12.  SEVERABILITY
             ------------

     If any provision or provisions of this Article shall be held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby; and, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this
Article shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the
provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 13.  CERTAIN PERSONS NOT ENTITLED TO INDEMNIFICATION
             -----------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, no person shall be
entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article with
respect to any Proceeding, or any Matter therein brought or made by such person
against the Corporation.

SECTION 14.  DEFINITIONS
             -----------
     For purposes of this Article:

          "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Corporation after
the date of adoption of these Bylaws in any one of the following circumstances:
(i) there shall have occurred an event required to be reported in response to
Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item
on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (the "Act"), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such
reporting requirement; (ii) any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Act) shall have become the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Corporation representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the
Corporation's then outstanding voting securities without prior approval of at
least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately
prior to such person attaining such percentage interest; (iii) the Corporation
is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization,
or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors
in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a
majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; (iv) during any period of two
consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted
the Board of Directors (including for this purpose any new director whose
election or nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office
who were directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to
constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors.

          "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is or was a
director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or of any
other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or
other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation.

          "D.G.C.L." means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as currently in
effect or as amended from time to time.

          "Expenses" shall include all reasonable attorneys' fees, retainers,
court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts. witness fees, travel expenses,
duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage,
delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types
customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to
prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a
Proceeding, provided that such fees are actually incurred.
<PAGE>
 
          "Indemnitee" includes any person who is, or is threatened to be made,
a witness in or a party to any Proceeding as described in Section 1 or 2 of this
Article by reason of his Corporate Status.

          "Independent Counsel" means a law firm, or a member of a law firm,
that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor
in the five years previous to his selection or appointment has been, retained to
represent: (i) the Corporation or Indemnitee in any matter material to either
such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for
indemnification hereunder.

          "Matter" is a claim, a material issue, or a substantial request for
relief.

          "Proceeding" includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute
resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other
proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except one
initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 9 of this Article to enforce his
rights under this Article.

SECTION 15.  NOTICES
             -------

     Any communication required or permitted to the Corporation shall be
addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such communication to
Indemnitee shall be addressed to his home address unless he specifies otherwise
and shall be personally delivered or delivered by overnight mail delivery.

SECTION 16.  CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS
             ------------------

     The right to be indemnified or to the advancement or reimbursement of
Expenses (i) is a contract right based upon good and valuable consideration,
Pursuant to which Indemnitee may sue as if these provisions were set forth in a
separate written contract between him or her and the Corporation, (ii) is and is
intended to be retroactive and shall be available as to events occurring prior
to the adoption of these provisions, and (iii) shall continue after any
rescission or restrictive modification of such provisions as to events occurring
prior thereto.


                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1.     FISCAL YEAR
               -----------

     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the
Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 2.     WAIVER OF NOTICE OF MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS, DIRECTORS AND
               -----------------------------------------------------------
               COMMITTEES
               ----------

     Any written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice
of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the
business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting
of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be
specified in any written waiver of notice.

SECTION 3.     INTERESTED DIRECTORS; QUORUM
               ----------------------------

     No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its
directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation,
partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its
directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest,
shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director
or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of
Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or
solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if:  (1) the
material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the
committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the
contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the
disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a
quorum; or (2) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to
the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders
entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically
approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (3) the contract or
transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized,
approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the
stockholders.  Common or

interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a
meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the
contract or transaction.


                    Adopted by the Incorporator pursuant to D.G.C.L. Section 108
                                               as of the 21st day of August 1997



                                ----------------------------------------------
                                                   Kasey Hannah
                                                   Incorporator

<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

COMMON STOCK                                                        COMMON STOCK
- ------------                                                        ------------
   NUMBER                                                              SHARES

- ------------                                                        ------------
                                     FMAC

             INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

                                                               CUSIP 35181D 10 8
This certifies that


is the owner of

            FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
                        THE PAR VALUE OF $.001 EACH OF

_________________    FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY   _________________

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof, in person or 
by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly 
endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and 
shall be subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and the 
Bylaws of the Corporation, and all amendments thereto, copies of which are on 
file in the principal office of the Corporation and the Transfer Agent, to all
of which the holder of this Certificate by acceptance hereof assents. This
Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and
registered by the Registrar.

                                   CORPORATE
     /s/ Raedelle Walker             SEAL               /s/ Wayne L. Knyal
                                     1991
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT/CFO       DELAWARE                PRESIDENT/CFO
                                     
                                   

                                             Countersigned and Registered
                                               U.S. STOCK TRANSFER CORPORATION
                                                    Transfer Agent and Registrar
                                             
                                             By

                                                     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

<PAGE>
 
     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of 
this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full 
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right
          of survivorship and not as
          tenants in common


UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -___________ Custodian ___________
                      (Cust)               (Minor)
                   under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

                   _________________________________
                                (State)

    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value received                         hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
    IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
______________________________________
|                                     |
|                                     |
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       (NAME AND ADDRESS OF TRANSFEREE SHOULD BE PRINTED OR TYPEWRITTEN)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

__________________________________________________________________________Shares
of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint

________________________________________________________________________Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with 
full power of substitution in the promises.

Dated:____________________________         ____________________________________
                                                        SIGNATURE

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH NAME(S) AS WRITTEN
UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR
ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.



SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED


By__________________________________________________
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings
and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP
IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM.
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

           LETTERHEAD OF FRESHMAN, MARANTZ, ORLANSKI, COOPER & KLEIN


                                November 7, 1997



Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
2049 Century Park East, Suite 350
Los Angeles, California 90067


Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation and filing with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") of the Registration Statement
on Form S-1, File No. 333-34481 together with Amendment No. 1 and Amendment No.
2 thereto (collectively, the "Registration Statement"), of the Company, with
exhibits as filed in connection therewith and the form of prospectus contained
therein, for registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), of up to 10,062,500 shares of the Company's Common Stock (the
"Shares"), par value $0.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), including 796,875
shares which may be purchased from the Company and 515,625 shares which may be
purchased from the Selling Stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any.  The
shares are being sold to NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse
First Boston and PaineWebber Incorporated, as the representatives of the several
underwriters (the "Underwriters"), pursuant to an underwriting agreement to be
entered into by and among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Underwriters (the "Underwriting Agreement").

For the purpose of this opinion, we have examined such matters of law and
originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of
such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed
necessary.  In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the
conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified,
photostatic or conformed copies, and the authenticity of the originals of all
such latter documents.  We have also assumed the due execution and delivery of
all documents where due execution and delivery are prerequisites to the
effectiveness thereof.  We have relied upon certificates of public officials and
certificates of officers of the Company for the accuracy of material, factual
matters contained therein which were not independently established.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Based on the foregoing and on all other instruments, documents and matters
examined for the rendering of this opinion, it is our opinion that, subject to
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement with the SEC (such Registration
Statement as amended and finally declared effective, and the form of Prospectus
contained therein or subsequently filed pursuant to Rule 430A of Rule 424 under
the Securities Act, being hereinafter referred to as the "Registration
Statement" and the "Prospectus," respectively) upon the sale and issuance of the
Shares in the manner referred to in the Registration Statement and in accordance
with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, and upon payment therefor, the
Shares will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of the
Common Stock of the Company.

We express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of any laws, orders or
judgments of any state or jurisdiction other than the substantive laws of the
State of Delaware.  Further, our opinion is based solely upon existing laws,
rules and regulations, and we undertake no obligation to advise you of any
changes that may be brought to our attention after the date hereof.

We consent to the use of our name under the captioned "Legal Matters" in the
Prospectus, constituting part of the Registration Statement, and to the filing
of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

By giving you this opinion and consent, we do not admit that we are experts with
respect to any part of the Registration Statement or Prospectus within the
meaning of the term "expert" as used in Section 11 of the Securities Act, or the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the SEC, nor do we admit that we
are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act.


                              Very truly yours,
 

                              /s/ Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein

                              FRESHMAN, MARANTZ, ORLANSKI,
                                   COOPER & KLEIN

                                       2

<PAGE>
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.2 


                    EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
                    ----------------------------------------
                                        



     THIS EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and
entered into as of August 26, 1997, by and between Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company  (the "Corporation"), a Delaware corporation, and Wayne Knyal, an
individual (the "Executive").

                                  WITNESSETH:
                                        
     WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to employ the Executive as its President
and Chief Executive Officer; and


     WHEREAS, Executive has agreed not to compete with Corporation or use any
confidential and proprietary business information regarding the business of
Corporation to the detriment of Corporation during the term of this Agreement
(and thereafter as applicable) in order to induce Corporation to enter into this
Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and


     WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept such employment under the terms
and conditions herein stated.


     NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation and the Executive, each intending to be
legally bound, hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1.   EMPLOYMENT AND TERM
     -------------------

     (a)  Employment - The Corporation hereby offers to employ the Executive as
the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation on the terms and
conditions set forth herein, and the Executive hereby accepts such employment,
for the term set forth in Section 1(b).

     (b)  Term - The employment hereunder shall be for a term of five years (the
"Term") commencing on November 1, 1997 and terminating on October 31, 2002 (the
"Expiration Date"), provided that such term may be extended if authorized by the
Board of Directors and evidenced by a written agreement signed by the Chairman
of the Corporation and the Executive.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
2.   DUTIES
     ------

     During his Term, the Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Corporation and shall have all powers and duties consistent with
such position subject to the direction of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, to whom the Executive shall report. Any directions of the Board of
Directors to the Executive shall be consistent with the Executive's position as
Chief Executive Officer. The Executive shall devote his full time and attention
and best efforts to fulfill faithfully, responsibly and to the best of his
ability his duties hereunder.

3.   COMPENSATION
     ------------

     (a) Base Salary - For services performed by the Executive for the
Corporation pursuant to this Agreement during his Term, the Corporation shall
pay the Executive a base salary ("Base Salary") at the rate of $400,000 per
year, payable twice each month in the amount of $16,667 on the 15th day and the
last day of each month, or in accordance with the Corporation's regular payroll
practices. Such Base Salary may be adjusted annually to reflect increases in the
consumer price index. Any compensation which may be paid to the Executive under
any additional compensation plan of the Corporation, or which may be otherwise
authorized from time to time by the Board, shall be in addition to the Base
Salary to which the Executive shall be entitled under this Agreement.

     (b) Annual Bonus - For each full year during his Term, commencing on
January 1, 1998, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a cash bonus based
on the Corporation's achievement of certain financial goals. For calendar year
1998, and until changed by the Board's Compensation Committee, the annual cash
bonus award shall be determined on the basis of the Corporation's return on
equity ("ROE"). The Executive's cash bonus will range from $82,000 to
$682,000 as follows:

         (i)   if ROE for the calendar year is less than 15% and the
               Corporation's net income is negative, the cash bonus shall be
               $82,000;

         (ii)  if ROE for the calendar year is less than 15% and the
               Corporation's net income is positive, the cash bonus shall be
               $162,000;

         (iii) if ROE for the calendar year is between 15% and 20% and the
               Corporation's net income is positive, the cash bonus shall be
               $282,000;

         (iv)  if ROE for the calendar year is between 20% and 24% and the
               Corporation's net income is positive, the cash bonus shall be
               $482,000;

         (v)   if ROE for the calendar year is at least 25% and the
               Corporation's net income is positive, the cash bonus shall be
               $682,000;

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
         (vi) The bonus payable for any calendar year shall be paid to the
              Executive no later than the 15th day of April of the following
              year. Executive acknowledges that $82,000 of such annual bonus
              shall be deducted by the Corporation each year until $410,000
              shall have been paid by Executive to the Corporation in full
              repayment of that certain promissory note executed by Executive in
              June 1995. This annual bonus arrangement shall be in lieu of the
              Executive's participation in any other cash bonus or cash
              incentive plan or arrangement of the Corporation; provided,
              however, that the foregoing shall not preclude the Executive from
              participating in any equity or equity-based compensation program
              of the Corporation, and the bonus program set forth herein may be
              replaced with a different program approved by the Board's
              Compensation Committee and agreed with the Executive.


     (c) Tax Withholding - The Corporation shall provide for the withholding of
any taxes required to be withheld by federal, state and local law with respect
to any payment in cash, shares of capital stock or other property made by or on
behalf of the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive under this
Agreement or otherwise. The Corporation may, at its option: (i) withhold such
taxes from any cash payments owing from the Corporation to the Executive,
including any payments owing under any other provision of the Agreement, (ii)
require the Executive to pay to the Corporation in cash such amount as may be
required to satisfy such withholding or (iii) make other satisfactory
arrangements with the Executive to satisfy such withholding obligations.

4.   BENEFITS
     --------

     In addition to the Base Salary to be paid to the Executive pursuant to
Section 3(a) hereof and any annual bonuses earned by the Executive pursuant to
Sections 3(b), the Executive shall also be entitled to the following:

     (a) Participation in Insurance and Healthcare Benefit Plans - Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, the Executive and his dependents shall be
enrolled in the Corporation's insurance and healthcare benefit group plans,
including disability insurance, in accordance with established Corporation
policies.

     (b) Participation in the Corporation's 401(k) Plan - The Executive shall be
entitled to participate in the Corporation's 401(k) Plan in accordance with
established Corporation policies.

     (c) Expense Reimbursement - The Corporation shall reimburse the Executive,
upon proper accounting, for reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the
course of the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     (d) Vacations, Holidays, Absences and Leaves - The Executive shall be
entitled to the benefit of the vacation, holiday, absence and leave policies
applicable to all employees of comparable title or status in the Corporation.

     (e) Automobile Allowance - The Corporation shall pay the Executive a
monthly automobile allowance of $1,000 to be applied in the Executive's
discretion. The Corporation shall not provide the Executive any vehicles,
insurance or the cost of any maintenance hereunder.

     (f) Other Benefits - The Corporation shall provide Executive with such
other benefits as are generally made available from time to time to its
employees.

     (g) Proration of Benefits - Any payments or benefits pursuant to this
Section 4, in any year during which the Executive is employed by the Corporation
for less than the entire year, shall, unless otherwise provided herein or in the
applicable plan or arrangement, be prorated in accordance with the number of
days in such year during which the Executive is employed by the Corporation.

5.   INDEMNIFICATION
     ---------------

     The Executive shall be entitled to the maximum indemnification provided by
the Bylaws and the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation for officers,
directors and employees of the Corporation. The Executive's rights under this
paragraph shall continue without time limit so long as he may be subject to any
such liability, whether or not the Executive's term of employment by the
Corporation may have ended.


     Such indemnification provided by the Bylaws and Articles of Incorporation
as of the date of this Agreement shall be deemed contract rights and no
amendment, repeal or modification of any of the provisions of the Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws relating to indemnification shall have the effect of
limiting or denying any such rights of indemnification.

6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE
     -----------------------------------------------

     The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Corporation that (a)
the Executive's execution and delivery of this Agreement and his performance of
his duties and obligations hereunder will not conflict with, or cause a default
under, or give any party a right to damages under, or to terminate, any other
agreement to which the Executive is a party or by which he is bound, and (b)
there are no agreements or understandings that would make unlawful the
Executive's execution or delivery of this Agreement or his employment hereunder.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CORPORATION
     -------------------------------------------------

     The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to the Executive as follows:

         (a) The Corporation is duly organized and established as a corporation
under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite power and
authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.
The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will neither
violate nor be in conflict with any agreement or instrument to which the
Corporation is a party or by which it is bound.

         (b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all
requisite corporate action on the part of the Corporation and are valid, legal
and binding obligations of the Corporation, enforceable in accordance with their
terms except as may be limited by laws of general application relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and rules of law
governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

8.   TERMINATION
     -----------

     Executive's employment shall terminate prior to the Expiration Date upon
the happening of any of the following events:

     A.  For Cause
         ---------

     The Executive may be terminated for Cause immediately upon receipt of
notice pursuant to a good faith determination to terminate for Cause made by a
majority of the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" means:

         (1) the Executive engages in any act of theft, embezzlement,
falsification of records, misappropriation of funds or property, or fraud
against, or with respect to the business of, the Corporation or any affiliate;

         (2) current use of illegal drugs on or off the job or current addiction
to alcohol, unless the Executive voluntarily requests accommodation for
rehabilitation before such time as the Corporation notifies the Executive that
it suspects the Executive's use of illegal drugs or addiction to alcohol;

         (3) the Executive commits a breach of any material term of this
Agreement and, if such breach is capable of being cured, fails to cure such
breach within 30 days of written notice of such breach from the Corporation;

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
         (4) the Executive is convicted of, or pleads guilty or nolo contendere
to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, breach of trust or dishonesty;
or

         (5) the Executive commits any act that causes, or knowingly fails to
take reasonable and appropriate action to prevent, any material injury to the
financial condition or business reputation of the Corporation or any of its
affiliates; however, this shall not apply to any act of the Corporation or its
affiliates by any other employee thereof except to the extent that such act is
committed at the direction, or with the knowledge, of the Executive.

     B.  Good Reason (by the Executive)
         ------------------------------

     The Executive's employment may be terminated by the Executive at any time
for any of the following reasons (each of which is referred to herein as "Good
Reason") by giving the Corporation notice of the effective date of such
termination (which effective date may be the date of such notice):

     (1) the Corporation commits a breach of any material term of this Agreement
and, if such breach is capable of being cured, fails to cure such breach within
30 days of receipt of written notice of such breach; or

     (2) the Corporation removes the Executive from the position of Chief
Executive Officer of the Corporation, other than for Cause, or the Corporation
effects creates any diminution of the powers, duties or authority of the
Executive.

     C.  Executive's Rights to Terminate
         -------------------------------

     The Executive may, at his option, terminate his employment hereunder for
any reason upon 60 days prior written notice to the Corporation.

     D.  Death
         -----

     This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death.

     E.  Disability
         ----------

     The Corporation may terminate the Executive's employment upon a good faith
determination by the Board that Executive has become so physically or mentally
disabled as to be incapable of satisfactorily performing his duties hereunder
for a period of 180 consecutive days, such determination to be based upon a
certificate as to such physical or mental disability issued by a licensed
physician or psychiatrist employed by the Corporation.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     F.  Without Cause
         -------------

     The Corporation may, at its option, terminate the Executive's employment
without Cause at any time upon written notice to the Executive.


     G.  Date of Termination
         -------------------

     For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Date of Termination" shall mean
the later of the date that any party gives written notice that it intends to
terminate this Agreement pursuant to the terms hereof or the date, if any,
specified by the terminating party in such notice as the effective date of
termination.

9.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION UPON TERMINATION
     -----------------------------------------------

     (a) Cause - If the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause,
the Corporation's obligations to the Executive shall terminate, other than the
obligation (i) to pay to the Executive his Base Salary through the Date of
Termination at the rate in effect on the day preceding the Date of Termination,
and (ii) to continue to provide the Executive with benefits of the type
described in Section 4 through the Date of Termination.

     (b) Voluntary - If the Executive terminates his employment for other than
Good Reason (a "Voluntary Termination"), this Agreement shall terminate without
further obligation to the Executive hereunder, other than the obligation (i) to
pay the Executive his Base Salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in
effect on the day preceding the Date of Termination and any previously awarded
but not yet paid cash bonus; and (ii) to continue to provide the Executive with
benefits of the type described in Section 4 through the Date of Termination.

     (c) Without Cause or for Good Reason - If the Corporation shall terminate
the Executive's employment without Cause, or if the Executive shall terminate
                           -------                                 
his employment for Good Reason, the Corporation shall (i) continue in accordance
with the Corporation's normal payroll procedures to pay the Executive his Base
Salary through the Date of Termination and the pro rata portion of any cash
bonus award the Executive would be entitled to receive as of year end, (ii)
continue to provide the Executive with benefits of the type described in Section
4 through the Expiration Date and (iii) pay the Severance Amount to the
Executive pro rata from the Date of Termination to the end of that month and
thereafter as of the first day of each month commencing with the month
immediately following the month in which the Date of Termination occurs and
ending on the Expiration Date; provided, however, that payment of the Severance
Amount shall be suspended during any period in which the Executive is an
employee or independent contractor of a company that in the Board's opinion
competes with the Corporation. "Severance Amount" shall mean $400,000 annual
compensation benefit. 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 

10.  NON-COMPETITION
     ---------------

     The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of
the business of the Corporation and its affiliates as well as his extensive
participation in the ownership of the common stock of the Corporation. The
Executive accordingly agrees, until the third anniversary of the Executive's
termination or resignation of employment (such date being hereafter referred to
as the "Restricted Date"), as follows:

     (a) The Executive will not directly or indirectly engage (as owner,
stockholder, partner or otherwise, except as a holder of fewer than 5% of the
outstanding shares or other equity interests of a company whose shares or other
equity interests are publicly traded) in any business which directly or
indirectly competes with the business of the Corporation or any of its
affiliates within the same jurisdictions in which the Corporation or any of its
affiliates engages in business at the time of the Executive's termination or
resignation, as the case may be.

     (b) The Executive will not directly or indirectly induce any employee of
the Corporation or any of its affiliates to engage in any activity in which the
Executive is prohibited from engaging by paragraph (a) above or to terminate his
employment with the Corporation or any of its affiliates, and will not directly
or indirectly employ or offer employment to any person who was employed by the
Corporation or any of its affiliates unless such person shall have been
terminated without cause or ceased to be employed by any such entity for a
period of at least 12 months.

     (c) The Executive will not make any statement or take any action intended
to impair the goodwill or the business reputation of the Corporation or any of
its affiliates, or to be otherwise detrimental to the interests of the
Corporation or any of its affiliates, including any action or statement
intended, directly or indirectly, to benefit a competitor of the Corporation or
any of its affiliates.

     (d) It is expressly understood and agreed that although the Executive and
the Corporation consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be
reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent
jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in
this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Executive, the
provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed
amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum
extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable.
Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction
contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be
amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the
enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
11.  PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
     -----------------------

     Through the Restricted Date, the Executive shall not use for his personal
benefit, or disclose, communicate or divulge to, or use for the direct or
indirect benefit on any person, firm, association or company other than the
Corporation, any Proprietary Information. "Proprietary Information" means
information relating to the properties, prospects, products, services or
operations of the Corporation or any direct or indirect affiliate thereof that
is not generally known, is proprietary to the Corporation or such affiliate and
is made known to the Executive or learned or acquired by the Executive while in
the employ of the Corporation, including, without limitation, information
concerning trade secrets of the Corporation, or any of the Corporation's
affiliates and any improvements relating to the products of the Corporation in
accounting, marketing, selling, leasing, financing and other business methods
and techniques. However, Proprietary Information shall not include (A) at the
time of disclosure to the Executive such information that was in the public
domain or later entered the public domain other than as a result of a breach of
an obligation herein; or (B) subsequent to disclosure to the Executive,
Executive received such information from a third party under no obligation to
maintain such information in confidence, and the third party came into
possession of such information other than as a result of a breach of an
obligation herein. All materials or articles of information of any kind
furnished to the Executive by the Corporation or developed by the Executive in
the course of his employment hereunder are and shall remain the sole property of
the Corporation; and if the Corporation requests the return of such information
at any time during, upon or after the termination of the Executive's employment
hereunder, the Executive shall immediately deliver the same to the Corporation.

12.  OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
     ------------------------------------

     The Executive agrees that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole
property of the Corporation and its assigns, and the Corporation and its assigns
shall be the sole owner of all licenses and other rights in connection with such
Proprietary Information. At all times, until the Restricted Date, the Executive
will keep in the strictest confidence and trust all Proprietary Information and
will not use or disclose such Proprietary Information, or anything relating to
such information, without the prior written consent of the Corporation, except
as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing his duties under this
Agreement.

13.  DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROPERTY
     ----------------------------

     All materials and articles of information of any kind furnished to the
Executive in the course of his employment hereunder are and shall remain the
sole property of the Corporation; and if the Corporation requests the return of
such information at any time during, upon or after the termination of the
Executive's employment hereunder, the Executive shall immediately deliver the
same to the Corporation. The Executive will not, without the prior written
consent of the Corporation, retain any documents, data or property, or any
reproduction thereof of any description, belonging to the Corporation or
pertaining to any Proprietary Information.


14.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
     ---------------------

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     Any and all products, including but not limited to marketing and financing
materials and methods made, developed or created by the Executive for use in the
Corporation's then current markets (whether at the request or suggestion of the
Corporation or otherwise, whether alone or in conjunction with others, and
whether during regular hours of work or otherwise) (i) during the period of this
Agreement, or (ii) within a period of one year after the date of termination or
resignation of employment hereunder, which may be directly or indirectly useful
in, or relate to, the business of or tests being carried out by any member of
the Corporation, shall be promptly and fully disclosed by the Executive to the
members of the Board and, if such intellectual property was made, developed or
created other than pursuant to the Executive's employment hereunder, the
Executive shall grant the Corporation a perpetual, royalty free license to such
intellectual property, and if such intellectual property was made, developed or
created pursuant to the Executive's employment hereunder, such intellectual
property shall be the Corporation's exclusive property as against the Executive.

15.  CUSTOMER LISTS
     --------------

     The Executive will not during, or for a period of two years after the
termination of, his employment (i) disclose the Corporation's (including its
subsidiaries') customer lists or any part thereof to any person, firm,
corporation, association or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever,
(ii) assist in obtaining any of the Corporation's (including its subsidiaries')
existing customers for any competing business, or (iii) encourage any customer
to terminate its relationship with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

16.  EQUITABLE RELIEF
     ----------------

     The Executive acknowledges that, in view of the nature of the business in
which the Corporation is engaged, the restrictions contained in Sections 10
through 15 16 inclusive (the "Restrictions") are reasonable and necessary in
order to protect the legitimate interests of the Corporation, and that any
violation thereof would result in irreparable injuries to the Corporation, and
the Executive therefore further acknowledges that, if the Executive violates, or
threatens to violate, any of the Restrictions, the Corporation shall be entitled
to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the posting of any
bond or other security, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief as well as
damages and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits
arising from such violation, which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to
any other rights or remedies in law or equity to which the Corporation may be
entitled.

17.  BINDING EFFECT
     --------------


     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs
and representatives of the Executive and the successors and assigns of the
Corporation. The Corporation shall require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, reorganization, consolidation, acquisition of
property or stock, liquidation or otherwise) to all or a significant portion of
its assets, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive,
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and
to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform this
Agreement if no such succession had 

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
taken place. Regardless of whether such agreement is executed, this Agreement
shall be binding upon any successor of the Corporation in accordance with the
operation of law and such successor shall be deemed the "Corporation" for
purposes of this Agreement.

18.  NOTICES
     -------

     All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or
sent by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation of receipt, or one
business day after being sent for next business day delivery by a reputable
overnight courier service providing delivery confirmation, addressed as follows:

         (a)  if to the Board or the Corporation, to: 
              Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company 
              2049 Century Park East 
              Suite 350 
              Los Angeles, CA 90067

              with a copy to:
              H. Wayne Snavely
              Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
              23550 Hawthorne Blvd.
              Suite 110
              Torrance, CA 90505

         (b)  if to the Executive, to:
              Wayne Knyal
              11560 Bellagio Road
              Los Angeles, CA 90049
 
Such addresses may be changed by written notice sent to the other party at the
last recorded address of that party.

19.  ARBITRATION OF ALL DISPUTES
     ---------------------------

         (a) Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the breach thereof (including the arbitrability of any controversy
or claim), shall be settled by arbitration in the City of Los Angeles in
accordance with the laws of the State of California by one arbitrator. If the
parties cannot agree on the appointment of an arbitrator, then the arbitrator
shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration
shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration
Association, except with 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
respect to the selection of an arbitrator which shall be as provided in this
Section 19 Paragraph 20. The cost of any arbitration proceeding hereunder shall
be borne equally by the Corporation and the Executive. The award of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon the parties. Judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

         (b) If it shall be necessary or desirable for the Executive to retain
legal counsel and incur other costs and expenses in connection with the
enforcement of any or all of his rights under this Agreement, and provided that
the Executive substantially prevails in the enforcement of such rights, the
Corporation shall pay (or the Executive shall be entitled to recover from the
Corporation, as the case may be) the Executive's reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs and expenses in connection with the enforcement of his rights including
the enforcement of any arbitration award and any costs of any arbitration which
the Executive would otherwise be required to pay in accordance with Section
Paragraph 19 (a).

20.  NO ASSIGNMENT
     -------------

     Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement is not
assignable by any party and no payment to be made hereunder shall be subject to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or
other charge.

21.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS
     -------------------------

     This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in two counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall
constitute one and the same instrument, and all signatures need not appear on
any one counterpart.

22.  JURISDICTION AND GOVERNING LAW
     ------------------------------

     This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the State of California, without reference to its
conflict of laws provisions.

23.  SEVERABILITY
     ------------

     If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudged by any court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such
judgment shall not affect, impair or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement.

24.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT
     ----------------

     This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereof, and
supersedes all other 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
oral or written agreements or understandings between them regarding the subject
matter hereof. No change, alteration or modification hereof may be made except
in a writing, signed by each of the parties hereto.


25.  HEADINGS DESCRIPTIVE
     --------------------

     The headings of the several paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of
any of this Agreement.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY


By: _______________________________      _________________________
Name:                                          Wayne Knyal
Title:

                                       14

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                     AMONG

                     FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY
                                      AND

                        IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                      AND

                                   FLRT, INC.

                                  DATED AS OF

                             _______________, 1997


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



     THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of __________, 1997, by and among FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY
(the "Company"), IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. ("Imperial") and FLRT, INC.
("FLRT" and collectively, Imperial and FLRT are the "Selling Stockholders").

1.   Consideration. The Selling Stockholders and the Company have agreed to
     -------------                                                         
     enter into this Agreement to provide the registration rights set forth
     herein and to otherwise perform their respective obligations hereunder in
     consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein.

2.   Definitions. The following definitions shall apply in addition to those
     -----------                                                            
     terms defined elsewhere herein:

     a.  "Common Stock" means the Company's Common Stock, $0.001 par value per
share.

     b.  "Continuous Offering" means an Offering pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act, 17 C.F.R. 230.415, or any successor rule of the SEC, if
applicable.

     c.  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     d.  "FLRT Shares" means the shares of Common Stock, and any other
securities into which the Common Stock may be changed by virtue of any merger,
consolidation or recapitalization or otherwise, owned of record by FLRT as of
the date hereof.

     e.  "Imperial Shares" means the shares of Common Stock, and any other
securities into which the Common Stock may be changed by virtue of any merger,
consolidation or recapitalization or otherwise, owned of record by Imperial as
of the date hereof.

     f.  "Offering" means any public offering of the Common Stock of the
Company, whether or not subject to the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, and any other method of disposition of the Common Stock of the
Company that is subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act
or any other applicable federal or state statute or regulation.

     g.  "Offering Documents" means all documents relating to an Offering which
are required to be filed with any governmental agency or authority or to be
delivered to any Person to whom securities of the Company are offered for sale
or sold, including, without limitation, Registration 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Statements, Prospectuses, and preliminary Prospectuses, and all material
incorporated by reference therein, and any schedule or exhibit to any of the
foregoing, in each case as such documents may be amended from time to time.

     h.  "Party" means Imperial, FLRT or the Company and "Parties" means all of
Imperial, FLRT and the Company.

     i.  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, association, trust or unincorporated association.

     j.  "Prospectus" means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement,
relating to an Offering in which Common Stock is included, as amended or
supplemented by a prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and
supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all
material incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

     k.  "Registration Expenses" means, with respect to an Offering, any and all
expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with the
provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation (a) fees for any
filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or the SEC in connection with such Offering, and any other registration
and filing fees, (b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue
sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection
with blue sky qualifications of the Common Stock to be included in such
Offering), (c) all printing, messenger, telephone, and delivery expenses, (d)
all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Common
Stock to be included in such Offering on any securities exchange, (e) the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its
independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits
and/or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and
compliance, and (f) the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Selling
Stockholders' outside counsel, outside accountants, investment bankers, and
financial consultants, if any, in connection with any Offering.

     l.  "Registration Statement" means a registration statement filed with the
SEC pursuant to the Securities Act, relating to an Offering in which Common
Stock is included, including any pre-or post-effective amendment thereto, the
Prospectus included therein, and all material incorporated by reference therein,
and any schedule or exhibit to any of the foregoing.

     m.  "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, 17 C.F.R. 230.144,
or any successor rule of the SEC, if applicable.

     n.  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     o.  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     p.   "Securities Offering Regulations" means any regulations promulgated by
any agency or authority of the United States government, under the Securities
Act, or any statute hereafter enacted into law, relating to or governing an
Offering of securities by the Company.

3.   a    Incidental Registration Rights.  If the Company proposes to make an
          ------------------------------                                     
          Offering of its Common Stock and to prepare Offering Documents not
          required pursuant to Paragraph 4 (other than any registration by the
          Company on Form S-8 or a successor or substantially similar form of
          (A) an employee stock option, stock purchase or compensation plan or
          securities issued or to be issued pursuant to any such plan, or (B) a
          dividend investment plan), the Company will give prompt written notice
          to Imperial of its intention to do so and of Imperial's rights under
          this Paragraph 3.  Upon the written request of Imperial made within
          thirty (30) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request
          shall specify the number of Imperial Shares intended to be disposed of
          by Imperial), the Company will include in the Offering Documents
          relating to such Offering all Imperial Shares that the Company has
          been requested to include by Imperial; provided, that if at any time
          after giving written notice under this Paragraph 3 the Company shall
          determine for any reason not to proceed with the proposed Offering,
          the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such
          determination to Imperial and thereupon shall be relieved of its
          obligations to Imperial with respect to such proposed Offering under
          this Paragraph 3.  Imperial shall be entitled to withdraw its request
          for the inclusion of Imperial Shares in an Offering and withdraw from
          the Offering at any time before the time that the Offering Documents,
          including any Registration Statement (if applicable), are declared
          effective and the Offering has commenced.

     b.   Continuous Offering.  If the Company intends to effect a Continuous
          -------------------                                                
          Offering, the Company will give written notice thereof to Imperial and
          include in such Offering all of the Imperial Shares which Imperial
          elects to include in such Offering.  During the period in which a
          Registration Statement (if applicable) with respect to a Continuous
          Offering is effective, if Imperial desires to sell Imperial Shares in
          a transaction covered by such Registration Statement, it shall give
          notice to the Company of the proposed date of such sale at least
          thirty (30) days before such proposed date of sale, and the Company
          shall take all actions necessary to permit such sale.  Within fifteen
          (15) days of receipt of notice of a proposed sale by Imperial, the
          Company will advise Imperial either that it has no objection to such
          sale or that such sale should be delayed for up to sixty (60) days, on
          the basis that the Company is involved in a confidential proposed
          transaction or negotiations therefor (which have been previously
          disclosed to the Company's Board of Directors) which would not require
          the Company to make or amend any public filings under the securities
          laws at that time.  If the Company has not objected to 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          such proposed sale as permitted in this subparagraph (b) within such
          fifteen (15) day period, the Company shall take all actions necessary
          to permit such sale on the proposed date of sale pursuant to such
          Registration Statement.

     c.        Underwritten Offerings.  In the case of an underwritten Offering
               ----------------------                                          
          initiated by the Company under this Paragraph 3, including
          underwritten Offerings effected as part of a Continuous Offering, the
          underwriter(s) and the managing underwriter shall be selected by the
          Company.  If the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing
          that, in its opinion, the number of Imperial Shares and securities of
          the Company, if any, being sold exceeds the number that can be sold in
          such Offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the
          price at which the Company can sell securities for its own account,
          then there shall be included in such Offering (and in the Offering
          Documents) first, securities of the Company being sold for its own
          account, and second, the maximum number of Imperial Shares requested
          to be included in such Offering which, in the opinion of such managing
          underwriter, can be sold without having such adverse effect on such
          price.  If Imperial Shares are so excluded from registration in an
          Offering, the Company shall, upon the request of Imperial, use its
          reasonable efforts to effect a registration with the SEC or take such
          actions as shall be reasonably required to effect an Offering (in the
          event the Imperial Shares are already registered with the SEC) in
          respect of such excluded Imperial Shares as soon as practicable after
          consummation of such Offering.  Imperial may withdraw its Imperial
          Shares from such subsequent Offering without costs or penalty at any
          time before the effective date of the Registration Statement relating
          to such Offering.

     d.        Expenses. In connection with any offering of Imperial Shares a
               -------- 
          new issuance of Common Stock by the Company, Imperial and the Company
          shall each pay their pro rata share of Registration Expenses in
          proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock to be offered by
          each.

4.        Demand Registration Rights. On or after one year from the effective
          --------------------------   
     date of the Company's initial public offering, Imperial, without limitation
     as to any other method of disposition available to it, shall be entitled to
     dispose of any or all of the Imperial Shares then held by it in accordance
     with the provisions of this Paragraph 4.

     a.        Requests by Imperial.  Upon the receipt by the Company of written
               --------------------                                             
          notice from Imperial of its intent to sell all or part of its Imperial
          Shares in an Offering subject to this Paragraph 4 at least 30 days
          before such proposed date of sale, and specifying both the number of
          Imperial Shares to be sold and the intended method of disposition, the
          Company will use its best efforts to register such Imperial Shares so
          as to permit as soon as practicable the requested sale of Imperial
          Shares. Within fifteen (15) days of receipt of notice of a proposed
          sale by Imperial, the Company will advise Imperial either that it has
          no objection of such sale or that 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
          such sale should be delayed for up to sixty (60) days, on the basis
          that the Company is involved in a confidential proposed transaction or
          negotiations therefor (which have been previously disclosed to the
          Company's Board of Directors) which would not require the Company to
          make or amend any public filings under the securities laws at that
          time. If the Company has not objected to such proposed sale as
          permitted in this subparagraph (a) within such fifteen (15) day
          period, the Company shall take all actions necessary to permit such
          sale on the proposed date of sale pursuant to such Registration
          Statement. If, at any time after giving 30 days written notice under
          this Paragraph 4, Imperial shall notify the Company in writing that it
          has determined for any reason not to proceed with the proposed
          Offering, then the Company shall terminate such Offering.

     b.        Limitation on Requests and Payment of Registration Expenses.
               -----------------------------------------------------------   
          Imperial shall be entitled to make a request to the Company to
          register Imperial Shares pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 3(b)
          or this Paragraph 4 two times within each one year period commencing
          one year from the effective date of the Company's initial public
          offering. The Company shall not be required to register Imperial
          Shares in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4(a) if there is
          outstanding at the time of the request an effective Registration
          Statement for a Continuous Offering and Imperial can dispose of
          Imperial Shares in accordance with Paragraph 3(b). Imperial will pay
          all Registration Expenses in connection with an Offering of Imperial
          Shares requested by Imperial pursuant to the second sentence of
          Paragraph 3(b) or this Paragraph 4. Any Offering abandoned or
          terminated by Imperial after its filing in accordance with the
          provisions of Paragraph 4(a) shall be deemed to be a request pursuant
          to this Paragraph 4.

     c.        Selection of Underwriters.  If Imperial specifies in the notice
               -------------------------                                      
          delivered to the Company pursuant to the second sentence of Paragraph
          3(b) or Paragraph 4 that it intends to sell Imperial Shares in an
          underwritten Offering pursuant to the second sentence of Paragraph
          3(b) or Paragraph 4, Imperial shall be entitled to select the
          underwriter(s) and managing underwriter.  If the Company issues and
          sells securities of the same class as the Imperial Shares
          contemporaneously with any Offering pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) or this
          Paragraph 4, the Company shall (i) sell such securities to the
          underwriter(s) selected by Imperial pursuant to this Paragraph 4(c) on
          the same terms and conditions as apply to Imperial and (ii) execute
          and deliver a copy of the underwriting agreement relating to such
          Offering.  If the managing underwriter advises Imperial and the
          Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of securities
          requested to be included in such Offering exceeds the number that can
          be sold in such Offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect
          on the price at which the Imperial Shares or securities being offered
          by the Company can be sold, then there shall be included in such
          Offering (and in the Offering Documents relating to such Offering)
          first, the maximum number of Imperial Shares requested to be included
          in such Offering by 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          Imperial and second, the maximum number of securities, if any,
          proposed to be sold by the Company for its own account or for the
          account of any other holder of the Company's securities, which in the
          opinion of the managing underwriter can be sold without having such
          adverse effect.

     d.        Registration on Form S-3.  The Company shall not be required to
               ------------------------                                       
          register Imperial Shares in any Continuous Offering under this
          Paragraph 4 until the date which is one year after the date of the
          Company's initial public offering. Thereafter, Imperial shall have the
          right to require the Company to register any or all of its shares on
          Form S-3 (or on Form S-1, if Form S-3 is not available).

     e.   (1)       FLRT Incidental Registration Rights.  During the period
                    -----------------------------------                    
               commencing upon the effective date of the Company's initial
               public offering of Common Stock and ending upon the third
               anniversary of such date, if Imperial demands the Company to make
               an Offering of its Common Stock and causes the Company to prepare
               Offering Documents pursuant to this Paragraph 4, the Company will
               give prompt written notice to FLRT of its intention to do so and
               of FLRT's rights under this Paragraph 4(e). Upon the written
               request of FLRT made within thirty (30) days after the receipt of
               any such notice (which request shall specify the number of FLRT
               Shares intended to be disposed of by FLRT; provided, however,
               that the amount actually sold by FLRT pursuant to any such
               Offering may not at any time exceed the amount that FLRT would
               otherwise be authorized to sell pursuant to the volume
               limitations of  Rule 144), the Company will include in the
               Offering Documents relating to such Offering all FLRT Shares that
               the Company has been requested to include by FLRT, subject to the
               limitations of Paragraph 4(e)(2) herein; provided, that if at any
               time after giving written notice under this Paragraph 4(e)
               Imperial shall determine for any reason not to proceed with the
               proposed Offering, the Company may, at its election, give written
               notice of such determination to FLRT and thereupon shall be
               relieved of its obligations to FLRT with respect to such proposed
               Offering under this Paragraph 4.  FLRT shall be entitled to
               withdraw its request for the inclusion of FLRT Shares in an
               Offering and withdraw from the Offering at any time before the
               time that the Offering Documents, including any Registration
               Statement (if applicable), are declared effective and the
               Offering has commenced.

          (2)       Underwritten Offerings. In the case of an underwritten
                    ----------------------   
               Offering initiated by Imperial under this Paragraph 4, including
               underwritten Offerings effected as part of a Continuous Offering,
               the underwriter(s) and the managing underwriter shall be selected
               by Imperial. If the Company issues and sells securities of the
               same class as the Imperial Shares contemporaneously with any
               Offering pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) or this

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
               Paragraph 4, the Company shall (i) sell such securities to the
               underwriter(s) selected by Imperial pursuant to Paragraph 4(c) on
               the same terms and conditions as apply to Imperial and (ii)
               execute and deliver a copy of the underwriting agreement relating
               to such Offering. If the managing underwriter advises Imperial
               and the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of
               Imperial Shares, shares offered by the Company, if any, and FLRT
               Shares, if any, being sold exceeds the number that can be sold in
               such Offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on
               the price at which Imperial can sell securities for its own
               account, then there shall be included in such Offering (and in
               the Offering Documents relating to such Offering) first, the
               maximum number of Imperial Shares requested to be included in
               such Offering by Imperial, second, the maximum number of
               securities, if any, proposed to be sold by the Company for its
               own account which in the opinion of the managing underwriter can
               be sold with out having such adverse effect, third, the maximum
               number of FLRT Shares requested to be included in such Offering
               which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold
               without having such adverse effect and fourth, the maximum number
               of securities, if any, proposed to be sold by the Company for the
               account of any other holder of the Company's securities, which in
               the opinion of the managing underwriter can be sold without
               having such adverse effect.

          (3)       Expenses.  FLRT shall pay its pro rata share of Registration
                    --------                                                    
               Expenses in proportion to the number of FLRT Shares offered by it
               as compared to all shares offered pursuant to the subject
               Offering.

5.        FLRT Registration Rights. On or after three years from the effective
          ------------------------   
     date of the Company's initial public offering, FLRT, without limitation as
     to any other method of disposition available to it, shall be entitled to
     dispose of any or all of the FLRT Shares then held by it in the same manner
     as accorded Imperial under the provisions of Paragraphs 3 and 4 except,
     that for so long as any Imperial Shares are outstanding, any disposition of
     FLRT Shares shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 4 (e)(2).

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Wayne Knyal's
     employment is terminated pursuant to Sections 8B or 8F of that Employment
     and Non-Competition Agreement dated November 8, 1997 to be effective as of
     November 1, 1997 by and between the Company and Mr. Knyal, then FLRT,
     without limitation as to any other method of disposition available to it,
     shall be entitled to dispose of any or all of the FLRT Shares then held by
     it in the same manner as accorded Imperial under the provisions of
     Paragraphs 3 and 4.

6.        The Company's Duties. If and whenever the Company is required to
          --------------------      
     permit either or both of the Selling Stockholders to effect any Offering as
     provided in Paragraphs 3 and 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     4, the Company covenants and agrees that it will, as expeditiously as
     possible (but not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of a request
     from either or both of the Selling Stockholders to include its respective
     Shares in a given Offering):

     a.        (1) prepare all Offering Documents in accordance with all
          applicable requirements of the Securities Act, and the Securities
          Offering Regulations, including, if requested by Imperial and if
          permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, a Registration
          Statement pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act or any successor
          rule of the SEC, with respect to such Offering to permit the
          disposition of the Selling Stockholder's Shares by the Selling
          Stockholder in accordance with the intended method of disposition
          (and, in the case of an underwritten Offering, consistent in form,
          substance, and scope with customary practice for the offering of
          securities of corporations by nationally recognized investment banking
          firms), (2) file with the SEC such Offering Documents and all other
          documents required to permit the disposition thereof; provided, that
          before filing any such Offering Documents (including any documents
          incorporated by reference therein), the Company will furnish to
          counsel designated by the subject Selling Stockholder and to the
          underwriter(s), if any, copies of all such Offering Documents, which
          Offering Documents shall be subject to the review of such counsel(s)
          and the underwriter(s), if any, and, where feasible, the Company shall
          make such changes in such Offering Documents as are reasonably
          requested by such counsel(s) or underwriter(s), and (3) use its
          reasonable efforts to have such Offering Documents declared effective
          by, and obtain all approvals from the SEC to the extent necessary to
          permit the Offering; provided, however, that the Company may
          discontinue any Offering that is being effected pursuant to Paragraph
          3 at any time before the effective date of the related Offering
          Documents; and provided, further, that the Company shall not file any
          Offering Document which shall be disapproved by the subject
          Stockholder within a reasonable period after the same has been
          provided for review;

     b.        thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
          post-effective amendments to the Offering Documents as may be
          necessary to keep the Offering Documents continuously effective and
          cause the Offering Documents to be supplemented by any required
          supplement, and as so supplemented to the filed, if required, with the
          SEC during the period ending on the later of (i) such time as all of
          the Selling Stockholder's Shares covered by such Offering Documents
          have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method of
          disposition set forth in such Offering Documents or, in the case of an
          Offering made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any
          successor rule of the SEC (if applicable), if securities remain unsold
          at the expiration of the Offering, such time as the Company shall
          file, with the consent of the subject Selling Stockholder, a post-
          effective amendment with the SEC deregistering the securities which
          remain unsold at the termination of the Offering or (ii) so long as a
          dealer is required to

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          deliver a Prospectus in connection with the Offering; provided, that
          before filing any such post-effective amendment, the Company will
          furnish to counsel designated by the subject Selling Stockholder and
          to the underwriter(s), if any, copies of the post-effective amendment
          (including any other document proposed to the filed therewith), which
          Offering Documents shall be subject to the review of such counsel(s)
          and the underwriter(s), if any, and, where feasible, the Company shall
          make such changes in such post-effective amendment as are reasonably
          requested by such counsel(s) or underwriter(s);

     c.        furnish to the subject Selling Stockholder and to the
          underwriter(s), if any, such number of copies of the Offering
          Documents (including each amendment and supplement thereto) as they
          may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the
          Selling Stockholder's Shares included in such Offering;

     d.        register or qualify, or cooperate with the subject Selling
          Stockholder, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel
          in registering or qualifying, all Imperial Shares covered by the
          Offering Documents for offer and sale under the applicable securities
          or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as Imperial and the
          underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do
          any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or
          advisable to enable the subject Selling Stockholder and the
          underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition in such
          jurisdictions of the Common Stock covered by the Offering Documents;
          provided however that the Company shall not be required to qualify
          generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so
          qualified or to take any action that would subject it to general
          service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so
          subject or subject the Company to any tax in any such jurisdiction
          where it is not then so subject;

     e.        use its reasonable efforts to cause such Common Stock covered by
          the Offering Documents to be registered with or approved by such other
          governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the
          subject Selling Stockholder and the underwriter(s), if any, to
          consummate the disposition of such Common Stock;

     f.        cooperate reasonably with any managing underwriter to effect the
          sale of the subject Selling Stockholder's Shares, including but not
          limited to attendance of the Company's executive officers at any
          planned "road show" presentations';

     g.        notify the subject Selling Stockholder and the underwriter(s), if
          any, at any time when the Offering Documents include an untrue
          statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required
          to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and at the
          request of the subject Selling Stockholder or any underwriter, prepare

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
          and furnish to such Person(s), such reasonable number of copies of any
          amendment or supplement to the Offering Documents as may be necessary
          so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Common
          Stock, such Offering Documents shall not include any untrue statement
          of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and to deliver
          to purchasers of any other securities of the Company included in the
          Offering copies of such Offering Documents as so amended or
          supplemented;

     h.        keep the subject Selling Stockholder informed of the Company's
          best estimates of the earliest date on which the Offering Documents
          will become effective, and promptly notify the Selling Stockholder of
          (A) the effectiveness of such Offering Documents, (B) a request by the
          SEC for an amendment or supplement to such Offering Documents, (C) the
          issuance by the SEC of an order suspending the effectiveness of the
          Offering Documents, or of the threat of a proceeding for that purpose,
          and (D) the suspension of the qualification of any securities included
          in the Offering Documents for sale in any jurisdiction or the
          initiation or threat of any proceeding for that purpose;

     i.        comply with the provisions of the Securities Offering Regulations
          and the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all
          securities covered by the Offering Documents in accordance with the
          intended method of distribution of the sellers thereof set forth in
          such Offering Documents;

     j.        use its reasonable efforts to list the securities proposed to be
          sold in such Offering on the Nasdaq National Market, or on such other
          securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the
          Common Stock is then listed, not later than the closing of the
          Offering contemplated thereby;

     k.        enter into such customary agreements (including but not limited
          to an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other
          reasonable actions as Imperial or the underwriter(s), if any,
          reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition
          of such Common Stock;

     l.        obtain such "cold comfort" letter(s) from the Company's
          independent public accountants, in customary form and covering matters
          of the type customarily covered by "cold comfort" letter(s), as
          Imperial or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably request; and

     m.        upon prior notice, make available for reasonable inspection by
          any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition to be effected
          pursuant to the Offering Documents and by any attorney, accountant, or
          other agent retained by any such Person(s), its financial and other
          records, pertinent corporate documents 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
          and properties of the Company, and such opportunities to discuss the
          business of the Company with its officers, directors, and employees
          and the independent public accountants who have certified its
          financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinions of such
          underwriters' respective counsels, to conduct a reasonable
          investigation; provided, that any records, information, or documents
          that are designated by the Company in writing as confidential shall be
          kept confidential by each such Person, unless disclosure of such
          records, information, or documents is required by law, by judicial or
          administrative order, or in order to defend a claim asserted against
          such Person in connection with such Offering.

7.        Information from Selling Stockholders.
          ------------------------------------- 

     a.        Information. The Company may require the Selling Stockholders to
               -----------                                                     
          furnish it with such information regarding the Selling Stockholders
          and regarding the method of distribution as is pertinent to the
          disclosure requirements relating to the Offering of such Common Stock
          as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

     b.        Use of Offering Documents Upon Notice of Defects. The Selling
               ------------------------------------------------             
          Stockholders each agree, and shall cause underwriter(s), if any,
          acting on its behalf to agree, that upon receipt of any notice from
          the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in
          Paragraph 6(f), it will immediately discontinue the use of the
          Offering Documents covering such Common Stock until the receipt by any
          Selling Stockholder and any such underwriter(s) of the copies of the
          supplemented or amended Offering Documents contemplated by such clause
          and, if so directed by the Company, any Selling Stockholder will
          deliver and cause each underwriter, if any, to deliver to the Company
          all copies, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of
          the Selling Stockholder or any such underwriter, of the Offering
          Documents covering such Common Stock at the time of receipt of such
          notice. If the Company shall give any such notice, the period
          mentioned in Paragraph 6(b) shall be extended by the number of days
          during which offerings were suspended (i.e., the period from and
          including the date of the receipt of such notice pursuant to Paragraph
          6(f), to and including the date when the Selling Stockholder shall
          have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Offering
          Documents contemplated by such clause).

8.        Resales; Reports Under Exchange Act.  In order to permit the Selling
          -----------------------------------                                 
     Stockholders to sell their Shares, if they so desire, pursuant to any
     applicable resale exemption under the Securities Offering Regulations or
     the Securities Act, the Company will:

     a.        comply with all rules and regulations of the SEC in connection
          with use of any such resale exemption;

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     b.        make and keep available adequate and current public information
          regarding the Company;

     c.        file with the SEC in a timely manner, all reports and other
          documents required to be filed under the Securities Act, the Exchange
          Act, or the Securities Offering Regulations;

     d.        furnish to the Selling Stockholders copies of annual reports
          required to be filed under the Exchange Act and the Securities
          Offering Regulations; and

     e.        furnish to the Selling Stockholders, upon request, (1) a copy of
          the most recent quarterly report of the Company and such other reports
          and documents filed by the Company with the SEC and (2) such other
          information as may be reasonably requested to permit the Selling
          Stockholders pursuant to any applicable resale exemption under the
          Securities Act or the Securities Offering Regulations, if any.

9.        Indemnification. The obligations of indemnification of the Parties set
          ---------------   
     forth in this Paragraph 9 shall be in addition to any liability which any
     Party may otherwise have to any other party.

     a.        Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify
               ------------------------------    
          and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, any Selling
          Stockholder, its officers, directors, employees and agents, each
          Person who participates as an underwriter in an Offering, each
          officer, director, employee, or agent of such an underwriter, and each
          Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act)
          Imperial and such an underwriter against any and all losses, claims,
          damages, liabilities, and expenses, joint or several, including
          without limitation reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in
          connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim,
          damage, or liability, or action or proceeding (whether commenced or
          threatened) in respect thereof, caused by any untrue statement or
          alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any of the
          Offering Documents relating to such Offering or any omission or
          alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
          except insofar as the same are (i) made in reliance on and in
          conformity with any information about the Selling Stockholder or any
          underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Selling
          Stockholder or any underwriter specifically for inclusion in the
          Offering Documents relating to such Offering or (ii) the result of the
          fact that the Selling Stockholder or any underwriter sold Common Stock
          subject to an Offering to a Person to whom there was not sent or
          given, at or before the written configuration of such sale, a copy of
          the final Offering

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
          Documents, if the Company has previously furnished copies thereof to
          Imperial or underwriter and such final Offering Documents corrected
          such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
          alleged omission.

     b.        Indemnification by Imperial. Imperial agrees to indemnify and
               ---------------------------     
          hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its
          officers, directors, employees, and agents, each Person who
          participates as an underwriter in an Offering, each officer, director,
          employee or agent of such an underwriter, and each Person who controls
          (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the Company and such
          underwriter against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities,
          and expenses, joint or several, including without limitation
          reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
          investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, or
          liability, or action or proceeding (whether commenced or threatened)
          in respect thereof, caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue
          statement of a material fact contained in any of the Offering
          Documents relating to such Offering or any omission or alleged
          omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
          therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
          light of the circumstances under which they were made, but only to the
          extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in reliance on
          and in conformity with any information furnished in writing by
          Imperial concerning Imperial to the Company specifically for inclusion
          in the Offering Documents relating to such Offering.

     c.        Indemnification by FLRT. FLRT agrees to indemnify and hold
               -----------------------  
          harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its
          officers, directors, employees, and agents, each Person who
          participates as an underwriter in an Offering, each officer, director,
          employee or agent of such an underwriter, and each Person who controls
          (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the Company and such
          underwriter against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities,
          and expenses, joint or several, including without limitation
          reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
          investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, or
          liability, or action or proceeding (whether commenced or threatened)
          in respect thereof, caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue
          statement of a material fact contained in any of the Offering
          Documents relating to such Offering or any omission or alleged
          omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
          therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
          light of the circumstances under which they were made, but only to the
          extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in reliance on
          and in conformity with any information furnished in writing by FLRT
          concerning FLRT to the Company specifically for inclusion in the
          Offering Documents relating to such Offering.

     d.        Notices of Claims; Procedures.  Promptly after receipt by an
               -----------------------------                               
          indemnified 

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
          party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or
          proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be
          made pursuant to this Paragraph 9, such indemnified party will, if a
          claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party,
          give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of
          such action; provided, that the failure of the indemnified party to
          give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying
          party of its obligations under this Paragraph 9, except to the extent
          that the indemnifying party is actually materially prejudiced by such
          failure to give notice. If any such action is brought against an
          indemnified party (unless in such indemnified party's reasonable
          judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and
          indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim) the
          indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume
          the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party
          similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel
          reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice
          from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election
          so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be
          liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses
          subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense
          thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided,
          however, that, any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall
          have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the
          defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall
          be at the expense of such Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has
          agreed to pay such fees or expenses or (B) the indemnifying party
          shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim and employ
          counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person or (C) in the
          reasonable judgment of any such Person based upon advice of its
          counsel, a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the
          indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the
          Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person
          elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying
          party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the
          defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If such defense is
          not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not
          be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its
          consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). No
          indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into
          any settlement which does not include, as an unconditional term
          thereof, the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified
          party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or
          litigation. An indemnifying party who is not entitled to or elects not
          to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the
          fees and expenses of more than one counsel in each jurisdiction for
          all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to
          such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party
          a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and
          any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, in
          which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the fees
          and expenses of such additional counsel or

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
          counsels.

     e.        Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for this in this
               ------------                                                   
          Paragraph 9 from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an
          indemnified party hereunder (other than pursuant to the terms hereof)
          in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses
          referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of
          indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount
          paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,
          claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses in such proportion as is
          appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party
          and indemnified parties in connection with the actions that resulted
          in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses, as well as
          any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of
          such indemnifying party and indemnified parties shall be determined by
          reference to, among other things, whether any action in question,
          including any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
          material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material
          fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such
          indemnifying party or indemnified parties, and the parties' relative
          intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct
          or prevent such action.  The amount paid or payable by a Party as a
          result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expense
          referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
          limitations set forth in this Paragraph 9(e) any legal or other fees
          or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any
          investigation or proceeding.  The Parties agree that it would not be
          just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Paragraph 9(e)
          were datelined by a pro rata allocation or by any other method of
          allocation that does not take into account the equitable
          considerations referred to above.  No Person guilty of fraudulent
          misrepresentation shall be entitled to contribution from any Person
          who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     f.        This Paragraph 9 shall apply to each Registration Statement filed
          by the Company pursuant to this Agreement that includes Imperial
          Shares.

10.       Miscellaneous.
          ------------- 

     a.        Amendments and Waivers.  This Agreement may be amended, and the
               ----------------------                                         
          Company may take any action herein prohibited or omit to perform any
          act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company shall
          have obtained the written consent of Imperial to such amendment,
          action or omission to act.

     b.        Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement shall be
               -----------------------------------   
          binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and
          assigns.

     c.        Notices.  Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other
               -------                                                          

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
          communication permitted or required to be given to any of the parties
          hereunder shall be deemed given when received, shall be in writing,
          and shall be delivered in person or sent by certified mail, postage
          prepaid, or by private courier service or by telecopy or telex, to
          such party at its address set forth below or at such other address as
          such party may hereunder furnish in writing to the other parties.

          (i)   if to the Company, to:

                Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
                2049 Century Park East, Suite 350
                Los Angeles, California 90067
                Attention: Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

          with a copy to:

                [
 
 
 
                Attention:   ]

          (ii)  if to Imperial:

                Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
                23350 Hawthorne Blvd.
                Building 1, Suite 240
                Torrance, California 90505
                Attention: General Counsel

          with a copy to:

                Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein
                9100 Wilshire Blvd., East Tower, 8th Floor
                Beverly Hills, California 90212-3480
                Attention: Thomas J. Poletti, Esq.

          (iii) if to FLRT:

                FLRT, Inc.
                11560 Bellagio Road
                Los Angeles, California 90049
                Attention: Wayne L. Knyal

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
          with a copy to:

               [
 
 
               Attention:   ]


     d.        Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for the convenience
               --------   
          of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning
          of the interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

     e.        Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
               ------------   
          contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is
          held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason,
          the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every
          other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in
          any way impaired, it being intended that all rights, powers and
          privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest
          extent permitted by law.

     f.        Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
               ------------                                                  
          counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an
          original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and
          the same instrument.

     g.        Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
               -------------   
          in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and, in
          the absence of controlling federal law, in accordance with the laws of
          the State of Delaware. Any legal action or proceedings with respect to
          this Agreement shall be brought in the federal courts of the United
          States located in California and each of the parties hereto submits to
          the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and hereby waives any
          objections on the grounds of venue, forum non conveniens or any
          similar grounds.

     h.        Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire Agreement of
               ----------------   
          the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter hereof and
          supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written,
          with respect thereto among the parties hereto.

     i.        Certain Remedies. Without in any way limited the remedies
               ----------------   
          otherwise available under this Agreement, the parties hereto
          acknowledge that, in the event of any breach or nonperformance by any
          party of the agreements or covenants required by this Agreement to be
          performed or observed by it, the other parties shall be entitled to
          such equitable remedies as may be appropriate, including, without
          limitation specific performance.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement or
caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written
above.

                              FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY

                              By:
                                  ---------------------------------

                              Name:
                                    -------------------------------

                              Title:
                                     ------------------------------



                              IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.


                              By:
                                  ---------------------------------

                              Name:
                                    -------------------------------

                              Title:
                                     ------------------------------


                              FLRT, INC.


                              By:
                                  ---------------------------------

                              Name:
                                    -------------------------------

                              Title:
                                     ------------------------------

                                       19

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                                 TAX AGREEMENT

     This TAX AGREEMENT is made and entered into on October __, 1997, and is to
be effective as of the closing date of the initial public offering of Common
Stock on Registration Statement Form S-1 (the "Effective Date") of Franchise
Mortgage Acceptance Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), by and
among the Company, on the one hand, and FLRT, Inc., a California corporation
("FLRT"), Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC, a California limited
liability company ("FMLLC"), Imperial Credit Industries, Inc., a California
corporation ("ICII")(FLRT, FMLLC, and ICII are collectively referred to herein
as the "Indemnified Parties"), on the other hand, and is made with respect to
the following facts.

     A.   Upon the Effective Date, Company will merge with and succeed to all of
          the assets of FMLLC. Company also will assume all of the liabilities
          of FMLCC.

     B.   FMLLC files Federal and state income tax returns, but because it is
          treated as a partnership for tax purposes, it does not pay income
          taxes. Instead, its members, ICII and FLRT are responsible for any
          income taxes owed upon FMLLC's income.

     C.   The parties hereto desire to apportion liability for taxes among
          themselves.

     NOW, THEREFORE, upon the above premises, an in consideration of the mutual
covenants, promises, and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto
agree as follows.

     SECTION I.  DEFINITIONS.
                 ----------- 

     The following terms, when used in this Agreement with an initial capital
letter, have the following meanings:

     "After-Tax Basis" means on a basis such that any payment to be received or
      ---------------                                                          
deemed to be received by the payee shall be supplemented by a further payment to
the payee so that the sum of the two payments, after deduction of all Taxes
resulting from the receipt or accrual of such payments, shall be equal to the
payments to be received or deemed to have been received.

     "Tax" or "Taxes" means any and all taxes (including, without limitation,
      ---      -----                                                         
gross receipts, sales, use, property, income, franchise, capital, occupational,
license, value added, excise and stamp taxes and customs duties), assessments,
fees (including, without limitation, documentation, license, filing and
registration fees) and charges, of any nature or kind whatsoever, together with
any penalties, fines, additions to tax or interest thereon, however imposed,
withheld, levied, or assessed by any taxing authority.

     "Tax Assessment" means any and all liability (including, without
      --------------                                                 
limitation, interest, additions to tax and penalties) imposed by any taxing
authority for or with respect to Taxes assessed, for any reason with respect to,
for, or fairly attributable to the operations of FMLCC.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
     SECTION II. LIABILITY FOR TAXES.
                 ------------------- 

     2.1  Indemnities.  If any Tax Assessment shall be made by any taxing
          -----------                                                    
authority for any taxable period against any Indemnified Party, whether (i) as a
result of or in settlement of any audit, administrative proceeding or judicial
proceeding, or (ii) as the result of the filing of an amended return to reflect
the consequences of any determination made in connection with an audit or
proceeding, then Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnified Parties
from and against all such sums on an After-Tax Basis.  If an adjustment is made
to Taxes paid with respect to the net income (or other Tax computation base) of
FMLLC by any taxing authority for any taxable period before the Effective Date,
whether (i) as a result of or in settlement of any audit, administrative
proceeding or judicial proceeding, or (ii) as the result of the filing of an
amended return to reflect the consequences of any determination made in
connection with an audit or proceeding, and such adjustment results in a tax
benefit to any Indemnified Party,  then all such Indemnified Parties receiving
such tax benefit shall pay to Company the amount of such tax benefit.  If an
adjustment is made to Taxes paid with respect to the net income (or other Tax
computation base) of FMLLC by any taxing authority for any taxable period before
the Effective Date, whether (i) as a result of or in settlement of any audit,
administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding, or (ii) as the result of the
filing of an amended return to reflect the consequences of any determination
made in connection with an audit or proceeding, and such adjustment results in a
tax benefit to Company in a tax period after the Effective Date, then Company
shall be entitled to retain such tax benefit.

     2.2  Exception to Indemnities.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
          ------------------------                                           
set forth in this Agreement, no indemnity shall be provided by Company to any
Indemnified Party to the extent that any Tax Assessment or Tax which would
otherwise be the subject of such indemnity comes about (i) as the result of or
in settlement of any audit, administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding, or
(ii) as the result of the filing of an amended return to reflect the
consequences of any determination made in connection with an audit or
proceeding, in which FMLLC is determined for tax purposes to be an association
taxable as a corporation.  Instead, the Indemnified Parties shall indemnify
Company for all Taxes on an After-Tax Basis that Company is required to pay as a
result of such a determination.  (The forgoing exception shall only apply to
such Tax Assessment or Tax to the extent that the Tax Assessment or Tax pertains
to the income of FMLLC as originally reported on its income tax return for the
period in question.  By way of example only and without limitation:

          If FMLLC (i) reported net income of $2,000,000 on its 1996 income tax
     return (the "1996 Return"), (ii) Company amended the 1996 Return to report
     additional net income of $1,000,000 for the reporting period, and (iii) the
     Internal Revenue Service successfully asserted that FMLLC should be taxed
     as a corporation for the 1996 taxable year, then (a) Company would owe no
     indemnity to any Indemnified Party for Taxes on the $2,000,000 reported on
     the 1996 Return, (b) Indemnified Parties would owe Company indemnity on an
     After-Tax Basis for all Taxes assessed against Company on the $2,000,000
     initially reported on the 1996 Return on account of the reclassification of
     FMLLC's tax status, (c) Indemnified Parties would be entitled to retain all
     Taxes for which they receive a refund, if any, on account of the
     reclassification, and (d) Company would owe full indemnity on an After-Tax
     Basis to 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
     Indemnified Parties on the additional $1,000,000 net income reported on the
     amended 1996 return to the extent it is assessed and collected against the
     Indemnified Parties.

     SECTION III.  TAX RETURNS AND REPORTING POSITIONS.
                   ----------------------------------- 

     3.1  All Returns For Periods Ending on or Before the Effective Date.  The
          --------------------------------------------------------------      
Indemnified Parties shall cause to be prepared and filed all required Tax
returns of FMLLC for all periods ending on or before the Effective Date.  All
such returns of FMLLC shall be prepared and all elections with respect to such
returns shall be made, to the extent permitted by law, in a manner consistent
with prior practice with respect to FMLLC.

     3.2  Consistency.  Unless otherwise required to settle any adjustments
          -----------                                                      
proposed or asserted by a taxing authority, Company shall not take any material
position with respect to Taxes or foreign income taxes for periods ending after
the Effective Date that is inconsistent with positions taken by FMLLC with
respect to Taxes for periods ending on or before the Effective Date; provided
however, if within thirty days of notification of Indemnified Parties by Company
of its proposed assertion of an inconsistent tax position, Indemnified Parties
have furnished to the Company an opinion of counsel, which counsel shall be
reasonable satisfactory to Company, to the effect that there is "substantial
authority" (or such higher standard as may be required by Code Section
6662(d)(2)(C)) within the meaning of section 6662(d)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended( the "Code"), for not asserting such
inconsistent tax position, then Company shall not assert an inconsistent
position except as may be required by a final determination by a court of law.

     3.3  Elections.  Indemnified Parties acknowledge that, for any period on or
          ---------                                                             
after the Effective Date, Company may make any election, and any affiliated
group of which Company after the Effective Date was or is a member may cause
Company to make any election, respectively, permitted to them under the Code.

     SECTION IV.  AUDITS AND CONTESTS.
                  ------------------- 

     4.1  In General.  The Indemnified Parties shall promptly notify Company in
          ----------                                                           
writing upon receipt by any of them of any notice of any pending or threatened
Federal, state or local Tax audit or assessment of FMLLC.  Company shall have
the right to represent the Indemnified Parties' interests in any Tax audit, or
administrative or judicial proceeding and to employ counsel of its choice at its
expense.  The Indemnified Parties agree to consult with Company and cooperate
with it at all reasonable times upon Company's request in defense of any audit
or other proceeding.

     SECTION V.  MISCELLANEOUS.
                 ------------- 

     5.1  Supersedes Prior Agreements.  This Agreement supersedes any existing
          ---------------------------                                         
agreement presently in effect among the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     5.2  Cooperation.  After the Effective Date, Company and the Indemnified
          -----------                                                        
Parties shall make available to the other, as reasonably requested, and to any
taxing authority, all information, records or documents relating to Tax
liabilities or potential Tax liabilities of Company for all periods prior to or
including the Effective Date and shall preserve all such information, records
and documents until the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations or
extensions thereof.

     5.3  Payments.  Amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid
          --------                                                           
within thirty days after notice and demand therefor by the person entitled
thereto.

     5.4  Reference Provision.
          ------------------- 

          (i)  Each controversy, dispute or claim between the parties arising
out of or relating to this Agreement, which controversy, dispute or claim is not
settled in writing within thirty (30) days after the "Claim Date" (defined as
the date on which a party subject to the Agreement gives written notice to all
other parties that a controversy, dispute or claim exists), will be settled by a
reference proceeding in Los Angeles County, California, in accordance with the
provisions of Section 638, et sequoir, of the California Code of Civil
Procedure, or successor provisions("CCP"), which shall constitute the exclusive
remedy for the settlement of any controversy, dispute or claim concerning this
Agreement, including whether such controversy, dispute or claim is subject to
the reference proceeding. The parties waive their rights to initiate any legal
proceedings against each other in any court or jurisdiction other than the
Superior Court of Los Angeles County (the "Court"). The referee shall be a
retired Judge of the Court selected by mutual agreement of the parties, and if
they cannot so agree within forty-five (45) days after the Claim Date, the
referee shall be promptly selected by the Presiding Judge of the Los Angeles
County Superior Court (or his representative). The referee shall be appointed to
sit as a temporary judge, with all of the powers for a temporary judge, as
authorized by law, and upon selection should take and subscribe to the oath of
office as provided for in Rule 244 of the California Rules of Court (or any
subsequently enacted Rule). Each party shall have one peremptory challenge
pursuant to CCP 170.6. The referee shall (a) be requested to set the matter for
hearing within sixty (60) days after the Claim Date and (b) try any and all
issues of law or fact and report a statement of decision upon them, if possible,
within ninety (90) days of the Claim Date. Any decision rendered by the referee
will be final, binding and conclusive and judgment shall entered pursuant to CCP
644 in any court in the State of California having jurisdiction thereof. Any
party may apply for a reference at any time after thirty (30) days following
notice to any other party of the nature of the controversy, dispute or claim, by
filing a petition for a reference pursuant to the previously cited section 638
of the CCP. All discovery permitted by this Agreement shall be completed no
later than fifteen (15) days before the first hearing date established by the
referee. The referee may extend such period in the event of a party's refusal to
provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever, including, without
limitation, legal objections raised to such discovery or unavailability of a
witness due to absence or illness. No party shall be entitled to "priority" in
conducting discovery. Depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7)
days written notice, and, requests for production or inspection of documents
shall be responded to within ten (10) days after service. All disputes relating
to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the
referee whose decision shall be final and binding upon the parties.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)    Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee
shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted
including the time and place of all hearings, the order of presentation of
evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the
reference proceeding.  All proceedings and hearings conducted before the
referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except
that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing
conducted before the referee.  The party making such a request shall have the
obligation to arrange for and pay for the court reporter.  The costs of the
court reporter at the trial shall be borne equally by the parties.

          (iii)   The referee shall be required to determine all issues in
accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of
California.  The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State
of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding.  The referee shall
be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, to provide all
temporary and/or provisional remedies and to enter equitable orders that will be
binding upon the parties.  The referee shall issue a statement of decision which
shall dispose of all of the claims of the parties that are the subject of the
reference.  The parties hereto expressly reserve the right to contest or appeal
from the final judgment or any appealable order or appealable judgment entered
by the referee in the same manner as if it had been entered by a court without a
jury.  A new trial, if granted for any reason, is also to be a reference
proceeding under this provision.

          (iv)    In the event that the enabling legislation which provides for
appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any
dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by the reference
procedure herein described will be resolved and determined by arbitration.  The
arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge of the Los Angeles County
Superior Court, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act, Sections 1280
through 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time.  The limitations with
respect to discovery as set forth hereinabove shall apply to any such
arbitration proceeding.

     5.5  Notices.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications
          -------                                                          
provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic or facsimile
communications) and shall be mailed (return receipt requested), telegraphed ,
sent by facsimile or delivered to each party at the address set forth as
follows, or at such other addresses either party may designate by notice to the
other, and any such notice, request, demand or other communication shall be
effective upon receipt.

If to Company:           Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
                         2049 Century Park East, Suite 350
                         Los Angeles, California 90067
                         Attention: Wayne L. Knyal,
                                    President and Chief Executive Officer
                         Telephone: (310) 229-2600
                         Facsimile: (310) 843-0976

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
If to ICII:              Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
                         23550 Hawthorne Boulevard
                         Building 1, Suite 240
                         Torrance, California  90505
                         Attention:  Irwin L. Gubman,
                                     General Counsel
                         Telephone:  (310) 791-8040
                         Facsimile:  (310) 791-8230

If to FMLLC:             Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC
                         2049 Century Park East, Suite 350
                         Los Angeles, California 90067
                         Attention: Wayne L. Knyal,
                                    Manager
                         Telephone: (310) 229-2600
                         Facsimile: (310) 843-0976

If to FLRT:              FLRT, Inc.
                         11560 Bellagio Road
                         Los Angeles, California 90049
                         Attention: Wayne L. Knyal
                         Telephone:  (310) 472-5193
                         Facsimile:  (310) 472-5393

     5.6  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed a contract made under
          -------------                                                      
the laws of the State of California, and the rights and obligations of the
parties hereto shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of
such State.

     5.7  Sections and Headings. Titles or captions of sections or subsections
          ---------------------                                                 
contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for
reference, and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this
Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

     5.8  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
          ------------                                                  
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original,
but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the date first herein above set forth.

                    IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.


                    By: _____________________________________
                        Name:   H. Wayne Snavely
                        Title:  Chairman

                    FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY


                    By: _____________________________________
                        Name:   Wayne L. Knyal
                        Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

                    FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC


                    By: _____________________________________
                        Name:   Wayne L. Knyal
                        Title:  Manager

                    FLRT, INC.


                    By: _____________________________________
                        Name:  Wayne L. Knyal
                        Title: Chief Executive Officer

                                      -7-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12



================================================================================



                      MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT



                         _____________________________


                        DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1997


                        ______________________________



                   FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC
                                  AS BORROWER

                                      AND

                       MORGAN STANLEY ASSET FUNDING INC.
                                   AS LENDER

                                        

================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
RECITALS                                                                      1

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS                                1

 1.01  CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS                                                  1

 1.02  ACCOUNTING TERMS AND DETERMINATIONS                                   11

SECTION 2.  LOANS, NOTE AND PREPAYMENTS                                      11

 2.01  LOANS                                                                 11

 2.02  NOTES                                                                 12

 2.03  PROCEDURE FOR BORROWING                                               12

 2.04  LIMITATION ON TYPES OF LOANS; ILLEGALITY                              13

 2.05  REPAYMENT OF LOANS; INTEREST                                          13

 2.06  MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS OR PLEDGE                                       14

 2.07  EXTENSION OF TERMINATION DATE                                         14

 2.08  RELEASE OF EXCESS COLLATERAL                                          14

 2.09  RELEASE OF COLLATERAL UPON PREPAYMENT                                 15

SECTION 3.  PAYMENTS; COMPUTATIONS; ETC.                                     15

 3.01  PAYMENTS                                                              15

 3.02  COMPUTATIONS                                                          16

 3.03  U.S. TAXES                                                            16

SECTION 4.  COLLATERAL SECURITY                                              17

 4.01  COLLATERAL; SECURITY INTEREST                                         17

 4.02  FURTHER DOCUMENTATION                                                 18

 4.03  CHANGES IN LOCATIONS, NAME, ETC.                                      18

 4.04  LENDER'S APPOINTMENT AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT                              18
</TABLE> 
                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                          <C> 
 4.05  PERFORMANCE BY LENDER OF BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS                       19

 4.06  PROCEEDS                                                              19

 4.07  REMEDIES                                                              20

 4.08  LIMITATION ON DUTIES REGARDING PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL             21

 4.09  POWERS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST                                       21

 4.10  RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST                                          21

SECTION 5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                                             21

 5.01  INITIAL LOAN                                                          21

 5.02  INITIAL AND SUBSEQUENT LOANS                                          22

SECTION 6.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                   23

 6.01  EXISTENCE                                                             23

 6.02  LITIGATION                                                            23

 6.03  NO BREACH                                                             23

 6.04  ACTION                                                                24

 6.05  APPROVALS                                                             24

 6.06  MARGIN REGULATIONS                                                    24

 6.07  TAXES                                                                 24

 6.08  INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT                                                24

 6.09  COLLATERAL; COLLATERAL SECURITY                                       24

 6.10  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE                                                25

 6.11  LOCATION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS                                         25

 6.12  HEDGING                                                               25

 6.13  TRUE AND COMPLETE DISCLOSURE                                          25

 6.14  ERISA                                                                 25

 6.15  TANGIBLE NET WORTH                                                    26

SECTION 7.  COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER                                        26
</TABLE> 

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                          <C> 
 7.01  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                  26

 7.02  LITIGATION                                                            27

 7.03  EXISTENCE, ETC.                                                       28

 7.04  PROHIBITION OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES                                    28

 7.05  BORROWING BASE DEFICIENCY                                             28

 7.06  NOTICES                                                               28

 7.07  HEDGING                                                               29

 7.08  REPORTS                                                               29

 7.09  UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES                                               29

 7.10  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES                                          29

 7.11  LIMITATION ON LIENS                                                   29

 7.12  LIMITATION ON DISTRIBUTIONS                                           30

 7.13  MAINTENANCE OF PROFITABILITY                                          30

 7.14  SERVICING TAPE                                                        30

 7.15  CONTINUING REPRESENTATIONS                                            30

 7.16  MAINTENANCE OF TANGIBLE NET WORTH                                     30

 7.17  MAINTENANCE OF RATIO OF TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS TO TANGIBLE NET WORTH      30

SECTION 8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                                30

SECTION 9.  REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT                                            32

SECTION 10.  NO DUTY OF LENDER                                               33

SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS                                                   33

 11.01  WAIVER                                                               33

 11.02  NOTICES                                                              33

 11.03  INDEMNIFICATION AND EXPENSES                                         33

 11.04  AMENDMENTS                                                           34

 11.05  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS                                               34
</TABLE> 
                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                          <C> 
 11.06  SURVIVAL                                                             34

 11.07  CAPTIONS                                                             34

 11.08  COUNTERPARTS                                                         34

 11.09  LOAN AGREEMENT CONSTITUTES SECURITY AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW         35

 11.10  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS                                  35

 11.11  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL                                                 35

 11.12  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS                                                      35

 11.13  HYPOTHECATION OR PLEDGE OF LOANS                                     36

 11.14  SERVICING                                                            36

 11.15  PERIODIC DUE DILIGENCE REVIEW                                        37
</TABLE> 

   SCHEDULES
   ---------
     SCHEDULE 1  Representations and Warranties re: Mortgage Loans
     SCHEDULE 2  Filing Jurisdictions and Offices
     SCHEDULE 3  List of Approved Concepts as of the Effective Date

   EXHIBITS
   --------
     EXHIBIT A   Form of Promissory Note
     EXHIBIT B   Form of Custodial Agreement
     EXHIBIT C   Form of Opinion of Counsel to Borrower
     EXHIBIT D   Form of Request for Borrowing
     EXHIBIT E-1 Form of Borrower's Release Letter
     EXHIBIT E-2 Form of Warehouse Lender's Release Letter
     EXHIBIT F   Underwriting Guidelines
     EXHIBIT G   Summary Credit File
     EXHIBIT H   [RESERVED]
     EXHIBIT I   Form of Summary Credit File Review Confirmation
     EXHIBIT J   Form of Bailee Agreement
     EXHIBIT K   Description of Merger
     EXHIBIT L   Request for Release - Overcollateralization

                                     -iv-
<PAGE>
 
                      MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

          MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of September 30, 1997,
between FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC, a California limited
liability company (the "Borrower"), and MORGAN STANLEY ASSET FUNDING INC., a
                        --------                                            
Delaware corporation (the "Lender").
                           ------   

                                   RECITALS

          The Borrower has requested that the Lender from time to time make
revolving credit loans to it to finance certain mortgage loans secured by
gasoline and convenience stores, quick service restaurants, golf courses and
certain other asset classes acceptable to Lender owned by the Borrower, and the
Lender is prepared to make such loans upon the terms and conditions hereof.
Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          Section 1.  Definitions and Accounting Matters.
                      ---------------------------------- 

          1.01  Certain Defined Terms.  As used herein, the following terms
                ---------------------                                      
shall have the following meanings (all terms defined in this Section 1.01 or in
other provisions of this Loan Agreement in the singular to have the same
meanings when used in the plural and vice versa):
                                     ---- -----  

          "Affiliate" shall mean any "affiliate" as such term is defined in the
           ---------                                                           
United States Bankruptcy Code in effect from time to time.

          "Applicable Collateral Percentage" shall mean (a) with respect to C-
           --------------------------------                                  
Store Mortgage Loans and with respect to Q-Store Mortgage Loans, 95% (b) with
respect to Golf Course Loans, 87.5%, and (c) with respect to Other Asset-Backed
Mortgage Loans and STARS/DEVCO Mortgage Loans, such percentage as determined by
the Lender in its sole discretion.

          "Applicable Margin" shall mean:
           -----------------             

          (a) with respect to Loans that are Tranche A Loans, Tranche B Loans
and Tranche C Loans, respectively, the applicable rate per annum set forth below
for each day that such Loans shall be secured as provided in clause (b) below:

          Tranche A Loans..................   0.95%
          Tranche B Loans..................   1.10%
          Tranche C Loans..................   1.55%

          (b) In determining at any time to what extent Loans are Tranche A
Loans, Tranche B Loans or Tranche C Loans, (i) the Collateral Value of all Q-
Store Mortgage Loans shall first be taken into account to determine the amount
of Tranche A Loans, (ii) the Collateral Value of C-Store Mortgage Loans shall
then be taken into account to determine the amount of Tranche B Loans and (iii)
the Collateral Value of Golf Course Loans shall then be taken into account to
determine the amount of Tranche C Loans.  All Loans shall be either Tranche A
Loans, Tranche B Loans or Tranche C Loans.

          "Approved Concept" shall mean any concept approved in writing by the
           ----------------                                                   
Lender.  A list of Approved Concepts as of the Effective Date is attached as
Schedule 3 hereto.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
          "Assignment of Mortgage" shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage, an
           ----------------------                                              
assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in
recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the
related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the assignment and pledge of
the Mortgage to the Lender.

          "Bailee Agreement" shall mean a Bailee Agreement, among the Borrower,
           ----------------                                                    
the Lender and a Settlement Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit J as
                                                                    ---------   
the same shall be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

          "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code of
           ---------------                                                 
1978, as amended from time to time.

          "Borrower" shall have the meaning provided in the heading hereof.
           --------                                                        

          "Borrower's Release Letter" shall have the meaning provided in Section
           -------------------------                                            
5.01 hereof.

          "Borrowing Base" shall mean the aggregate Collateral Value of all
           --------------                                                  
Eligible Mortgage Loans.

          "Borrowing Base Deficiency" shall have the meaning provided in Section
           -------------------------                                            
2.06 hereof.

          "Borrowing Request" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.03(a)
           -----------------                                                    
hereof.

          "Business Day" shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday
           ------------                                                        
or (ii) a day on which the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York or the Custodian is authorized or obligated by law or executive order
to be closed.

          "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, as to any Person for any period,
           --------------------                                              
the aggregate amount paid or accrued by such Person and its Affiliates for the
rental, lease, purchase (including by way of the acquisition of securities of
any Person), construction or use of any Property during such period, the value
or cost of which, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on such Person's
consolidated balance sheet in the category of property, plant or equipment at
the end of such period.

          "Capital Lease Obligations" shall mean, for any Person, all
           -------------------------                                 
obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or
other agreement conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such
obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease
on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Loan
Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount
thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
           ----                                                               
time to time.

          "Collateral" shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.01(b)
           ----------                                                    
hereof.

          "Collateral Value" shall mean (a) with respect to each Eligible
           ----------------                                              
Mortgage Loan (other than Golf Course Loans), the Applicable Collateral
Percentage of the lesser of (i) the Market Value of such Mortgage Loan and (ii)
the outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan and (b) with respect to
each Golf Course Loan, the lesser of (i) the Applicable Collateral Percentage of
such Golf Course Loan multiplied by the Market Value of such Golf Course Loan
and (ii) 95% of the outstanding principal balance of such Golf Course Loan and
(c) with respect to each Other Asset-Backed Mortgage Loan and STARS/DEVCO
Mortgage Loan, the Applicable Collateral Percentage determined by Lender 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
in its sole discretion, multiplied by the Market Value of such Other Asset-
Backed Mortgage Loan or STARS/DEVCO Mortgage Loan, as the case may be; provided
that,

          (i)   the Collateral Value shall be deemed to be zero with respect to
each Mortgage Loan (1) in respect of which there is a breach of a representation
and warranty set forth on Schedule 1 (assuming each representation and warranty
is made as of the date Collateral Value is determined), (2) in respect of which
there is a delinquency in the payment of principal and/or interest which
continues for a period in excess of fifty nine (59) calendar days (without
regard to any applicable grace periods), (3) which has been released from the
possession of the Custodian under the Custodial Agreement to the Borrower for a
period in excess of 14 days, (4) which is an Eligible Mortgage Loan that is a
Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan and for which the Custodian has failed to receive the
related Mortgage Loan Documents by the fifth Business Day following the
applicable Funding Date (unless extended in writing by the Lender (in its sole
discretion) if the Borrower so requests), or (5) other than a STARS/DEVCO
Mortgage Loan which has been pledged to the Lender to secure a Committed Loan
and which remains pledged to the Lender hereunder later than 270 days after the
date on which it is first included in the Collateral; provided, however, that
notwithstanding anything contained in this subclause (5) to the contrary, up to
25% of the aggregate Collateral Value of all Mortgage Loans that are not
STARS/DEVCO Mortgage Loans may remain pledged to the Lender hereunder later than
270 days, but not later than 364 days after the date on which each such Mortgage
Loan is first included in the Collateral if the Borrower and Lender mutually
agree that Mortgagor concentration issues related to such Mortgage Loans will
adversely affect efficient securitization pricing based upon rating agency
requirements regarding individual Mortgagor concentration; and

          (ii)  subject to clause (i)(2) above, the aggregate principal amount
outstanding under the Loans secured by Eligible Mortgage Loans that are
delinquent for 30 or more days at any one time may not exceed 2% of the
aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding;

          (iii) the aggregate Collateral Value of Mortgage Loans that are Wet-
Ink Mortgage Loans may not exceed 10% of the Maximum Credit;

          (iv)  if the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding equals
$50,000,000 or more, then the aggregate Collateral Value of Space Lease Mortgage
Loans may not exceed 30% of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans
outstanding.

          "Committed Loan" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
           --------------                                                    
2.01(a) hereof.

          "Consent Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.07 hereof.
           ------------                                                         

          "C-Store Mortgage Loans" shall mean Mortgage Loans secured by gasoline
           ----------------------                                               
stations and convenience stores.

          "Custodial Agreement" shall mean the Custodial Agreement, dated as of
           -------------------                                                 
September 30, 1997, among the Borrower, the Custodian and the Lender,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same shall be modified and
                             ---------                                          
supplemented and in effect from time to time.

          "Custodian" shall mean U.S. Bank National Association doing business
           ---------                                                          
as First Bank National Association, as custodian under the Custodial Agreement,
and its successors and permitted assigns thereunder.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
          "Default" shall mean an Event of Default or an event that with notice
           -------                                                             
or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

          "Dollars" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of
           -------       -                                                 
America.

          "Due Diligence Review" shall mean the performance by the Lender of any
           --------------------                                                 
or all of the reviews permitted under Section 11.15 hereof with respect to any
or all of the Mortgage Loans, as desired by the Lender from time to time.

          "Effective Date" shall mean the date upon which the conditions
           --------------                                               
precedent set forth in Section 5.01 shall have been satisfied.

          "Eligible Mortgage Loan" shall mean a C-Store Mortgage Loan, a Q-Store
           ----------------------                                               
Mortgage Loan or a Golf Course Loan which meets the Underwriting Guidelines
(other than with respect to Mortgage Loans expressly excluded from the
definition of STARS/DEVCO Mortgage Loans pursuant to clause (i) thereof which do
not meet the Underwriting Guidelines for standard non-STARS/DEVCO Mortgage
Loans, but which are nevertheless included in the definition of Eligible
Mortgage Loans hereof) and as to which the representations and warranties in
Section 6.10 and Schedule 1 hereof are correct in all material respects except
as otherwise approved in writing by the Lender.

          "Energy-Related Mortgage Loan" shall mean (i) a C-Store Mortgage Loan
           ----------------------------                                        
or (ii) any other Mortgage Loan secured by property on which petroleum products
or fractions thereof, and similar products used for lubrication or the recovery
of energy content, are used, handled, kept or stored on a regular basis.

          "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
           -----                                                           
1974, as amended from time to time.

          "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any corporation or trade or business that
           ---------------                                                      
is a member of any group of organizations (i) described in Section 414(b) or (c)
of the Code of which the Borrower is a member and (ii) solely for purposes of
potential liability under Section 302(c)(11) of ERISA and Section 412(c)(11) of
the Code and the lien created under Section 302(f) of ERISA and Section 412(n)
of the Code, described in Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code of which the
Borrower is a member.

          "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, with respect to each day a Loan is
           ---------------                                                
outstanding (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day), the rate per annum equal to the rate appearing at page 5 of the average
Telerate Screen as one-month LIBOR on such date, and if such rate shall not be
so quoted, the average rate per annum at which three mutually acceptable banks
are offered Dollar deposits at or about 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such
date by prime banks in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and
foreign currency exchange operations in respect of its Loans are then being
conducted for delivery on such day for a period of 30 days and in an amount
comparable to the amount of the Loans to be outstanding on such day.

          "Event of Default" shall have the meaning provided in Section 8
           ----------------                                              
hereof.

          "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of
           ------------------                                                  
the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next
succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such
rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Lender from three
federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

          "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Eligible
           ---------------------------                                    
Mortgage Loan, as of any date of determination and for any period, the
applicable "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" determined in accordance with, and
defined in, the Underwriting Guidelines.

          "Funding Date" shall mean the date on which a Loan is made hereunder.
           ------------                                                        

          "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in
           ----                                                           
effect from time to time in the United States.

          "Golf Course Loans" shall mean Mortgage Loans secured by golf courses.
           -----------------                                                    

          "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government, any
           ----------------------                                          
state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government and any court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Borrower,
any of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties.

          "Ground Lease" means a ground lease for all or any portion of the
           ------------                                                    
parcel of real property comprising the Mortgaged Property, the lessee's interest
in which is held by the Mortgagor of the related Mortgage Loan.

          "Guarantee" shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such
           ---------                                                      
Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person
or in any manner providing for the payment of any Indebtedness of any other
Person or otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss
(whether by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to
purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise);
provided that the term "Guarantee" shall not include (i) endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) obligations to
make servicing advances for delinquent taxes and insurance or other obligations
in respect of a Mortgaged Property, to the extent required by the Lender.  The
amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the
stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such
Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably
anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good
faith.  The terms "Guarantee" and "Guaranteed" used as verbs shall have
                   ---------       ----------                          
correlative meanings.

          "Hazardous Material" shall means (a) those substances included within
           ------------------                                                  
the definitions of any one or more of the terms "contaminants," "pollutants,"
"hazardous substances," "hazardous materials" and "toxic substances" in CERCLA,
RCRA, and the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C.
(S)(S) 1801 et seq., and in the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto; (b)
those substances listed in the United States Department of Transportation Table
(49 CFR (S)(S) 172. 101 and amendments thereto) or by the Environmental
Protection Agency (or any successor agency) (40 CFR (S) 302 and amendments
thereto) as hazardous substances; (c) such other substances, materials and
wastes that are or become regulated under applicable local, state or federal
laws or regulations, or that are classified as hazardous or toxic under federal,
state or local laws or regulations; and (d) any materials, wastes or substances
that are (i) petroleum, (ii) polychlorinated biphenyl, (iii) within the
definition of "hazardous substance" set forth in Section 311 of the Clean Water
Act, (33 U.S.C. (S) 1321) or designated as "toxic pollutants" subject to Chapter
26 of the Clean Water Act pursuant to 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
Section 307 to the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. (S)(S) 1317), (iv) inflammable
substances or explosives, or (v) radioactive materials.

          "Indebtedness" shall mean, for any Person:  (a) obligations created,
           ------------                                                       
issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the
issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person
subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase
such Property from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the
deferred purchase or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade
accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses
incurred, in the ordinary course of business so long as such trade accounts
payable are payable within 90 days of the date the respective goods are
delivered or the respective services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others
secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective
Indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations
(contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit or
similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other financial institutions
for account of such Person; (e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f)
obligations of such Person under repurchase agreements or like arrangements; (g)
Indebtedness of others Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such
Person incurred in connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets
by such Person; and (i) Indebtedness of general partnerships of which such
Person is a general partner.

          "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean, with respect to any
           ----------------------------------                                 
or all of the Mortgage Loans, any short sale of US Treasury Security, or futures
contract, or mortgage related security, or Eurodollar futures contract, or
options related contract, or interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or
similar arrangements providing for protection against fluctuations in interest
rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under
specific contingencies, entered into by the Borrower.

          "Lease Against Improvements" shall mean a space lease for all or any
           --------------------------                                         
portion of real property comprising the Mortgaged Property, the lessee's
interest in which is held by the Mortgagor of the related Mortgage Loan.

          "Leasehold Mortgage Loan" shall mean a mortgage loan secured by a
           -----------------------                                         
Lease Against Improvements or Ground Lease.

          "Lender" shall have the meaning provided in the heading hereto.
           ------                                                        

          "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
           ----                                                         
interest or similar encumbrance.

          "Loan" shall mean any Committed Loan or Uncommitted Loan, as
           ----                                                       
applicable, and collectively "Loans" shall mean the sum of all Committed Loans
                              -----                                           
and Uncommitted Loans.

          "Loan Agreement" shall mean this Master Loan and Security Agreement,
           --------------                                                     
as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.

          "Loan Documents" shall mean, collectively, this Loan Agreement, the
           --------------                                                    
Note and the Custodial Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Market Value" shall mean, as of any date in respect of an Eligible
           ------------                                                      
Mortgage Loan, the price at which such Eligible Mortgage Loan could readily be
sold as determined in good faith by 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
the Lender, which price may be determined to be zero. In determining the Market
Value of each Eligible Mortgage Loan the Lender shall consult with the Borrower
and may consider all information which it deems relevant, including without
limitation, then current interest rates, the creditworthiness of the Mortgagor
and projected proceeds from a securitization or sale. The Lender's determination
of Market Value shall be conclusive upon the parties absent manifest error on
the part of the Lender.

          "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a)
           -----------------------                                             
the Property, business, operations, financial condition of the Borrower, (b) the
ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under any of the Loan
Documents to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of any of
the Loan Documents, (d) the rights and remedies of the Lender under any of the
Loan Documents, (e) the timely payment of the principal of or interest on the
Loans or other amounts payable in connection therewith or (f) the Collateral.

          "Maximum Credit" shall mean $200,000,000.
           --------------                          

          "Maximum Uncommitted Amount" shall mean $50,000,000.
           --------------------------                         

          "Mortgage" shall mean the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument
           --------                                                            
securing a Mortgage Note, which creates a first lien on the fee in real property
and/or a first lien on the leasehold estate in real property securing the
Mortgage Note and the assignment of rents and leases related thereto.

          "Mortgage File" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
           -------------                                                
Custodial Agreement.

          "Mortgage Loan" shall mean a mortgage loan, including a Leasehold
           -------------                                                   
Mortgage Loan, which the Custodian has been instructed to hold for the Lender
pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, and which Mortgage Loan includes, without
limitation, (i) a Mortgage Note and related Mortgage and (ii) all right, title
and interest of the Borrower in and to the Mortgaged Property covered by such
Mortgage.

          "Mortgage Loan Documents" shall mean, with respect to a Mortgage Loan,
           -----------------------                                              
the documents comprising the Mortgage File for such Mortgage Loan.

          "Mortgage Loan Medium" shall mean a computer-readable transmission
           --------------------                                             
containing the information, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, to be delivered
by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(a) hereof and shall
contain the information set forth in Annex I attached to the Custodial
Agreement.

          "Mortgage Loan Schedule" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
           ----------------------                                            
the Custodial Agreement.

          "Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report" shall mean the mortgage
           -------------------------------------------                         
loan schedule and exception report prepared by the Custodian pursuant to the
Custodial Agreement.

          "Mortgage Note" shall mean the original executed promissory note or
           -------------                                                     
other evidence of the indebtedness of a mortgagor/borrower with respect to a
Mortgage Loan.

          "Mortgaged Property" shall mean the real property (including all
           ------------------                                             
improvements, buildings, fixtures, building equipment and personal property
thereon and all additions, alterations and 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
replacements made at any time with respect to the foregoing) and all other
collateral securing repayment of the debt evidenced by a Mortgage Note.

          "Mortgagor" shall mean the obligor or obligors on a Mortgage Note;
           ---------                                                        
including any person who has assumed or guaranteed the obligations of the
obligor thereunder.

          "MS & Co." shall mean Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, a registered
           --------                                                            
broker-dealer.

          "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such
           ------------------                                                 
in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been or are required to be
made by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of
ERISA.

          "Net Income" shall mean, for any period, the net income of the
           ----------                                                   
Borrower for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Note" shall mean the promissory note provided for by Section 2.02(a)
           ----                                                                
hereof for Loans and any promissory note delivered in substitution or exchange
therefor, in each case as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in
effect from time to time.

          "Other Asset-Backed Mortgage Loans" shall mean Mortgage Loans secured
           ---------------------------------                                   
by products other than gasoline stations, convenience stores, quick service
restaurants, casual dining restaurants or golf courses which are acceptable to
the Lender in its sole discretion, and which shall include, without limitation,
truck stops, lube centers and car washes.

          "Payment Date" shall mean the first Business Day of each month.
           ------------                                                  

          "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
           ----                                                            
entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

          "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, company, voluntary
           ------                                                            
association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association or government (or any agency, instrumentality or
political subdivision thereof).

          "Plan" shall mean an employee benefit plan established or maintained
           ----                                                               
by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of ERISA, other
than a Multiemployer Plan.

          "Post-Default Rate" shall mean, in respect of any principal of any
           -----------------                                                
Loan or any other amount under this Loan Agreement, the Note or any other Loan
Document that is not paid when due to the Lender (whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration, by optional or mandatory prepayment or otherwise), a rate per
annum during the period from and including the due date to but excluding the
date on which such amount is paid in full equal to 2% per annum plus the Prime
                                                                ----          
Rate.

          "Prime Rate" shall mean the prime rate announced to be in effect from
           -----------                                                         
time to time, as published as the average rate in The Wall Street Journal.
                                                  --- ---- ------ ------- 

          "Property" shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any
           --------                                                           
kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or
intangible.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
          "Q-Store Mortgage Loans" shall mean mortgage loans secured by quick
           ----------------------                                            
service restaurants or casual dining restaurants.

          "Regulations G, T, U and X" shall mean Regulations G, T, U and X of
           -------------------------                                         
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the
same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

          "Request for Borrowing" shall mean the request for borrowing required
           ---------------------                                               
pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

          "Responsible Officer" shall mean, as to any Person, the chief
           -------------------                                         
executive officer or, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial
officer of such Person.

          "Secured Obligations" shall have the meaning provided in Section
           -------------------                                            
4.01(c) hereof.

          "Security Agreement" shall mean with respect to any Mortgage Loan, any
           ------------------                                                   
contract, instrument or other document related to security for repayment thereof
(other than the related Mortgage and Mortgage Note), executed by the Mortgagor
and/or others in connection with such Mortgage Loan, including without
limitation, any security agreement, guaranty, title insurance policy, hazard
insurance policy, chattel mortgage, letter of credit or certificate of deposit
or other pledged accounts, and any other documents and records relating to any
of the foregoing.

          "Servicer" shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14(c) hereof.
           --------                                                             

          "Servicer Account" shall mean any account established by the Servicer
           ----------------                                                    
in connection with the servicing of the Mortgage Loans.

          "Servicing Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in Section
           -------------------                                            
11.14(d) hereof.

          "Servicing Records" shall have the meaning provided in Section
           -----------------                                            
11.14(c) hereof.

          "Settlement Agent" shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the
           ----------------                                                    
entity approved by the Lender, in its sole good-faith discretion (which may be a
title company, escrow company or attorney in accordance with local law and
practice in the jurisdiction where the related Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan is being
originated) to act pursuant to the Bailee Agreement.

          "Space Lease Mortgage Loan"  shall mean a Mortgage Loan which is
           -------------------------                                      
secured by a Mortgage on the lessee's interest in a Lease Against Improvements.


          "STARS/DEVCO Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan which is
           -------------------------                                     
collateralized by a property or business enterprise wherein the loan amount
advanced by the Borrower is based on cash flow projected by the Borrower rather
than on the preceding 12 months of operating history.  The proceeds of such
loan, which will typically be interest only and have a maturity of between 3-18
months, is typically used for:

          (i) the purchase of a currently operating quick service restaurant
unit by an experienced operator which based on financial projections will have
improved performance such that it would qualify for a permanent loan under the
Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines within 3-18 months.  Typically, the basis for
projecting any satisfactory performance is based on the Mortgagor having
demonstrated ability to lower the cost structure of the unit.  This definition
excludes permanent loans 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
made for acquisitions as described in the foregoing sentences and which loan
provides for regular principal and interest payments and is originated under the
Underwriting Guidelines for standard non-STARS/DEVCO Mortgage Loans and shall be
of a credit quality so as to be eligible to be placed into a securitization with
no credit enhancement in excess of the credit enhancement required for Eligible
Mortgage Loans other than STARS/DEVCO Mortgage Loans which are securitized in
the same manner; and

          (ii) the construction of a new quick service restaurant unit or
conversion of an existing unit of a different brand (concept) by an experienced
operator which, based on projections will have the required performance such
that it would qualify for a permanent loan under the Borrower's Underwriting
Guidelines within 3-18 months.  Typically, construction for these units is
completed within 180 days.

          "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
           ----------                                                          
partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or
other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to
elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar
functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of
whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other
class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or
might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the
time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person.

          "Summary Credit File" shall mean, with respect to each Mortgage Loan,
           -------------------                                                 
a file containing the documents listed in Exhibit G hereto.
                                          ---------        

          "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean, as of a particular date,
           ------------------                                      

          (a) all amounts which would be included under capital on a balance
     sheet of the Borrower at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP,
     less
     ----

          (b) (i) amounts owing to the Borrower from Affiliates and (ii)
     intangible assets.

          "Termination Date" shall mean September 30, 1998 or such earlier date
           ----------------                                                    
on which this Loan Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions
hereof or by operation of law or as extended pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof.

          "Test Period" shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.13 hereof.
           -----------                                                         

          "Total Indebtedness" shall mean, for any period, the aggregate
           ------------------                                           
Indebtedness of the Borrower during such period less the amount of any
                                                ----                  
nonspecific balance sheet reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP.

          "Tranche A Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent that,
           ---------------                                                      
they are secured by Q-Store Mortgage Loans, determined in accordance with clause
(b) of the definition hereof for "Applicable Margin."

          "Tranche B Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent that,
           ---------------                                                      
they are secured by C-Store Mortgage Loans, determined in accordance with clause
(b) of the definition hereof for "Applicable Margin."

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
          "Tranche C Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent that,
           ---------------                                                      
they are secured by Golf Course Loans, determined in accordance with clause (b)
of the definition hereof for "Applicable Margin."

          "Trust Receipt" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
           -------------                                                
Custodial Agreement.

          "Uncommitted Loan" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
           ----------------                                                    
2.01(b) hereof.

          "Underwriting Guidelines" shall mean the underwriting guidelines
           -----------------------                                        
(including the loan origination guidelines) previously delivered to the Lender
by the Borrower.

          "Uniform Commercial Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in
           -----------------------                                              
effect on the date hereof in the State of New York; provided that the perfection
or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any
Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a
jurisdiction other than New York, "Uniform Commercial Code" shall mean the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of
the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or
non-perfection.

          "U.S. Taxes" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.03 hereof.
           ----------                                                         

          "Warehouse Lender's Release Letter" shall have the meaning provided in
           ---------------------------------                                    
Section 5.02 hereof.

          "Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan which is pledged to
           ---------------------                                                
the Lender simultaneously with the origination thereof by the Borrower, which
origination is financed in part or in whole with proceeds of Loans advanced
directly to a Settlement Agent.  A Mortgage Loan will be considered a Wet-Ink
Mortgage Loan until such time as the Mortgage Loan Documents are received by the
Custodian.

          1.02  Accounting Terms and Determinations.  Except as otherwise
                -----------------------------------                      
expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to
financial matters required to be delivered to the Lender hereunder shall be
prepared, in accordance with GAAP.

          Section 2.  Loans, Note and Prepayments.
                      --------------------------- 

          2.01  Loans.
                ----- 

          (a) Subject to fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in
Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof, and provided that no Default shall have occurred
and be continuing hereunder, the Lender agrees from time to time, on the terms
and conditions of this Loan Agreement, to make loans (individually, a 
"Committed Loan"; collectively, the "Committed Loans") to the Borrower in
 --------------                      ---------------                     
Dollars, from and including the Effective Date to and including the Termination
Date in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not
exceeding the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Maximum Credit as in
effect from time to time.

          (b)  In addition to the foregoing, the Lender may from time to time in
its sole discretion, on the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement, make
loans (individually, an "Uncommitted Loan"; collectively, the "Uncommitted
                         ----------------                      -----------
Loans") to the Borrower in Dollars during the 

                                     -11-
<PAGE>
 
period from and including the Effective Date to and including the Termination
Date in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding up to but not
exceeding the lesser of (i) the Maximum Uncommitted Amount as in effect from
time to time and (ii) the Maximum Credit minus the aggregate outstanding
principal balance of Committed Loans.

          (c) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement, during
such period the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder.

          (d) In no event shall a Loan be made when any Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing.

          2.02  Notes.
                ----- 

          (a) The Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by a single
promissory note of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
                                                             ---------       
(the "Note"), dated the date hereof, payable to the Lender in a principal amount
      ----                                                                      
equal to the amount of the Maximum Credit as originally in effect and otherwise
duly completed.  The Lender shall have the right to have its Note subdivided, by
exchange for promissory notes of lesser denominations or otherwise.

          (b) The date, amount and interest rate of each Loan made by the Lender
to the Borrower, and each payment made on account of the principal thereof,
shall be recorded by the Lender on its books and, prior to any transfer of the
Note, endorsed by the Lender on the schedule attached to the Note or any
continuation thereof; provided that the failure of the Lender to make any such
                      --------                                                
recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to
make a payment when due of any amount owing hereunder or under the Note in
respect of the Loans.

          2.03  Procedure for Borrowing.
                ----------------------- 

          (a) The Borrower may request a borrowing hereunder, on any Business
Day during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the
Termination Date, by delivering to the Lender, with a copy to the Custodian, an
irrevocable written request for borrowing, substantially in the form of Exhibit
                                                                        -------
D attached hereto (a "Borrowing Request"), which request must be received by the
- -                     -----------------                                         
Lender prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, one (l) Business Day prior to the
requested Funding Date.  Such request for borrowing shall (i) attach a schedule
identifying the Eligible Mortgage Loans that the Borrower proposes to pledge to
the Lender and to be included in the Borrowing Base in connection with such
borrowing, (ii) specify the requested Funding Date, (iii) include a Mortgage
Loan Medium containing information with respect to the Eligible Mortgage Loans
that the Borrower proposes to pledge to the Lender and to be included in the
Borrowing Base in connection with such borrowing, and (iv) specify any
exceptions to the Underwriting Guidelines and the representations and warranties
set forth on Schedule 1 hereto that are applicable to such Eligible Mortgage
Loans to be pledged on such Funding Date.  Prior to the Funding Date, the Lender
will notify Borrower of Lender's current determination of Market Value.

          (b) Upon the Borrower's request for a borrowing pursuant to Section
2.03(a), the Lender shall, assuming all conditions precedent set forth in
Section 5.01 and 5.02 have been met and provided no Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, make a Committed Loan to the Borrower on the requested
Funding Date, in the lesser of (i) the amount so requested and (ii) the excess
of the Borrowing Base over the principal amount of Loans outstanding.  Under no
circumstances will the 

                                     -12-
<PAGE>
 
Lender be required to make a Committed Loan pursuant to this Section 2.03
secured by an Other Asset-Backed Mortgage Loan or by a STARS/DEVCO Mortgage
Loan.

          (c) Upon the Borrower's request for a borrowing pursuant to Section
2.03(a), the Lender may at its sole option, assuming all conditions precedent
set forth in Section 5.01 and 5.02 have been met and provided no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, make an Uncommitted Loan to the Borrower on the
requested Funding Date, in the amount so requested.

          (d) The Borrower shall release to the Custodian no later than 12:00
p.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Funding
Date, the Mortgage File pertaining to each Eligible Mortgage Loan (other than a
Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan) to be pledged to the Lender and included in the Borrowing
Base on such requested Funding Date, in accordance with the terms and conditions
of the Custodial Agreement.

          (e) Pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, the Custodian shall deliver
to the Lender and the Borrower, no later than 3:00 p.m. on a Funding Date, a
Trust Receipt (as defined in the Custodial Agreement) in respect of all Mortgage
Loans pledged to the Lender on such Funding Date, and a Mortgage Loan Schedule
and Exception Report.  Subject to Section 5 hereof, such borrowing will then be
made available to the Borrower by the Lender transferring, via wire transfer, to
the following account of the Borrower:  Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company
LLC c/o Imperial Bank, Inglewood, CA, for the A/C of 009-097-287, ABA# 1-222-01-
444, Attn:  Wilma Labuda, in the aggregate amount of such borrowing in funds
immediately available to the Borrower.

          2.04  Limitation on Types of Loans; Illegality.  Anything herein to
                ----------------------------------------                     
the contrary notwithstanding, if, on or prior to the determination of any
Eurodollar Rate:

          (a) the Lender determines, which determination shall be conclusive,
that quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in the
definition of "Eurodollar Rate" in Section 1.01 hereof are not being provided in
the relevant amounts or for the relevant maturities for purposes of determining
rates of interest for Loans as provided herein; or

          (b) it becomes unlawful for the Lender to honor its obligation to make
or maintain Loans hereunder using a Eurodollar Rate;

then the Lender shall give the Borrower prompt notice thereof and, so long as
such condition remains in effect, the Lender shall be under no obligation to
make additional Loans, and the Borrower shall either prepay all such Loans as
may be outstanding or pay interest on such Loans at a rate per annum equal to
the Federal Funds Rate plus 1.75% and for the remainder of the term of this Loan
Agreement, the Lender will make Loans, subject to the conditions precedent set
forth in Section 5.02 hereof at a rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate plus
1.75%.

          2.05  Repayment of Loans; Interest.
                ---------------------------- 

          (a) The Borrower hereby promises to repay in full on the Termination
Date the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans.

          (b) The Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Lender interest on the
unpaid principal amount of each Loan for the period from and including the date
of such Loan to but excluding the date such Loan shall be paid in full, at a
rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin, except
                                            ----                              
to the extent set forth in Section 2.04 hereof.  Notwithstanding the 

                                     -13-
<PAGE>
 
foregoing, the Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Lender interest at the
applicable Post-Default Rate on any principal of any Loan and on any other
amount payable by the Borrower hereunder or under the Note that shall not be
paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or by
mandatory prepayment or otherwise) for the period from and including the due
date thereof to but excluding the date the same is paid in full. Accrued
interest on each Loan shall be payable monthly on the Payment Date and for the
last month of the Loan Agreement on the Payment Date of such last month and on
the Termination Date, except that interest payable at the Post-Default Rate
shall accrue daily and shall be payable upon such accrual. Promptly after the
determination of any interest rate provided for herein or any change therein,
the Lender shall give notice thereof to the Borrower.

          (c) It is understood and agreed that, unless and until a Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall be entitled to the proceeds
of the Mortgage Loans pledged to the Lender hereunder in accordance with Section
11.14 hereof.

          2.06  Mandatory Prepayments or Pledge.
                ------------------------------- 

          If at any time the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans
exceeds the Borrowing Base (a "Borrowing Base Deficiency"), as determined by the
                               -------------------------                        
Lender and notified to the Borrower on any Business Day, the Borrower shall no
later than one Business Day after receipt of such notice, either prepay the
Loans in part or in whole or pledge additional Eligible Mortgage Loans (which
Collateral shall be in all respects acceptable to the Lender) to the Lender,
such that after giving effect to such prepayment or pledge the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Loans does not exceed the Borrowing Base.

          2.07 Extension of Termination Date.
               ----------------------------- 

          The Borrower may, by notice to the Lender not less than sixty (60)
days and not more than ninety (90) days prior to the Termination Date as then in
effect (the "Existing Termination Date"), request that the Lender extend the
             -------------------------                                      
Termination Date for an additional 360 days from the Consent Date (as defined
below).  The Lender, acting in its sole discretion, shall, by notice to the
Borrower and given no earlier than the date occurring thirty (30) days prior to
the Existing Termination Date (such date, the "Consent Date") and no later than
                                               ------------                    
the date three (3) Business Days after the Consent Date, advise the Borrower
whether or not the Lender agrees to such extension.

          2.08  Release of Excess Collateral.
                ----------------------------  

          On any day on which the Borrowing Base exceeds the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Loans, so long as no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing:

          (a) The Borrower may prepare a request for release of Mortgage Loans
     in the form of Exhibit L hereto ("Request for Release-
                    ---------          -------------------
     Overcollateralization"), specifying (1) the Mortgage Loans to be released
     ---------------------
     and the requested release date, (2) the Borrowing Base with respect to such
     Mortgage Loans pledged hereunder, (3) the remaining Borrowing Base after
     giving effect to the release of the Mortgage Loans to be released, (4) the
     unpaid principal balance of the Loans, and (5) a certification from the
     Borrower that, upon release of the Eligible Mortgage Loans to be released,
     the Borrowing Base would be equal to or greater than the unpaid principal
     balance of the Loans.

                                     -14-
<PAGE>
 
          (b) The Borrower shall transmit the Request for Release-
     Overcollateralization by facsimile transmission to the Lender.  Upon
     confirming that the Request for Release-Overcollateralization correctly
     reflects the information set forth in Section 2.08(a) and that, after
     giving effect to the requested release, the amount of the Borrowing Base
     would be equal to or greater than the unpaid principal balance of the
     Loans, the Lender shall countersign the Request for Release-
     Overcollateralization and transmit the countersigned Request for Release-
     Overcollateralization to the Custodian.  In the event that the Lender's
     assessment of the Borrowing Base would alter the information set forth in
     any Request for Release, the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower in
     writing of such assessment.

          (c) Upon receipt of the countersigned Request for Release-
     Overcollateralization and upon approval of the Request for Release-
     Overcollateralization by the Lender, the Custodian shall take the actions
     set forth in the Custodial Agreement with respect to the Eligible Mortgage
     Loan to be released pursuant to the Custodial Agreement.  With respect to
     any Mortgage Loan released pursuant to this Section 2.08, the Lender
     covenants that it will release any Liens that it has placed or caused to be
     placed on such Mortgage Loan.

          (d) The Lender shall not be obligated to countersign a Request for
Release-Overcollateralization (i) which the Lender reasonably determines is
based on erroneous information or would result in a release of Collateral other
than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) which does not
reflect the Lender's current determination of Market Value.

          2.09  Release of Collateral Upon Prepayment.
                -------------------------------------  

          With the prior written consent of the Lender, in each case, the
Borrower may obtain the release of one or more Mortgage Loans constituting
Collateral hereunder by paying any portion of the Loans outstanding; provided
                                                                     --------
that, after giving effect to such release, the Secured Obligations then
outstanding shall not exceed the Borrowing Base, which determination shall be
made solely by the Lender.  In connection with any such requested release, the
Borrower will provide notice to the Custodian and the Lender no later than 3:00
p.m., New York City time, on the date of such request, specifying the Mortgage
Loans to be released.  Each such release shall be deemed to be a representation
and warranty by the Borrower that after giving effect to such release, the
Secured Obligations then outstanding shall not exceed the Borrowing Base.  With
respect to any Mortgage Loan released pursuant to this Section 2.09, the Lender
covenants that it will release any Liens that it has placed or caused to be
placed on such Mortgage Loan.

          Section 3.  Payments; Computations; Etc.
                      ----------------------------

          3.01  Payments.
                -------- 

          (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, all payments of
principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Borrower under this Loan
Agreement and the Note, shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available
funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to the Lender at the
following account maintained by the Lender: Account No. 40615114, For the A/C of
MSMCI, Citibank, N.A., ABA# 021000089, not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the date on which such payment shall become due (and each such payment
made after such time on such due date shall be deemed to have been made on the
next succeeding Business Day).  The Borrower acknowledges that it has no rights
of withdrawal from the foregoing account.

                                     -15-
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, if the
due date of any payment under this Loan Agreement or the Note would otherwise
fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the
next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall be payable for any principal so
extended for the period of such extension.

          3.02  Computations.  Interest on the Loans shall be computed on the
                ------------                                                 
basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed (including the first day but
excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.

          3.03  U.S. Taxes.
                ---------- 

          (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender such additional amounts
as are necessary in order that the net payment of any amount due to the Lender
hereunder after deduction for or withholding in respect of any U.S. Tax (as
defined below) imposed with respect to such payment (or in lieu thereof, payment
of such U.S. Tax by the Lender), will not be less than the amount stated herein
to be then due and payable; provided that the foregoing obligation to pay such
                            --------                                          
additional amounts shall not apply:

          (i)  to any payment to the Lender hereunder unless the Lender is
     entitled to submit a Form 1001 (relating to the Lender and entitling it to
     a complete exemption from withholding on all interest to be received by it
     hereunder in respect of the Loans) or Form 4224 (relating to all interest
     to be received by the Lender hereunder in respect of the Loans), or

          (ii) to any U.S. Tax imposed solely by reason of the failure by the
     Lender to comply with applicable certification, information, documentation
     or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence,
     identity or connections with the United States of America of the Lender if
     such compliance is required by statute or regulation of the United States
     of America as a precondition to relief or exemption from such U.S. Tax.

For the purposes of this Section 3.03, (x) "Form 1001" shall mean Form 1001
                                            ---------                      
(Ownership, Exemption, or Reduced Rate Certificate) of the Department of the
Treasury of the United States of America, (y) "Form 4224" shall mean Form 4224
                                               ---------                      
(Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the
Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States) of the Department of the
Treasury of the United States of America (or in relation to either such Form
such successor and related form as may from time to time be adopted by the
relevant taxing authorities of the United States of America to document a claim
to which such Form relates), and (z) "U.S. Taxes" shall mean any present or
                                      ----------                           
future tax, assessment or other charge or levy imposed by or on behalf of the
United States of America or any taxing authority thereof or therein.

          (b) Within 30 days after paying any such amount to the Lender, and
within 30 days after it is required by law to remit such deduction or
withholding to any relevant taxing or other authority, the Borrower shall
deliver to the Lender evidence satisfactory to the Lender of such deduction,
withholding or payment (as the case may be).

          (c) The Lender represents and warrants to the Borrower that on the
date hereof the Lender is either incorporated under the laws of the United
States or a State thereof or is entitled to submit a Form 1001 (relating to the
Lender and entitling it to a complete exemption from withholding on all interest
to be received by it hereunder in respect of the Loans) or Form 4224 (relating
to all interest to be received by the Lender hereunder in respect of the Loans).

                                     -16-
<PAGE>
 
          (d) If the Lender receives a refund or credit solely in respect of
U.S. Taxes, with respect to Mortgage Loans pledged hereunder, it shall pay over
such refund or credit to the Borrower to the extent that it has already received
indemnity payments or additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.03 with
respect to such U.S. Taxes giving rise to the refund or credit, net of all out-
of-pocket expenses, with respect to Mortgage Loans pledged hereunder, and
without interest (other than interest paid by the relevant Governmental
Authority with respect to such refund or credit); provided, however, that the
                                                  --------  -------          
Borrower shall, upon request of the Lender, repay such refund or credit, (plus
penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental
Authority) to the Lender if the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required
to repay such refund or credit to such Governmental Authority.  Nothing
contained herein shall require the Lender to make its tax returns (or any other
information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) available to the
Borrower or any other Person.

          Section 4.  Collateral Security.
                      ------------------- 

          4.01  Collateral; Security Interest.
                ----------------------------- 

          (a)   Pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, the Custodian shall hold
the Mortgage Loan Documents as exclusive bailee and agent for the Lender
pursuant to terms of the Custodial Agreement and shall deliver to the Lender
Trust Receipts each to the effect that it has reviewed such Mortgage Loan
Documents in the manner and to the extent required by the Custodial Agreement
and identifying any deficiencies in such Mortgage Loan Documents as so reviewed.

          (b)   All of the Borrower's right, title and interest in, to and under
each of the following items of property, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, now existing or hereafter created and wherever located, is hereinafter
referred to as the "Collateral":
                    ----------  

          (i)   all Mortgage Loans;

          (ii)  all Mortgage Loan Documents, including without limitation all
     promissory notes, and all Servicing Records (as defined in Section 11.14(b)
     below), servicing agreements and any other collateral pledged or otherwise
     relating to such Mortgage Loans, together with all files, documents,
     instruments, surveys, certificates, correspondence, appraisals, computer
     programs, computer storage media, accounting records and other books and
     records relating thereto;

          (iii) all mortgage guaranties and insurance (issued by governmental
     agencies or otherwise) and any mortgage insurance certificate or other
     document evidencing such mortgage guaranties or insurance relating to any
     Mortgage Loan and all claims and payments thereunder;

          (iv)  all other insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to
     any Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property;

          (v)   all Interest Rate Protection Agreements;

          (vi)  any Servicer Accounts established pursuant to any Servicing
     Agreement and all amounts on deposit therein, from time to time;

          (vii) all "general intangibles" as defined in the Uniform Commercial
     Code relating to or constituting any and all of the foregoing; and

                                     -17-
<PAGE>
 
          (viii) any and all replacements, substitutions, distributions on or
     proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

          (c)   The Borrower hereby assigns, pledges and grants a security
interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral
to the Lender to secure the repayment of principal of and interest on all Loans
and all other amounts owing to the Lender hereunder, under the Note and under
the other Loan Documents (collectively, the "Secured Obligations").  The
                                             -------------------        
Borrower agrees to mark its computer records and tapes to evidence the interests
granted to the Lender hereunder.

          4.02  Further Documentation.  At any time and from time to time, upon
                ---------------------                                          
the written request of the Lender, and at the sole expense of the Borrower, the
Borrower will promptly and duly execute and deliver, or will promptly cause to
be executed and delivered, such further instruments and documents and take such
further action as the Lender may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining
or preserving the full benefits of this Loan Agreement and of the rights and
powers herein granted, including, without limitation, the filing of any
financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect
in any jurisdiction with respect to the Liens created hereby.  The Borrower also
hereby authorizes the Lender to file any such financing or continuation
statement without the signature of the Borrower to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

          4.03  Changes in Locations, Name, etc.  The Borrower shall not (i)
                --------------------------------                            
change the location of its chief executive office/chief place of business from
that specified in Section 6 hereof or (ii) change its name, identity or
corporate structure (or the equivalent) or change the location where it
maintains its records with respect to the Collateral unless it shall have given
the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice thereof and shall have
delivered to the Lender all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and
amendments thereto as the Lender shall request and taken all other actions
deemed necessary by the Lender to continue its perfected status in the
Collateral with the same or better priority.

          4.04  Lender's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact.
                ---------------------------------------- 

          (a)   The Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the
Lender and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its
true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in
the place and stead of the Borrower and in the name of the Borrower or in its
own name, from time to time in the Lender's discretion, for the purpose of
carrying out the terms of this Loan Agreement, to take any and all appropriate
action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be
necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Loan Agreement, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower hereby gives the
Lender the power and right, on behalf of the Borrower, without assent by, but
with notice to, the Borrower, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, to do the following:

          (i)   in the name of the Borrower or its own name, or otherwise, to
     take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes,
     acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any
     mortgage insurance or with respect to any other Collateral and to file any
     claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or
     equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Lender for the purpose of
     collecting any and all such moneys due under any such mortgage insurance or
     with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

                                     -18-
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)  to pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or
     threatened against the Collateral; and

          (iii) (A) to direct any party liable for any payment under any
     Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due
     thereunder directly to the Lender or as the Lender shall direct; (B) to ask
     or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all
     moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in
     respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (C) to sign and endorse any
     invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in
     connection with any of the Collateral; (D) to commence and prosecute any
     suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent
     jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any thereof and to enforce any
     other right in respect of any Collateral; (E) to defend any suit, action or
     proceeding brought against the Borrower with respect to any Collateral; (F)
     to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in
     clause (E) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or
     releases as the Lender may deem appropriate; and (G) generally, to sell,
     transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal
     with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Lender
     were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the
     Lender's option and the Borrower's expense, at any time, and from time to
     time, all acts and things which the Lender deems necessary to protect,
     preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Lender's Liens thereon and
     to effect the intent of this Loan Agreement, all as fully and effectively
     as the Borrower might do.

The Borrower hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.  This power of attorney is a power coupled with an
interest and shall be irrevocable.

          (b)   The Borrower also authorizes the Lender, at any time and from
time to time, to execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section
4.07 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or
transfer with respect to the Collateral.

          (c)   The powers conferred on the Lender are solely to protect the
Lender's interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the
Lender to exercise any such powers.  The Lender shall be accountable only for
amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers,
and neither the Lender nor any of its officers, directors, or employees shall be
responsible to the Borrower for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for
its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

          4.05  Performance by Lender of Borrower's Obligations.  If the
                -----------------------------------------------         
Borrower fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained in the
Loan Documents and the Lender may itself perform or comply, or otherwise cause
performance or compliance, with such agreement (provided that it does so in a
commercially reasonable manner) the expenses of the Lender incurred in
connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest thereon
at a rate per annum equal to the Post-Default Rate, shall be payable by the
Borrower to the Lender on demand and shall constitute Secured Obligations.  The
Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to give the Borrower prior notice (but
in any event prompt notice) of any actions taken pursuant to this Section 4.05.

          4.06  Proceeds.  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing,
                --------                                                        
(a) all proceeds of Collateral received by the Borrower consisting of cash,
checks and other near-cash items shall be held by the Borrower in trust for the
Lender, segregated from other funds of the Borrower, and shall forthwith upon
receipt by the Borrower be turned over to the Lender in the exact form received
by the 

                                     -19-
<PAGE>
 
Borrower (duly endorsed by the Borrower to the Lender, if required) and (b) any
and all such proceeds received by the Lender (whether from the Borrower or
otherwise) may, in the sole discretion of the Lender, be held by the Lender as
collateral security for, and/or then or at any time thereafter may be applied by
the Lender against, the Secured Obligations (whether matured or unmatured), such
application to be in such order as the Lender shall elect. Any balance of such
proceeds remaining after the Secured Obligations shall have been paid in full
and this Loan Agreement shall have been terminated shall be paid over to the
Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same. For
purposes hereof, proceeds shall include, but not be limited to, all principal
and interest payments, all prepayments and payoffs, insurance claims,
condemnation awards, sale proceeds, real estate owned rents and any other income
and all other amounts received with respect to the Collateral.

          4.07  Remedies.  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing,
                --------                                                        
the Lender may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to
it in this Loan Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing,
evidencing or relating to the Secured Obligations, all rights and remedies of a
secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Lender without demand of performance or other
demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any
notice required by law referred to below) to or upon the Borrower or any other
Person (each and all of which demands, presentments, protests, advertisements
and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect,
receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof,
and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or
otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract
to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels or as an entirety at public
or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker's board or office of the
Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and
at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery
without assumption of any credit risk.  The Lender shall have the right upon any
such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such
private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so
sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in the Borrower, which right or
equity is hereby waived or released.  The Borrower further agrees, at the
Lender's request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Lender
at places which the Lender shall reasonably select, whether at the Borrower's
premises or elsewhere.  The Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any such
collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale, after
deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or
incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way
relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Lender hereunder, including
without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, to the payment
in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, in such order as the Lender may
elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Lender of
any other amount required or permitted by any provision of law, including
without limitation Section 9-504(1)(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code, need the
Lender account for the surplus, if any, to the Borrower.  To the extent
permitted by applicable law, the Borrower waives all claims, damages and demands
it may acquire against the Lender arising out of the exercise by the Lender of
any of its rights hereunder, other than those claims, damages and demands
arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender.  If any
notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required
by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10
days before such sale or other disposition.  The Borrower shall remain liable
for any deficiency (plus accrued interest thereon as contemplated pursuant to
Section 2.05(b) hereof) if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the
Collateral are insufficient to pay the Secured Obligations and the fees and
disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Lender to collect such
deficiency.

                                     -20-
<PAGE>
 
          4.08  Limitation on Duties Regarding Preservation of Collateral.  The
                ---------------------------------------------------------      
Lender's duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation
of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the Uniform
Commercial Code or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the
Lender deals with similar property for its own account.  Neither the Lender nor
any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for failure to
demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any
delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose
of any Collateral upon the request of the Borrower or otherwise.

          4.09  Powers Coupled with an Interest.  All authorizations and
                -------------------------------                         
agencies herein contained with respect to the Collateral are irrevocable and
powers coupled with an interest.

          4.10  Release of Security Interest.  Upon termination of this Loan
                ----------------------------                                
Agreement and repayment to the Lender of all Secured Obligations and the
performance of all obligations under the Loan Documents the Lender shall release
its security interest in any remaining Collateral.

          Section 5.  Conditions Precedent.
                      -------------------- 

          5.01  Initial Loan.  The obligation of the Lender to make its initial
                ------------                                                   
Loan hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, immediately prior to or
concurrently with the making of such Loan, of the condition precedent that the
Lender shall have received all of the following documents, each of which shall
be satisfactory to the Lender and its counsel in form and substance:

          (a)  Loan Documents.
               -------------- 

          (i)  Note.  The Note, duly completed and executed;
               ----                                         

          (ii) Custodial Agreement.  The Custodial Agreement, duly executed and
               -------------------                                             
     delivered by the Borrower and the Custodian.  In addition, the Borrower
     shall have taken such other action as the Lender shall have requested in
     order to perfect the security interests created pursuant to the Loan
     Agreement;

          (b)  Organizational Documents.  A good standing certificate and
               ------------------------                                  
     certified copies of the charter and by-laws (or equivalent documents) of
     the Borrower and of all corporate or other authority for the Borrower with
     respect to the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents
     and each other document to be delivered by the Borrower from time to time
     in connection herewith (and the Lender may conclusively rely on such
     certificate until it receives notice in writing from the Borrower to the
     contrary);

          (c)  Legal Opinion.  A legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower,
               -------------                                              
     substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C;
                                                  --------- 

          (d)  Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report.  A Mortgage Loan
               -------------------------------------------                  
     Schedule and Exception Report, dated the Effective Date, from the
     Custodian, duly completed;

          (e)  Servicing Agreement(s).  Any Servicing Agreement, certified as a
               ----------------------                                          
     true, correct and complete copy of the original, with the letter of the
     applicable Servicer consenting to termination of such Servicing Agreement
     upon the occurrence of an Event of Default attached; and

                                     -21-
<PAGE>
 
          (f) Other Documents.  Such other documents as the Lender may
              ---------------                                         
     reasonably request.

          5.02  Initial and Subsequent Loans.  The making of each Loan to the
                ----------------------------                                 
Borrower (including the initial Loan) on any Funding Date is subject to the
satisfaction of the following further conditions precedent, both immediately
prior to the making of such Loan and also after giving effect thereto and to the
intended use thereof:

          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing;

          (b) both immediately prior to the making of such Loan and also after
     giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof, the representations
     and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 6 and Schedule 1 hereof, and
     elsewhere in each of the Loan Documents, shall be true and complete on and
     as of the date of the making of such Loan in all material respects (in the
     case of the representations and warranties in Section 6.10 and Schedule 1,
     solely with respect to Mortgage Loans included in the Borrowing Base) with
     the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any
     such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of
     a specific date, as of such specific date).  The Lender shall have received
     an officer's certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
     certifying as to the truth and accuracy of the above, which certificate
     shall specifically include a statement that the Borrower is in compliance
     with all governmental licenses and authorizations and is qualified to do
     business and in good standing in all required jurisdictions.

          (c) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans shall not
     exceed the Borrowing Base;

          (d) the Lender shall have received from the Custodian a Trust Receipt
     on the initial Funding Date, and on each Funding Date, a Mortgage Loan
     Schedule and Exception Report with exceptions as are acceptable to the
     Lender in its sole discretion in respect of Eligible Mortgage Loans to be
     pledged hereunder on such Business Day;

          (e) the Lender shall have received from the Borrower a Warehouse
     Lender's Release Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 hereto (or
                                                          -----------           
     such other form acceptable to the Lender) or a Borrower's Release Letter
     substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 hereto (or such other form
                                  -----------                           
     acceptable to the Lender) covering each Mortgage Loan to be pledged to the
     Lender;

          (f) none of the following shall have occurred and/or be continuing:

              (i)   an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the
          effective absence of a "repo market" or comparable "lending market"
          for financing debt obligations secured by mortgage loans or securities
          for a period of (or reasonably expected to be) at least 30 consecutive
          days or an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the Lender
          not being able to finance any Loans through the "repo market" or
          "lending market" with traditional counterparties at rates which would
          have been reasonable prior to the occurrence of such event or events;
          or

              (ii)  an event or events shall have occurred resulting in the
          effective absence of a "securities market" for securities backed by
          mortgage loans for a period of (or 

                                     -22-
<PAGE>
 
          reasonably expected to be) at least 30 consecutive days or an event or
          events shall have occurred resulting in the Lender not being able to
          sell securities backed by mortgage loans at prices which would have
          been reasonable prior to such event or events; or

              (iii) a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on
          the prospects of the Borrower shall have occurred;

          (g) the Lender shall have been given at least (i) five (5) Business
     Days in the case of any Funding Date to occur within 30 days following the
     Effective Date or (ii) three (3) Business Days for any other Funding Date,
     to conduct a due diligence review of the Summary Credit File with respect
     to such Loan pursuant to Section 11.15(b) to confirm that such Mortgage
     Loan is in conformity with the Underwriting Guidelines; and

          (h) the Lender shall have approved, in its sole discretion, all
     exceptions to the Underwriting Guidelines.

Each request for a borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a
certification by the Borrower that all the conditions set forth in this Section
5 have been satisfied (both as of the date of such notice, request or
confirmation and as of the date of such borrowing).

          Section 6.  Representations and Warranties.  The Borrower represents
                      ------------------------------                          
and warrants to the Lender that throughout the term of this Loan Agreement:

          6.01  Existence.  The Borrower (a) is a limited liability company duly
                ---------                                                       
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power, and has all
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to own
its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be
conducted, except where the lack of such licenses, authorizations, consents and
approvals would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on
its Property, business or financial condition or prospects; and (c) is qualified
to do business and is in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which the
nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary,
except where failure so to qualify would not be reasonably likely (either
individually or in the aggregate) to have a material adverse effect on its
Property, business or financial condition or prospects.

          6.02  Litigation.  There are no actions, suits, arbitrations,
                ----------                                             
investigations or proceedings pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any
of them before any Governmental Authority (i) as to which individually or in the
aggregate there is a reasonable likelihood of an adverse decision which would be
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on its Property, business or
financial condition or prospects or (ii) which questions the validity or
enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any action to be taken in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

          6.03  No Breach.  Neither (a) the execution and delivery of the Loan
                ---------                                                     
Documents nor (b) the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated in
compliance with the terms and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in
a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower, or any applicable law, rule
or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental
Authority, or any Servicing Agreement or other material agreement or instrument
to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of
them or any of their Property is bound or to which any of them is subject, or
constitute a default under any such material agreement or 

                                     -23-
<PAGE>
 
instrument or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (except for the
Liens created pursuant to this Loan Agreement) upon any Property of the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or
instrument.

          6.04  Action.  The Borrower has all necessary corporate or other
                ------                                                    
power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under each of the Loan Documents; the execution, delivery and performance by the
Borrower of each of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate or other action on its part; and each Loan Document has been
duly and validly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower
in accordance with its terms.

          6.05  Approvals.  No authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no
                ---------                                                      
filings or registrations with, any Governmental Authority or any securities
exchange are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by the
Borrower of the Loan Documents or for the legality, validity or enforceability
thereof, except for filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created
pursuant to this Loan Agreement.

          6.06  Margin Regulations.  Neither the making of any Loan hereunder,
                ------------------                                            
nor the use of the proceeds thereof, will violate or be inconsistent with the
provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X.

          6.07  Taxes.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal
                -----                                                           
income tax returns and all other material tax returns that are required to be
filed by them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant
to any assessment received by any of them, except for any such taxes as are
being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been
provided.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the
opinion of the Borrower, adequate.

          6.08  Investment Company Act.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its
                ----------------------                                      
Subsidiaries is an "investment company", or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company," within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

          6.09  Collateral; Collateral Security.
                --------------------------------

          (a) The Borrower has not assigned, pledged, or otherwise conveyed or
encumbered any Mortgage Loan to any other Person, and immediately prior to the
pledge of such Mortgage Loan to the Lender, the Borrower was the sole owner of
such Mortgage Loan and had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of
all Liens, in each case except for Liens to be released simultaneously with the
Liens granted in favor of the Lender hereunder.  No Mortgage Loan pledged to the
Lender hereunder was acquired by the Borrower from an Affiliate of the Borrower
or a true sale opinion acceptable to the Lender is delivered to the Lender prior
to such pledge.

          (b) The provisions of this Loan Agreement are effective to create in
favor of the Lender a valid security interest in all right, title and interest
of the Borrower in, to and under the Collateral.

          (c) Upon receipt by the Custodian of each Mortgage Note, endorsed in
blank by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, the Lender shall have a
fully perfected first priority security 

                                     -24-
<PAGE>
 
interest therein, in the Mortgage Loan evidenced thereby and in the Borrower's
interest in the related Mortgaged Property.

          (d) Upon the delivery of the Collateral to the Custodian and filing of
financing statements on Form UCC-1 naming the Lender as "Secured Party" and the
Borrower as "Debtor", and describing the Collateral, in the jurisdictions and
recording offices listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto, the security interests
granted hereunder in the Collateral will constitute fully perfected first
priority security interests under the Uniform Commercial Code in all right,
title and interest of the Borrower in, to and under such Collateral.

          6.10  Chief Executive Office.  The Borrower's chief executive office
                ----------------------                                        
on the Effective Date is located at 2049 Century Park East, Suite 350, Los
Angeles, California 90067.

          6.11  Location of Books and Records.  The location where the Borrower
                -----------------------------                                  
keeps its books and records, including all computer tapes and records relating
to the Collateral is its chief executive office.

          6.12  Hedging.  The Borrower has entered into Interest Rate Protection
                -------                                                         
Agreements, having a notional amount not less than 85% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the fixed-rate Mortgage Loans, with MS & Co. or any
affiliate, having terms with respect to protection against fluctuations in
interest rates reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

          6.13  True and Complete Disclosure.
                ---------------------------- 

          (a) The information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and
schedules furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Lender in
connection with the negotiation, preparation or delivery of this Loan Agreement
and the other Loan Documents or included herein or therein or delivered pursuant
hereto or thereto (other than with respect to the Mortgage Loans), when taken as
a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state
any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  All written
information furnished after the date hereof by or on behalf of the Borrower to
the Lender in connection with this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents
and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will be true, complete and
accurate in every material respect, or (in the case of projections) based on
reasonable estimates, on the date as of which such information is stated or
certified.  There is no fact known to a Responsible Officer of the Borrower,
after due inquiry, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect that has not been disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in a
report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule, disclosure letter or other
writing furnished to the Lender for use in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby.

          (b) The information solely with respect to the underlying Mortgage
Loans furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Lender does
not contain any untrue statement of material fact.

          6.14  ERISA.  Each Plan to which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries make
                -----                                                           
direct contributions, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, each other Plan and
each Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has
been administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable
provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law.  

                                     -25-
<PAGE>
 
No event or condition has occurred and is continuing as to which the Borrower
would be under an obligation to furnish a report to the Lender under Section
7.01(d) hereof.

          6.15  Tangible Net Worth.  On the Effective Date, the Tangible Net
                -------- ---------                                          
Worth is not less than $20,000,000.

          Section 7.  Covenants of the Borrower.  The Borrower covenants and
                      -------------------------                             
agrees with the Lender that, so long as any Loan is outstanding and until
payment in full of all Secured Obligations:

          7.01  Financial Statements. The Borrower shall deliver to the Lender:
                --------------------                                           

          (a) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end
     of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of
     the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and
     its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the related
     unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of
     cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such
     period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period,
     setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
     year, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the
     Borrower, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial
     statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results
     of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries in
     accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such
     period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);

          (b) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end
     of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated balance sheets of the
     Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal
     year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained
     earnings and of cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form
     the figures for the previous year, accompanied by an opinion thereon of
     independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing,
     which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope of audit or going concern
     and shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present
     the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the
     Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of, and for, such
     fiscal year in accordance with GAAP, and a certificate of such accountants
     stating that, in making the examination necessary for their opinion, they
     obtained no knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any Default or
     Event of Default;

          (c) from time to time such other information regarding the financial
     condition, operations, or business of the Borrower as the Lender may
     reasonably request; and

          (d) as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within thirty
     (30) days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower knows, or with
     respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan to which the Borrower or any of
     its Subsidiaries makes direct contributions, has reason to believe, that
     any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to any Plan or
     Multiemployer Plan has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a senior
     financial officer of the Borrower setting forth details respecting such
     event or condition and the action, if any, that the Borrower or its ERISA
     Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report
     or notice required to be filed with or given to PBGC by the Borrower or an
     ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event or condition):

                                     -26-
<PAGE>
 
               (i)   any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(b) of
          ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan,
          as to which PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of
          Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within thirty (30) days
          of the occurrence of such event and to which there is a reasonable
          likelihood of adverse determination which would result in a Material
          Adverse Effect (provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding
                          --------
          standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, including
          without limitation the failure to make on or before its due date a
          required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code or Section
          302(e) of ERISA, shall be a reportable event regardless of the
          issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the
          Code); and any request for a waiver under Section 412(d) of the Code
          for any Plan;

               (ii)  the distribution under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice
          of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by the Borrower or
          an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;

               (iii) the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042
          of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
          administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA
          Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has
          been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;

               (iv)  the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer
          Plan by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate that results in liability
          under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA which liability would result in a
          Material Adverse Effect (including the obligation to satisfy secondary
          liability as a result of a purchaser default) or the receipt by the
          Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan
          that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or
          4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under
          Section 4041A of ERISA;

               (v)   the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant to
          Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, would result
          in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such Plan is a
          part if the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate fails to provide timely
          security to such Plan in accordance with the provisions of said
          Sections.

The Borrower will furnish to the Lender, at the time it furnishes each set of
financial statements pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, a certificate of
a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that, to the best of such
Responsible Officer's knowledge, the Borrower during such fiscal period or year
has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and
satisfied every condition, contained in this Loan Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such
Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
except as specified in such certificate (and, if any Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, describing the same in reasonable detail and
describing the action the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect
thereto).

          7.02  Litigation.  The Borrower will promptly, and in any event within
                ----------                                                      
10 days after service of process or actual notice on any of the following, give
to the Lender notice of all actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations or
proceedings affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that 

                                     -27-
<PAGE>
 
questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan
Documents or as to which there is a reasonable likelihood of adverse
determination which would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

          7.03  Existence, etc. The Borrower will:
                ---------------                   

          (a) preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material
     rights, privileges, licenses and franchises (provided that nothing in this
     Section 7.03(a) shall prohibit any transaction expressly permitted under
     Section 7.04 hereof);

          (b) comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules,
     regulations and orders of Governmental Authorities (including, without
     limitation, all environmental laws) if failure to comply with such
     requirements would be reasonably likely (either individually or in the
     aggregate) to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (c) keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete
     entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

          (d) not move its chief executive office from the address referred to
     in Section 6.10 unless it shall have provided the Lender 30 days' prior
     written notice of such change;

          (e) pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
     or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its
     Property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for
     any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being
     contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which
     adequate reserves are being maintained; and

          (f) permit representatives of the Lender, during normal business
     hours, to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to
     inspect any of its Properties, and to discuss its business and affairs with
     its officers, all to the extent reasonably requested by the Lender.

          7.04  Prohibition of Fundamental Changes.  Except for the contemplated
                ----------------------------------                              
merger with Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Corporation described in Exhibit K
                                                                   ---------
hereto, the Borrower shall not enter into any transaction of merger or
consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or
suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution) or sell all or substantially
all of its assets; provided, that the Borrower may merge or consolidate with (a)
                   --------                                                     
any wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower, or (b) any other Person if the
Borrower is the surviving company; and provided further, that if after giving
                                       -------- -------                      
effect thereto, no Default would exist hereunder.

          7.05  Borrowing Base Deficiency.  If at any time there exists a
                -------------------------                                
Borrowing Base Deficiency the Borrower shall cure same in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof.

          7.06  Notices.  The Borrower shall give notice to the Lender:
                -------                                                

          (a) promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of the occurrence of
     any material Default or Event of Default;

          (b) with respect to any Mortgage Loan pledged to the Lender hereunder,
     immediately upon receipt of any principal prepayment (in full or partial)
     of such pledged Mortgage Loan;

                                     -28-
<PAGE>
 
          (c) with respect to any Mortgage Loan pledged to the Lender hereunder,
     immediately upon receipt of notice or knowledge that the underlying
     Mortgaged Property has been damaged by waste, fire, earthquake or earth
     movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other casualty, or otherwise damaged
     so as to affect materially and adversely the Collateral Value of such
     pledged Mortgage Loan; and

          (d) promptly upon receipt of notice or knowledge of (i) any material
     default related to any Collateral, (ii) any Lien or security interest
     (other than security interests created hereby or by the other Loan
     Documents) on, or claim asserted against, any of the Collateral or (iii)
     any event or change in circumstances which could reasonably be expected to
     have a material adverse effect on the Property, business or financial
     condition or prospects of the Borrower.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken or proposes
to take with respect thereto.

          7.07  Hedging.  The Borrower shall at all times maintain Interest Rate
                -------                                                         
Protection Agreements, having a notional amount not less than 85% of the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of all fixed-rate Mortgage Loans, with
Morgan Stanley, Dean Witter, Discover & Co. or any affiliate, having terms with
respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates reasonably
acceptable to the Lender.  The Borrower shall deliver to the Lender monthly a
written summary of the notional amount of all outstanding Interest Rate
Protection Agreements.

          7.08  Reports.  The Borrower shall provide the Lender with a quarterly
                -------                                                         
report, which report shall include, among other items, a summary of the
Borrower's delinquency and loss experience with respect to mortgage loans
serviced by the Borrower, any Servicer or any designee of either, plus any such
additional reports as the Lender may reasonably request with respect to the
Borrower's or any Servicer's servicing portfolio or pending originations of
mortgage loans and such additional information as is reasonably requested by the
Lender.

          7.09  Underwriting Guidelines.  Without the prior written consent of
                -----------------------                                       
the Lender, the Borrower shall not materially amend or otherwise materially
modify the Underwriting Guidelines with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

          7.10  Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not enter into
                ----------------------------                                  
any transaction for an amount greater than $60,000, including without limitation
any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any
service, with any Affiliate (except for (i) the acquisition of equity of stock,
warrants of an Affiliate, or loans made to an Affiliate, in either case, in the
ordinary course of business, and (ii) the purchase or sale of loans in the
ordinary course of business which is a true sale and does not constitute a
fraudulent conveyance) unless such transaction is (a) not otherwise expressly
prohibited under this Loan Agreement, (b) in the ordinary course of the
Borrower's business and (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to
the Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with
a Person which is not an Affiliate, or make a payment that is not otherwise
permitted by this Section 7.10 to any Affiliate.

          7.11  Limitation on Liens.  Immediately upon notice of a Lien or any
                -------------------                                           
circumstance which could give rise to a Lien on the Collateral, the Borrower
will defend the Collateral against, and will take such other action as is
necessary to remove, any Lien, security interest or claim on or to the

                                     -29-
<PAGE>
 
Collateral, other than the security interests created under this Loan Agreement,
and the Borrower will defend the right, title and interest of the Lenders in and
to any of the Collateral against the claims and demands of all persons
whomsoever.

          7.12  Limitation on Distributions.  After the occurrence and during
                ---------------------------                                  
the continuation of any Event of Default, the Borrower shall not make any
payment on account of, or set apart assets for, a sinking or other analogous
fund for the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition
of any equity or partnership interest of the Borrower, whether now or hereafter
outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly
or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Borrower.

          7.13  Maintenance of Profitability.  The Borrower shall not permit,
                ----------------------------                                 
for any period of three consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a "Test
                                                                          ----
Period"), Net Income for such Test Period, before income taxes for such Test
- ------                                                                      
Period and distributions made during such Test Period, to be less than $1.00.

          7.14  Servicing Tape.  The Borrower shall provide to the Lender
                --------------                                           
(electronically in a format mutually acceptable to Lender and Borrower) on a
monthly basis a report containing servicing information, including without
limitation those fields specified by the Lender from time to time, on a loan-by-
loan basis and in the aggregate, with respect to the Mortgage Loans serviced
hereunder by the Borrower or any Servicer.

          7.15  Continuing Representations.  The Borrower covenants that from
                --------------------------                                   
the Effective Date until the Termination Date that each of the representations
and warranties set form in Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05, and 6.07 shall
continue to be true and correct in all material respects.

          7.16  Maintenance of Tangible Net Worth.  Prior to the initial public
                ---------------------------------                              
offering contemplated in connection with the merger more fully described on
Exhibit K hereto, the Borrower shall not permit Tangible Net Worth at any time
- ---------                                                                     
to be less than $25,000,000, and subsequent to such merger, the Borrower shall
not permit Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than $75,000,000.

          7.17  Maintenance of Ratio of Total Indebtedness to Tangible Net
                ----------------------------------------------------------
Worth.  The Borrower shall not permit the ratio of Total Indebtedness to
- -----
Tangible Net Worth at any time to be greater than 30:1; provided that following
the consummation of the contemplated merger with Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Corporation described in Exhibit K hereto, the Borrower shall not permit the
                         ---------                                          
ratio of Total Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth at any time to be greater than
15:1.

          Section 8.  Events of Default.  Each of the following events shall
                      -----------------                                     
constitute an event of default (an "Event of Default") hereunder:
                                    ----------------             

          (a) the Borrower shall default in the payment of any principal of or
     interest on any Loan when due (whether at stated maturity, upon
     acceleration or at mandatory or optional prepayment); or

          (b) the Borrower shall default in the payment of any other amount
     payable by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document after notification
     by the Lender of such default, and such default shall have continued
     unremedied for five Business Days; or

          (c) any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made
     herein or in any other Loan Document by the Borrower or any certificate
     furnished to the Lender pursuant 

                                     -30-
<PAGE>
 
     to the provisions hereof or thereof shall prove to have been false or
     misleading in any material respect as of the time made or furnished (other
     than the representations and warranties set forth in Schedule 1, which
     shall be considered solely for the purpose of determining the Collateral
     Value of the Mortgage Loans; unless the Borrower shall have made any such
     representations and warranties with knowledge that they were materially
     false or misleading at the time made); or

          (d)  (i)  the Borrower shall fail to comply with the requirements of
     any of Section 7.03(a), Section 7.03(e) (but only if such failure would be
     reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect), Section 7.04, Section
     7.05, Section 7.06, or any of Sections 7.09 through 7.13 or any of Sections
     7.15 through 7.17 hereof; or

          (ii)  the Borrower shall otherwise fail to comply with the
     requirements of Section 7.03(d) or 7.03(f) hereof and such default shall
     continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days; or

          (iii) the Borrower shall otherwise fail to comply with the
     requirements of Section 7.14 hereof and such default shall continue
     unremedied for a period of five Business Days following notice thereof; or

          (iv)  the Borrower shall fail to comply with the requirements of
     Section 7.03(e) hereof (if such failure would not be likely to have a
     Material Adverse Effect), and such default shall continue unremedied for a
     period of seven Business Days following notice thereof; or

          (v)   the Borrower shall fail to comply with the requirements of
     Section 7.03(c) hereof and such default shall continue unremedied for a
     period of fifteen Business Days following notice thereof; or

          (vi)  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant
     or agreement contained in this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document
     and such failure to observe or perform shall continue unremedied for a
     period of seven Business Days; or

          (e) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess
     of $500,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower or any
     of its Subsidiaries by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or
     other bodies having jurisdiction and the same shall not be discharged (or
     provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of
     execution thereof shall not be procured, within 60 days from the date of
     entry thereof, and the Borrower or any such Subsidiary shall not, within
     said period of 60 days, or such longer period during which execution of the
     same shall have been stayed or bonded, appeal therefrom and cause the
     execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or

          (f) the Borrower shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
     as such debts become due; or

          (g) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or
     consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver,
     custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator or the like of itself or of all
     or a substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for
     the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the
     Bankruptcy Code, (iv) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any
     other law relating to 

                                     -31-
<PAGE>
 
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution,
     arrangement or winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, (v)
     fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in
     writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the
     Bankruptcy Code or (vi) take any corporate or other action for the purpose
     of effecting any of the foregoing; or

          (h) a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application
     or consent of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in any court of
     competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its reorganization, liquidation,
     dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment
     of its debts, (ii) the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a
     receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of the
     Borrower or any such Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of its
     property, or (iii) similar relief in respect of the Borrower or any such
     Subsidiary under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or
     composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall
     continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering
     any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect,
     for a period of 60 or more days; or an order for relief against the
     Borrower or any such Subsidiary shall be entered in an involuntary case
     under the Bankruptcy Code; or

          (i) the Custodial Agreement or any Loan Document shall for whatever
     reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect, or the
     enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Borrower; or

          (j) the Borrower shall grant, or suffer to exist, any Lien on any
     Collateral except the Liens contemplated hereby; or the Liens contemplated
     hereby shall cease to be first priority perfected Liens on the Collateral
     in favor of the Lender or shall be Liens in favor of any Person other than
     the Lender; or

          (k) any Material Adverse Effect shall occur.

          Section 9.  Remedies Upon Default.
                      --------------------- 

          (a) Upon the occurrence of one or more Events of Default other than
those referred to in Section 8(g) or (h), the Lender may immediately declare the
principal amount of the Loans then outstanding under the Note to be immediately
due and payable, together with all interest thereon and fees and expenses
accruing under this Loan Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
referred to in Sections 8(g) or (h), such amounts shall immediately and
automatically become due and payable without any further action by any Person.
Upon such declaration or such automatic acceleration, the balance then
outstanding on the Note shall become immediately due and payable, without
presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

          (b) Upon the occurrence of one or more Events of Default, the Lender
shall have the right to obtain physical possession of the Servicing Records and
all other files of the Borrower relating to the Collateral and all documents
relating to the Collateral which are then or may thereafter come in to the
possession of the Borrower or any third party acting for the Borrower and the
Borrower shall deliver to the Lender such assignments as the Lender shall
request and the Lender shall have the right to appoint any Person to act as
Servicer for the Mortgage Loans.  The Lender shall be entitled to specific
performance of all agreements of the Borrower contained in this Loan Agreement.

                                     -32-
<PAGE>
 
          Section 10.  No Duty of Lender.  The powers conferred on the Lender
                       -----------------                                     
hereunder are solely to protect the Lender's interests in the Collateral and
shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  The Lender shall
be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the
exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors,
employees or agents shall be responsible to the Borrower for any act or failure
to act hereunder, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

          Section 11.  Miscellaneous.
                       ------------- 

          11.01  Waiver.  No failure on the part of the Lender to exercise and
                 ------                                                       
no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right,
power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof,
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under
any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right, power or privilege.  The remedies provided herein are
cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

          11.02  Notices.  Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Loan
                 -------                                                       
Agreement, all notices, requests and other communications provided for herein
and under the Custodial Agreement (including without limitation any
modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Loan Agreement)
shall be given or made in writing (including without limitation by telex or
telecopy) delivered to the intended recipient at the "Address for Notices"
specified below its name on the signature pages hereof or thereof); or, as to
any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a
written notice to each other party.  Except as otherwise provided in this Loan
Agreement and except for notices given under Section 2 (which shall be effective
only on receipt), all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given when transmitted by telex or telecopy or personally delivered or, in the
case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as
aforesaid.

          11.03  Indemnification and Expenses.
                 ---------------------------- 

          (a) The Borrower agrees to hold the Lender harmless from and indemnify
the Lender against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and
expenses of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against
the Lender, excluding the Lender's ordinary costs of doing business in the
ordinary course, including the interest costs of obtaining funds to lend,
internal overhead, and taxes on income (collectively, the "Costs") relating to
                                                           -----              
or arising out of this Loan Agreement, the Note, any other Loan Document or any
transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, or any amendment, supplement or
modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Loan
Agreement, the Note, any other Loan Document or any transaction contemplated
hereby or thereby, that, in each case, results from anything other than the
Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Lender agrees to use
reasonable efforts to mitigate such Costs.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Borrower agrees to hold the Lender harmless from and
indemnify the Lender against all Costs with respect to all Mortgage Loans
relating to or arising out of any breach, violation or alleged breach or
violation of any Environmental Laws, consumer credit laws, including without
limitation the Truth in Lending Act and/or the Real Estate Settlement Procedures
Act.  In any suit, proceeding or action brought by the Lender in connection with
any Mortgage Loan for any sum owing thereunder, or to enforce any provisions of
any Mortgage Loan, the Borrower will save, indemnify and hold the Lender
harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any
defense, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or reduction or liability whatsoever
of the account debtor or obligor thereunder, arising out of a breach by the
Borrower of any obligation 

                                     -33-
<PAGE>
 
thereunder or arising out of any other agreement, indebtedness or liability at
any time owing to or in favor of such account debtor or obligor or its
successors from the Borrower. The Borrower also agrees to reimburse the Lender
as and when billed by the Lender for all the Lender's costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the enforcement or the preservation of the Lender's
rights under this Loan Agreement, the Note, any other Loan Document or any
transaction contemplated hereby or thereby following the occurrence of a
Default, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of
its counsel. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding the fact
that the Note is secured by the Collateral, the obligation of the Borrower under
the Note is a recourse obligation of the Borrower; provided, that in no event
shall there be recourse to the officers, directors, shareholders, members and/or
managers of the Borrower, except for fraud or willful misconduct or its or their
part.

          (b) The Borrower agrees to pay as and when billed by the Lender all of
the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with
the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or
modification to, this Loan Agreement, the Note, any other Loan Document or any
other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith.  The Borrower
agrees to pay as and when billed by the Lender all of the out-of-pocket costs
and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation and administration of
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including without limitation
(i) all the reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to the Lender
and (iii) all custodial expenses (except as otherwise provided in the Custodial
Agreement).

          11.04  Amendments.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
                 ----------                                                 
Loan Agreement, any provision of this Loan Agreement may be modified or
supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and the
Lender and any provision of this Loan Agreement may be waived by the Lender.

          11.05  Successors and Assigns.  This Loan Agreement shall be binding
                 ----------------------                                        
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  The Lender shall not assign the Loans made
hereunder or this Loan Agreement to any party without the prior written consent
of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

          11.06  Survival.  The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 3.03
                 --------                                                      
and 11.03 hereof shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the termination of
this Loan Agreement. In addition, each representation and warranty made or
deemed to be made by a request for a borrowing, herein or pursuant hereto shall
survive the making of such representation and warranty, and the Lender shall not
be deemed to have waived, by reason of making any Loan, any Default that may
arise because any such representation or warranty shall have proved to be false
or misleading, notwithstanding that the Lender may have had notice or knowledge
or reason to believe that such representation or warranty was false or
misleading at the time such Loan was made.

          11.07  Captions.  The table of contents and captions and section
                 --------                                                 
headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and
are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Loan
Agreement.

          11.08  Counterparts.  This Loan Agreement may be executed in any
                 ------------                                             
number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Loan Agreement
by signing any such counterpart.

                                     -34-
<PAGE>
 
          11.09  Loan Agreement Constitutes Security Agreement; Governing Law.
                 ------------------------------------------------------------  
This Loan Agreement shall be governed by New York law without reference to
choice of law doctrine, and shall constitute a security agreement within the
meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code.

          11.10  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS.  THE BORROWER HEREBY
                 -----------------------------------                      
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY:

          (A) SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR
     PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, THE NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN
     DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT
     THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE
     STATE OF NEW YORK, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR
     THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

          (B) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH
     COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT
     MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN
     ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN
     INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

          (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING
     MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL
     (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS
     ADDRESS SET FORTH UNDER ITS SIGNATURE BELOW OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF
     WHICH THE LENDER SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED; AND

          (D) AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT
     SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE
     RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

          11.11  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER
                 --------------------                                      
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,
ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

          11.12  Acknowledgments.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
                 ---------------                                         

          (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and
     delivery of this Loan Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents;

          (b) the Lender has no fiduciary relationship to the Borrower, and the
     relationship between the Borrower and the Lender is solely that of debtor
     and creditor; and

          (c) no joint venture exists between the Lender and the Borrower.

                                     -35-
<PAGE>
 
          11.13  Hypothecation or Pledge of Loans.  The Lender shall have free
                 --------------------------------                             
and unrestricted use of all Collateral and nothing in this Loan Agreement shall
preclude the Lender from engaging in repurchase transactions with the Collateral
or otherwise pledging, repledging, transferring, hypothecating, or
rehypothecating the Collateral; provided that the Lender shall comply with its
obligations to the Borrower with respect to the Collateral otherwise set forth
in this Loan Agreement including, but not limited to, Section 2.08 and 2.09
hereto.  Nothing contained in this Loan Agreement shall obligate the Lender to
segregate any Collateral delivered to the Lender by the Borrower.

          11.14  Servicing.
                 --------- 

          (a) The Borrower covenants to maintain or cause the servicing of the
Mortgage Loans to be maintained in conformity with accepted and prudent
servicing practices in the industry for the same type of mortgage loans as the
Mortgage Loans and in a manner at least equal in quality to the servicing the
Borrower provides for mortgage loans which it owns.  In the event that the
preceding language is interpreted as constituting one or more servicing
contracts, each such servicing contract shall terminate automatically upon the
earliest of (i) an Event of Default, (ii) the date on which all the Secured
Obligations have been paid in full or (iii) the transfer of servicing approved
by the Borrower.

          (b) All remittances from the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement,
so long as the Lender shall not have notified the Servicer and the Borrower that
a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (in which event
the Lender shall be entitled to apply such amounts as the Lender may determine
in its sole discretion), shall be applied by the Lender on each Payment Date in
the following order of priority:

               (1)  to the payment of the Servicer's servicing fee;

               (2)  to the payment of interest due and payable on the Loans on
          such Payment Date;

               (3)  to the payment of any other Secured Obligations then due and
          payable; and

               (4)  to the extent any amounts remain, to the Borrower or such
          other Person as is entitled to receive the same.

          (c) If the Mortgage Loans are serviced by the Borrower, (i) the
Borrower agrees that the Lender is the collateral assignee of all servicing
records, including but not limited to any and all servicing agreements, files,
documents, records, data bases, computer tapes, copies of computer tapes, proof
of insurance coverage, insurance policies, appraisals, other closing
documentation, payment history records, and any other records relating to or
evidencing the servicing of Mortgage Loans (the "Servicing Records"), and (ii)
                                                 -----------------            
the Borrower grants the Lender a security interest in all servicing fees and
rights relating to the Mortgage Loans and all Servicing Records to secure the
obligation of the Borrower or its designee to service in conformity with this
Section and any other obligation of the Borrower to the Lender.  The Borrower
covenants to safeguard such Servicing Records and to deliver them promptly to
the Lender or its designee (including the Custodian) at the Lender's request
following a Default.

          (d) If the Mortgage Loans are serviced by a third party servicer (such
third party servicer, the "Servicer"), the Borrower (i) shall provide a copy of
                           --------                                            
the servicing agreement to the 

                                     -36-
<PAGE>
 
Lender, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Lender (the
"Servicing Agreement"); and (ii) hereby irrevocably assigns to the
 -------------------                   
Lender and the Lender's successors and assigns all right, title, interest of the
Borrower in, to and under, and the benefits of, any Servicing Agreement with
respect to the Mortgage Loans.

          (e) If the servicer of the Mortgage Loans is the Borrower or the
Servicer is an Affiliate of the Borrower, the Borrower shall provide to the
Lender a letter from the Borrower or the Servicer, as the case may be, to the
effect that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender may terminate
any Servicing Agreement and transfer servicing to its designee, at no cost or
expense to the Lender, it being agreed that the Borrower will pay any and all
fees required to terminate the Servicing Agreement and to effectuate the
transfer of servicing to the designee of the Lender.

          (f) After the Funding Date, until the pledge of any Mortgage Loan is
relinquished by the Custodian, the Borrower will have no right to modify or
alter the terms of such Mortgage Loan and the Borrower will have no obligation
or right to repossess such Mortgage Loan or substitute another Mortgage Loan,
except as provided in the Custodial Agreement.

          (g) In the event the Borrower or its Affiliate is servicing the
Mortgage Loans, the Borrower shall permit the Lender to inspect the Borrower's
or its Affiliate's servicing facilities, as the case may be, for the purpose of
satisfying the Lender that the Borrower or its Affiliate, as the case may be,
has the ability to service the Mortgage Loans as provided in this Loan
Agreement.

          11.15  Periodic Due Diligence Review.
                 ----------------------------- 

          (a) The Borrower acknowledges that the Lender has the right to perform
continuing due diligence reviews with respect to the Mortgage Loans, for
purposes of verifying compliance with the representations, warranties and
specifications made hereunder, or otherwise, and the Borrower agrees that upon
reasonable (but no less than five (1) Business Day's) prior notice unless an
Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, in which case no notice
is required, to the Borrower, the Lender or its authorized representatives will
be permitted during normal business hours to examine, inspect, and make copies
and extracts of, the Mortgage Files and any and all documents, records,
agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Loans in the
possession or under the control of the Borrower and/or the Custodian.  The
Borrower also shall make available to the Lender a knowledgeable financial or
accounting officer for the purpose of answering questions respecting the
Mortgage Files and the Mortgage Loans.  Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that the Lender may make Loans to the
Borrower based solely upon the information provided by the Borrower to the
Lender in the Mortgage Loan Medium and the representations, warranties and
covenants contained herein, and that the Lender, at its option, has the right at
any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review on some or all of
the Mortgage Loans securing such Loan, including without limitation ordering new
credit reports and new appraisals on the related Mortgaged Properties and
otherwise re-generating the information used to originate such Mortgage Loan.
The Lender may underwrite such Mortgage Loans itself or engage a mutually agreed
upon third party underwriter to perform such underwriting.

          (b) At least (i) five (5) Business Days in the case of any Funding
Date to occur within 30 days following the Effective Date or (ii) three (3)
Business Days for any other Funding Date, before each such Funding Date, the
Borrower shall either, as specified by the Lender, deliver to the Lender, or its
designee, in escrow, or make available, or cause to be made available, for
examination during normal business hours, copies of all credit files,
underwriting documentation, third party reports 

                                     -37-
<PAGE>
 
and Summary Credit Files on such Funding Date. The fact that the Lender has
conducted or has failed to conduct any partial or complete examination of the
credit files, underwriting documentation, third party reports or Mortgage Files
shall not affect the Lender's right and obligations hereunder; provided however
that by making a Loan pursuant to the terms hereof, unless otherwise set forth
in writing prior to such Loan, the Lender shall be deemed to have approved any
exception to the Underwriting Guidelines or the representations and warranties
set forth on Schedule 1 hereto that are specified in the related Request for
Borrowing.

          (c) The Borrower agrees to cooperate with the Lender and any third
party underwriter in connection with such underwriting, including, but not
limited to, providing the Lender and any third party underwriter with access to
any and all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating
to such Mortgage Loans in the possession, or under the control, of the Borrower.
The Lender further agrees that the Lender shall pay for any and all out-of-
pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the Lender's
activities pursuant to this Section 11.15 ("Due Diligence Costs"); provided
                                            -------------------            
that, in the event that a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred,
the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender for all Due Diligence Costs.

          (d) The Lender shall give written notice to the Borrower upon the
completion of its examination of a Summary Credit File for which it intends to
make a Loan by transmitting a Summary Credit File Review Confirmation,
substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, by facsimile to Pierrette Newman,
                             ---------                                          
or such other person designated by the Borrower, at (203) 622-1984; provided,
however, that any notice given pursuant to this Section 11.15(d) shall in no way
be deemed (i) to be an approval by the Lender to any exception to the
Underwriting Guidelines or the representations and warranties set forth on
Schedule 1 hereto that are not specified in the related Request for Borrowing,
(ii) to be a waiver of any rights the Lender may have under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the right to determine Market Value of the
related Mortgage Loan at that time or any future time or (iii) to be a waiver of
any eligibility criteria for the related Mortgage Loan pursuant to other
eligibility criteria as set forth in this Agreement.

                           [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                     -38-
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement
to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                              BORROWER
                              --------

                              FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC


                              By_________________________________
                               Title:

                              Address for Notices:
                              ------------------- 

                              2049 Century Park East
                              Suite 350
                              Los Angeles, California 90067

                              Attention:  Raedelle Walker
                              Telecopier No.:  (310) 785-1674
                              Telephone No.:  (310) 229-2619


                              5 Greenwich Office Park
                              Greenwich, Connecticut 06831

                              Attention:  Mr. John Rinaldi
                              Telecopier No.:  (203) 622-1984
                              Telephone No.:  (203) 863-7100

                              LENDER
                              ------

                              MORGAN STANLEY ASSET FUNDING INC.


                              By_________________________________
                               Title:

                              Address for Notices:
                              ------------------- 

                              1585 Broadway
                              New York, New York  10036
                              Attention:  Mr. Peter Mozer
                              Telecopier No.: 212-761-0570
                              Telephone No.:  212-761-2408

                                     -39-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE 1

               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RE: MORTGAGE LOANS

                                 Schedule 1-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE 2
                       FILING JURISDICTIONS AND OFFICES


                       Secretary of State of Connecticut
                       Secretary of State of California
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE 3

              LIST OF APPROVED CONCEPTS AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                       ---------

                           [FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE]


$200,000,000.00                                               September 30, 1997
                                                              New York, New York

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC, a
limited liability company (the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order
                                --------
of MORGAN STANLEY ASSET FUNDING INC. (the "Lender"), at the principal office of
                                           ------
the Lender at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York, 10036, in lawful money of the
United States, and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of TWO
HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($200,000,000) (or such lesser amount as shall equal the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans made by the Lender to the
Borrower under the Loan Agreement), on the dates and in the principal amounts
provided in the Loan Agreement, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each such Loan, at such office, in like money and funds, for the
period commencing on the date of such Loan until such Loan shall be paid in
full, at the rates per annum and on the dates provided in the Loan Agreement.

          The date, amount and interest rate of each Loan made by the Lender to
the Borrower, and each payment made on account of the principal thereof, shall
be recorded by the Lender on its books and, prior to any transfer of this Note,
endorsed by the Lender on the schedule attached hereto or any continuation
thereof; provided, that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation
         --------                                                             
or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to make a
payment when due of any amount owing under the Loan Agreement or hereunder in
respect of the Loans made by the Lender.

          This Note is the Note referred to in the Master Loan and Security
Agreement dated as of September 30, 1997 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified and in effect from time to time, the "Loan Agreement") between the
                                               --------------              
Borrower and the Lender, and evidences Loans made by the Lender thereunder.
Terms used but not defined in this Note have the respective meanings assigned to
them in the Loan Agreement.

          The Borrower agrees to pay all the Lender's costs of collection and
enforcement (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements of Lender's
counsel) in respect of this Note when incurred, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees through appellate proceedings.

          Notwithstanding the pledge of the Collateral, the Borrower hereby
acknowledges, admits and agrees that the Borrower's obligations under this Note
are recourse obligations of the Borrower to which the Borrower pledges its full
faith and credit provided, that in no event shall there be recourse to the
officers, directors, shareholders, members and/or managers of the Borrower,
except for fraud or willful misconduct or its or their part.

          The Borrower, and any indorsers or guarantors hereof, (a) severally
waive diligence, presentment, protest and demand and also notice of protest,
demand, dishonor and nonpayments of this Note, (b) expressly agree that this
Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time, and consent
to the acceptance of further Collateral, the release of any Collateral for this
Note, the release of any party primarily or secondarily liable hereon, and (c)
expressly agree that it will not be necessary for the Lender, in order to
enforce payment of this Note, to first institute or exhaust the Lender's
remedies against the Borrower or any other party liable hereon or against any
Collateral for 

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
this Note. No extension of time for the payment of this Note, or any installment
hereof, made by agreement by the Lender with any person now or hereafter liable
for the payment of this Note, shall affect the liability under this Note of the
Borrower, even if the Borrower is not a party to such agreement; provided,
                                                                 --------
however, that the Lender and the Borrower, by written agreement between
- -------
them, may affect the liability of the Borrower.

          Any reference herein to the Lender shall be deemed to include and
apply to every subsequent holder of this Note.  Reference is made to the Loan
Agreement for provisions concerning optional and mandatory prepayments,
Collateral, acceleration and other material terms affecting this Note.

          THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CHOICE OF LAW DOCTRINE) WHOSE LAWS THE
BORROWER EXPRESSLY ELECTS TO APPLY TO THIS NOTE.  THE BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY
ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE MAY BE
COMMENCED IN THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN,
OR IN THE DISTRICT COURT OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW
YORK.

                              FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC

                              By: _______________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
                               SCHEDULE OF LOANS

          This Note evidences Loans made under the within-described Loan
Agreement to the Borrower, on the dates, in the principal amounts and bearing
interest at the rates set forth below, and subject to the payments and
prepayments of principal set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
               PRINCIPAL AMOUNT    INTEREST   AMOUNT PAID   UNPAID PRINCIPAL    NOTATION
DATE MADE         OF LOAN            RATE     OR PREPAID         AMOUNT          MADE BY
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>                 <C>        <C>           <C>                 <C> 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE> 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                       ---------
                         [FORM OF CUSTODIAL AGREEMENT]

                                 [to be added]

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                       ---------
                   [FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO BORROWER]


                                    (date)

Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York  10036

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

          You have requested [our] [my] opinion, as counsel to Franchise
Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC, a limited liability company (the "Borrower"),
                                                                   --------   
with respect to certain matters in connection with that certain Master Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1997 (the "Loan and Security
                                                         -----------------
Agreement"), by and between the Borrower and Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc.
- ---------                                                                     
(the "Lender"), being executed contemporaneously with a Promissory Note dated
      ------                                                                 
September 30, 1997 from the Borrower to the Lender (the "Note"), a Custodial
                                                         ----               
Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1997 (the "Custodial Agreement"), by and
                                                -------------------          
among the Borrower, LaSalle National Bank (the "Custodian"), and the Lender.
                                                ---------                    
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in
the Loan and Security Agreement.

          [We] [I] have examined the following documents:

          1.   the Loan and Security Agreement;

          2.   the Note;

          3.   Custodial Agreement;

          4.   unfiled copies of the financing statements listed on Schedule 1
                                                                    ----------
               (collectively, the "Financing Statements") naming the Borrower as
                                   --------------------                         
               Debtor and the Lender as Secured Party and describing the
               Collateral (as defined in the Loan and Security Agreement) as to
               which security interests may be perfected by filing under the
               Uniform Commercial Code of the States listed on Schedule 1 (the
                                                               ----------     
               "Filing Collateral"), which I understand will be filed in the
               ------------------                                           
               filing offices listed on Schedule 1 (the "Filing Offices");
                                        ----------       --------------   

          5.   the reports listed on Schedule 2 as to UCC financing statements
                                     ----------                               
               (collectively, the "UCC Search Report"); and
                                   -----------------       

          6.   such other documents, records and papers as we have deemed
               necessary and relevant as a basis for this opinion.

          To the extent [we] [I] have deemed necessary and proper, [we] [I] have
relied upon the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the
Loan and Security Agreement.  [We] [I] have assumed the authenticity of all
documents submitted to me as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the
legal capacity of natural persons and the conformity to the originals of all
documents.

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
          Based upon the foregoing, it is [our] [my] opinion that:

          1.   The Borrower is a [________ limited liability company] duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of [state] and
is qualified to transact business in, and is in good standing under, the laws of
the state of [state].

          2.   The Borrower has the [corporate] power to engage in the
transactions contemplated by the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note, and the
Custodial Agreement and all requisite [corporate] power, authority and legal
right to execute and deliver the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note, and the
Custodial Agreement and observe the terms and conditions of such instruments.
The Borrower has all requisite [corporate] power to borrow under the Loan and
Security Agreement and to grant a security interest in the Collateral pursuant
to the Loan and Security Agreement.

          3.   The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the
Loan and Security Agreement, the Note, and the Custodial Agreement, and the
borrowings by the Borrower and the pledge of the Collateral under the Loan and
Security Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
on the part of the Borrower.  Each of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note
and the Custodial Agreement have been executed and delivered by the Borrower and
are legal, valid and binding agreements enforceable in accordance with their
respective terms against the Borrower, subject to bankruptcy laws and other
similar laws of general application affecting rights of creditors and subject to
the application of the rules of equity, including those respecting the
availability of specific performance, none of which will materially interfere
with the realization of the benefits provided thereunder or with the Lender's
security interest in the Mortgage Loans.

          4.   No consent, approval, authorization or order of, and no filing or
registration with,  any court or governmental agency or regulatory body is
required on the part of the Borrower for the execution, delivery or performance
by the Borrower of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note and the Custodial
Agreement or for the borrowings by the Borrower under the Loan and Security
Agreement or the granting of a security interest to the Lender in the
Collateral, pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement.

          5.   The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of, and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, the Loan and Security
Agreement, the Note and the Custodial Agreement do not and will not (a) violate
any provision of the Borrower's charter or by-laws, (b) violate any applicable
law, rule or regulation, (c) violate any order, writ, injunction or decree of
any court or governmental authority or agency or any arbitral award applicable
to the Borrower of which I have knowledge (after due inquiry) or (d) result in a
breach of, constitute a default under, require any consent under, or result in
the acceleration or required prepayment of any indebtedness pursuant to the
terms of, any agreement or instrument of which I have knowledge (after due
inquiry) to which the Borrower is a party or by which it is bound or to which it
is subject, or (except for the Liens created pursuant to the Loan and Security
Agreement) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any Property of
the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.

          6.   There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or,
to the best of [our] [my] knowledge, threatened against the Borrower which, in
[our] [my] judgment, either in any one instance or in the aggregate, would be
reasonably likely to result in any material adverse change in the properties,
business or financial condition, or prospects of the Borrower or in any material
impairment of the right or ability of the Borrower to carry on its business
substantially as now conducted or in any material liability on the part of the
Borrower or which would draw into question the validity of the Loan and Security
Agreement, the Note, the Custodial Agreement or the Mortgage Loans or of any
action taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated
thereby, or which would be reasonably likely to impair materially the ability of
the Borrower to perform under 

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Note, the Custodial Agreement
or the Mortgage Loans.

          7.   The Loan and Security Agreement is effective to create, in favor
of the Lender, a valid security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code in
all of the right, title and interest of the Borrower in, to and under the
Collateral as collateral security for the payment of the Secured Obligations (as
defined in the Loan and Security Agreement), except that (a) such security
interests will continue in Collateral after its sale, exchange or other
disposition only to the extent provided in Section 9-306 of the Uniform
Commercial Code, (b) the security interests in Collateral in which the Borrower
acquires rights after the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code in
respect of the Borrower may be limited by Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code.

          8.   When the Mortgage Notes are delivered to the Custodian, endorsed
in blank by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, the security interest
referred to in paragraph 7 above in the Mortgage Notes will constitute a fully
perfected first priority security interest in all right, title and interest of
the Borrower therein, in the Mortgage Loan evidenced thereby and in the
Borrower's interest in the related Mortgaged Property.

          9.   (a)  Upon the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 naming
the Lender as "Secured Party" and the Borrower as "Debtor", and describing the
Collateral, in the jurisdictions and recording offices listed on Schedule 1
                                                                 ----------
attached hereto, the security interests referred to in paragraph 8 above will
constitute fully perfected security interests under the Uniform Commercial Code
in all right, title and interest of the Borrower in, to and under such
Collateral, which can be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code.

          (b) The UCC Search Report sets forth the proper filing offices and the
proper debtors necessary to identify those Persons who have on file in the
jurisdictions listed on Schedule 1 financing statements covering the Filing
                        ----------                                         
Collateral as of the dates and times specified on Schedule 2.  Except for the
                                                  ----------                 
matters listed on Schedule 2, the UCC Search Report identifies no Person who has
                  ----------                                                    
filed in any Filing Office a financing statement describing the Filing
Collateral prior to the effective dates of the UCC Search Report.

          10.  The Assignments of Mortgage are in recordable form, except for
the insertion of the name of the assignee, and upon the name of the assignee
being inserted, are acceptable for recording under the laws of the state where
each related Mortgaged Property is located.

                    Very truly yours,

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT D
                                   ---------

                         FORM OF REQUEST FOR BORROWING
                         -----------------------------

 Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1997 (the "Loan
                                                                          ----
and Security Agreement"), by and between the Borrower and Morgan Stanley Asset
- ----------------------                                                        
Funding Inc. (the "Lender"),
                   ------   

Lender:               Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc.

Borrower:             Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC

Requested Fund Date:     ___________________________

Transmission Date:       ___________________________

Transmission Time:  

 

Type of Funding:
(Wet or Dry)             ___________________________

Number of Mortgage
 Loans to be Pledged:    ___________________________

UPB:                    $___________________________

Requested Wire Amount:  $___________________________

Wire Instructions:

 

 
 
 
 
Requested by:

FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY LLC

By:__________________________
     Name:
     Title:

                                      D-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT E-1
                                                                     -----------
                       FORM OF BORROWER'S RELEASE LETTER

                                                    [Date]

Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York  10036
Attention:  ____________________
Facsimile:  ____________________

     Re:  Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1997
          (the "Loan and Security Agreement"), by and between Franchise Mortgage
                ----------------------------
          Acceptance Company LLC (the "Borrower") and Morgan Stanley Asset
                                       --------                           
          Funding Inc. (the "Lender")
                             ------  

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          With respect to the mortgage loans described in the attached Schedule
                                                                       --------
A (the "Mortgage Loans") we hereby certify to you that the Mortgage Loans are
- -       --------------                                                       
not subject to a lien of any third party.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE   
                                    COMPANY LLC


                                    By:  __________________________
                                    Name:  __________________________
                                    Title:  __________________________

                                     E-1-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT E-2
                                                                     -----------
                   FORM OF WAREHOUSE LENDER'S RELEASE LETTER


                                            (Date)


Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York  10036
Attention: ________________
Facsimile: ________________

     Re:  Certain Mortgage Loans Identified on Schedule A hereto and owned by
                                               ----------                    
          Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC

          The undersigned hereby releases all right, interest, lien or claim of
any kind with respect to the mortgage loan(s) described in the attached Schedule
                                                                        --------
A, such release to be effective automatically without any further action by any
- -                                                                              
party upon payment in one or more installments, in immediately available funds
of $__________________, in accordance with the following wire instructions:

                            ________________________

                            ________________________

                                   Very truly yours,



                                      [WAREHOUSE LENDER]

                                   By:____________________________

                                   Name:__________________________

                                   Title:_________________________

                                     E-2-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT F
                                                                       ---------

                                  [RESERVED]

                                      G-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                       ---------

                              SUMMARY CREDIT FILE


     1)   The Borrower's credit write-up package with supporting financial
          analysis performed by the Borrower;

     2)   To the extent available, the appraisal constructed by a approved third
          party entity. To the extent that this third party appraisal has not
          been completed, the Borrower's internal appraisal analysis may be
          substituted. However, the Lender reserves the right to review final
          third party appraisal upon completion;

     3)   To the extent obtained by the Borrower, the executive summary of any
          engineering reports;

     4)   To the extent obtained by the Borrower, the executive summary of any
          environmental reports such as VISTA or phase 1;

     5)   With respect to Energy-Related Mortgage Loans, a copy of commitment to
          provide by environmental related insurance by a pre-approved insurer
          under a pre-approved policy; and

     6)   Other information that Lender may reasonably request and is reasonably
          obtainable by the Borrower.

                                      H-1
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT H
                                   ---------

                                  [RESERVED]

                                      H-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT I
                                   ---------

                FORM OF SUMMARY CREDIT FILE REVIEW CONFIRMATION

          On this _____ day of _____________ 199_, Morgan Stanley Asset Funding
Inc. (the "Lender"), under that certain Master Loan and Security Agreement,
           ------                                                          
dated as of September 30, 1997 (the "Loan and Security Agreement"), by and
                                     ---------------------------          
between Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC (the "Borrower") and Lender,
                                                        --------              
does hereby give notice to Borrower, pursuant to Section 11.15(d) of the Loan
and Security Agreement, of the Lender's completion of its examination of the
Summary Credit File attached as Exhibit A hereto.

          This notice shall in no way be deemed (i) to be an approval by the
Lender to any exception to the Underwriting Guidelines or the representations
and warranties set forth on Schedule 1 to the Loan and Security Agreement that
are not specified in the related Request for Borrowing, (ii) to be a waiver of
any rights the Lender may have under the Loan and Security Agreement, including,
without limitation, the right to determine Market Value of the related Mortgage
Loan at this time or any future time or (iii) to be a waiver of any eligibility
criteria for the related Mortgage Loan pursuant to other eligibility criteria as
set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement.

          Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lender has caused this Summary Credit File
Review Confirmation to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer
as of the day and year first above written.

                                    MORGAN STANLEY ASSET FUNDING INC.

                                    By:___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT J

                           FORM OF BAILEE AGREEMENT
                           ------------------------




                               ___________, 199__


[NAME OF BAILEE]

[ADDRESS OF BAILEE]
Attention: ______________________

          Re:  Bailee Agreement (the "Bailee Agreement") in connection with the
                                      ----------------
               pledge of certain mortgage loans by Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
               Company LLC (the "Borrower") to Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc.
                                 --------
               (the "Lender")
                     ------

Gentlemen and Mesdames:

          In consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Borrower, the Lender and ________________________ (the
"Bailee") hereby agree as follows:
 ------                           

          1.   The Borrower shall deliver to the Bailee in connection with any
Mortgage Loans delivered to the Bailee hereunder an Identification Certificate
in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto to which shall be attached a Mortgage
               ---------                                                      
Loan Schedule identifying which Mortgage Loans are being delivered to the Bailee
hereunder.  Such Mortgage Loan Schedule shall contain the following fields of
information: (a) the mortgage loan identifying number; (b) the mortgagor's name;
(c) the mortgaged property's street address, city, state and zip code; (d) the
original balance; (e) the current principal balance; (f) the original mortgage
interest rate; (g) the original term; (h) the remaining term; (i) insert a code
indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a C-Store Mortgage Loan, a Q-Store
Mortgage Loan or a Golf Course Loan; (j) if such Mortgage Loan is a Franchisee
Loan, list the Approved Concept; and (k) the date of the last payment made and
the due date of such payment.

          2.   On or prior to the date indicated on the Identification
Certificate delivered by the Borrower (the "Funding Date"), the Borrower shall
                                            ------------                      
have delivered to the Bailee, as bailee for hire, the following original
documents (collectively, the "Mortgage File") for each mortgage loan (the
                              -------------                              
"Mortgage Loans") listed in Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Mortgage Loan
- ---------------             ---------                       -------------
Schedule"):
- --------   
<PAGE>
 
     (I) With respect to each Eligible Mortgage Loan:
         --------------------------------------------

         (a)   The original Mortgage Note bearing all intervening endorsements,
               endorsed "Pay to the order of _________ without recourse" and
               signed in the name of the last endorsee (the "Last Endorsee") by
                                                             -------------     
               an authorized Person (in the event that the Mortgage Loan was
               acquired by the Last Endorsee in a merger, the signature must be
               in the following form:  "[Last Endorsee], successor by merger to
               [name of predecessor]"; in the event that the Mortgage Loan was
               acquired or originated by the Last Endorsee while doing business
               under another name, the signature must be in the following form:
               "[Last Endorsee], formerly known as [previous name]").

         (b)   The original of the guarantee executed in connection with the
               Mortgage Note (if any).

         (c)   The original Mortgage with evidence of recording thereon, or a
               copy thereof together with an Officer's Certificate of the
               Borrower certifying that such represents a true and correct copy
               of the original and that such original has been submitted or
               promptly after closing will be submitted for recordation in the
               appropriate governmental recording office of the jurisdiction
               where the Mortgaged Property is located.

         (d)   The originals of all assumption, modification, consolidation or
               extension agreements relating to the Mortgage with evidence of
               recording thereon, or copies thereof together with an Officer's
               Certificate of the Borrower certifying that such represent true
               and correct copies of the originals and that such originals have
               each been submitted or promptly after closing will be submitted
               for recordation in the appropriate governmental recording office
               of the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located.

         (e)   The original Assignment of Mortgage in blank for each Mortgage
               Loan, in form and substance acceptable for recording and signed
               in the name of the Last Endorsee (in the event that the Mortgage
               Loan was acquired by the Last Endorsee in a merger, the signature
               must be in the following form:  "[Last Endorsee], successor by
               merger to [name of predecessor]"; in the event that the Mortgage
               Loan was acquired or originated while doing business under
               another name, the signature must be in the following form:
               "[Last Endorsee], formerly known as [previous name]").

         (f)   The originals of all intervening assignments of mortgage with
               evidence of recording thereon, or copies thereof together with an
               Officer's Certificate of the Borrower certifying that such
               represent true and correct copies of the originals and that such
               originals have each been submitted or promptly after closing will
               be submitted for recordation in the appropriate governmental
               recording office of the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property
               is located.

         (g)   The original attorney's opinion of title, if any, and abstract of
               title or the original mortgagee title insurance policy or title
               report, or open mortgage 

                                      J-2
<PAGE>
 
               search, or if the original mortgagee title insurance policy has
               not been issued, the irrevocable commitment to issue the same.

         (h)   The original of any security agreement, chattel mortgage or
               equivalent document executed in connection with the Mortgage
               Loan.

         (i)   The original assignment of leases and rents, if any, with
               evidence of recording thereon, or a copy thereof together with an
               Officer's Certificate of the Borrower certifying that such copy
               represents a true and correct copy of the original that has been
               or will, on the Funding Date be submitted for recordation in the
               appropriate governmental recording office of the jurisdiction
               where the Mortgaged Property is located.

         (j)   The original assignment of assignment of leases and rents (if
               applicable), if any, from the Borrower in blank, in form and
               substance acceptable for recording.

         (k)   A copy of the UCC-1 Financing Statements, certified as true and
               correct by the Borrower, and all necessary UCC-3 Continuation
               Statements with evidence of filing thereon or copies thereof
               certified by the Borrower to have been sent or promptly after
               closing will be sent for filing, and UCC-3 Assignments executed
               by the Borrower in blank, which UCC-3 Assignments shall be in
               form and substance acceptable for filing.

         (l)   An environmental indemnity agreement (if any).

         (m)   A general assignment of loan documents with the assignee in
               blank, assigning all of the Borrower's right, title and interest
               in the Mortgage Loan, including but not limited to, the Mortgage
               Note, the Mortgage, the Security Agreement, the Ground Lease (if
               any), and the franchise agreement, as applicable.

         (n)   A disbursement letter from the Mortgagor to the original
               mortgagee (if any).

         (o)   Mortgagor's certificate or title affidavit (if any).

         (p)   A survey of the Mortgaged Property (if any).

         (q)   A copy of the Mortgagor's Opinion of Counsel (if any).

    (II) With respect to each Eligible Mortgage Loan which is a Franchisee Loan
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
(as identified on the Mortgage Loan Schedule):
- ----------------------------------------------

         (a)   The documents listed in Section 2(I) above.

         (b)   The franchise agreement (if any), certified by the Borrower as a
               true, correct and complete copy of the original.

provided, however, that as to certain Mortgages or assignments thereof which
- --------  -------                                                           
have been delivered or are being delivered to recording offices for recording
and have not been returned to the Borrower in 

                                      J-3
<PAGE>
 
time to permit their delivery hereunder at the time of such transfer, in lieu of
delivering such original documents, the Borrower shall deliver to the Custodian
a true copy thereof with a certification by the Borrower on the face of such
copy substantially as follows: "certified true and correct copy of original
which has been transmitted for recordation". The Borrower will deliver such
original documents, together with any related policy of title insurance not
previously delivered, on behalf of the Borrower to the Custodian promptly after
they are received.

          3.   The Bailee shall issue and deliver to the Lender and the
Custodian prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Funding Date by
facsimile (i) in the name of the Lender, an initial trust receipt and
certification in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Bailee Trust Receipt") which
                             ---------              --------------------        
Bailee Trust Receipt shall state that the Bailee has received the documents
comprising each Mortgage File as listed in Paragraph 2 hereof for each Mortgage
Loan listed on the Mortgage Loan Schedule except for such documents listed on
the Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception report attached thereto and (ii) a copy
of the executed document listed in Paragraph 2(I)(a) and a settlement statement
for each related Mortgage Loan.

          For purposes of this Bailee Agreement:

          (a) the "Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report" shall mean a
                   -------------------------------------------              
list of Mortgage Loans delivered by the Bailee to the Lender on the Funding
Date, reflecting the Mortgage Loans held by the Bailee for the benefit of the
Lender, which includes a list of any Exceptions with respect to each Mortgage
Loan listed thereon.  Each Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report shall set
forth (a) the Mortgage Loans being pledged to the Lender on the Funding Date and
held by the Bailee under this Bailee Agreement, and (b) all Exceptions with
respect thereto, with any updates thereto from the time last delivered; and

          (b) an "Exception" shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage Loan, any
                  ---------                                                    
of the following: (i). the variances from the requirements of Section 1 hereof
with respect to the Mortgage Files (giving effect to the Borrower's right to
deliver certified copies in lieu of original documents in certain
circumstances), and (ii) any Mortgage Loan with respect to which the Bailee
receives written notice or has actual knowledge of a lien subject or security
interest in favor of a person other than the Lender with respect to such
Mortgage Loan.

          4.   On the applicable Funding Date, in the event that the Lender
fails to make a Loan to the Borrower secured by the Mortgage Loans identified in
the related Identification Certificate, the Lender shall deliver by facsimile to
the Bailee at (   ) ____-______ to the attention of ______________ an
authorization (the "Facsimile Authorization") to release the Mortgage Files with
                    -----------------------                                     
respect to the Mortgage Loans identified therein to the Borrower.  Upon receipt
of such Facsimile Authorization, the Bailee shall release the Mortgage Files to
the Borrower in accordance with the Borrower's instructions.

          5.   Following the Funding Date, the Bailee shall forward the Mortgage
Files to U.S. Bank National Association d/b/a First Bank National Association,
180 East 5th Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101, Attention: Lynn Steiner (the
"Custodian") by insured overnight courier for receipt by the Custodian no later
- ----------                                                                     
than five (5) business days following the applicable Funding Date (the "Delivery
                                                                        --------
Date").
- ----   

                                      J-4
<PAGE>
 
          6.   From and after the applicable Funding Date until the time of
receipt of the Facsimile Authorization or the applicable Delivery Date, as
applicable, the Bailee (a) shall maintain continuous custody and control of the
related Mortgage Files as bailee for the Lender and (b) is holding the related
Mortgage Loans as sole and exclusive bailee for the Lender unless and until
otherwise instructed in writing by the Lender.

          7.   The Bailee and the Borrower each hereby represents, warrants and
covenants that the Bailee is not an affiliate of or otherwise controlled by the
Borrower.

          8.   The agreement set forth in this Bailee Agreement letter may not
be modified, amended or altered, except by written instrument, executed by all
of the parties hereto.

          9.   This Bailee Agreement may not be assigned by the Borrower or the
Bailee without the prior written consent of the Lender.

          10.  For the purpose of facilitating the execution of this Bailee
Agreement letter as herein provided and for other purposes, this Bailee
Agreement letter may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts,
each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and such
counterparts shall constitute and be one and the same instrument.

                                      J-5
<PAGE>
 
          11.  THIS BAILEE AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE 
                                    COMPANY LLC
                                    Borrower

                                    By:___________________________

                                    Name:_________________________

                                    Title:________________________


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

______________________________,
Bailee

By:___________________________

Name:_________________________

Title:________________________

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

MORGAN STANLEY ASSET FUNDING INC.,
Lender

By:___________________________

Name:_________________________

Title:________________________

                                      J-6
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                           IDENTIFICATION CERTIFICATE

          On this _____ day of _____________ 199_, FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE
COMPANY LLC (the "Borrower"), under that certain Bailee Agreement, dated as of
                  --------                                                    
_____________ __, 1997 (the "Bailee Agreement"), among the Borrower,
                             ----------------                       
________________, (the "Bailee"), and MORGAN STANLEY ASSET FUNDING INC., as
                        ------                                             
Lender, does hereby instruct the Bailee to hold, in its capacity as Bailee, the
Mortgage Files with respect to the Mortgage Loans listed on Attachment A hereto,
                                                            ------------        
which Mortgage Loans shall be subject to the terms of the Bailee Agreement as of
the date hereof.

          Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings set forth in the Bailee Agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Identification
Certificate to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of
the day and year first above written.

                                    FRANCHISE MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE 
                                    COMPANY LLC

                                    By:___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT B
                                   ---------

                        TRUST RECEIPT AND CERTIFICATION

                                                                _________, 199__

Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc.
1585 Broadway
New York, New York  10036
Attention:  Mr. Peter Mozer

          Re:  Bailee Letter, dated as of ________, 199__ (the "Bailee
                                                                ------
               Agreement") among Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC (the
               ---------
               "Borrower"), Morgan Stanley Asset Funding Inc. (the "Lender") and
                --------                                            ------
               _______________ (the "Bailee")
                                     ------

Gentlemen and Mesdames:

          In accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 3 of the above-
referenced Bailee Letter, the undersigned, as the Bailee, hereby certifies that
as to each mortgage loan described in the mortgage loan schedule (Exhibit A), a
                                                                  ---------    
copy of which is attached hereto, it has reviewed the Mortgage File and has
determined that except as expressly set forth on Exhibit A (i) all documents
                                                 ---------                  
listed in Paragraph 2 of the Bailee Agreement are in its possession and (ii)
such documents have been reviewed by it and appear regular on their face and
relate to such mortgage loan, and (iii) based on its examination, the foregoing
documents on their face satisfy the requirements set forth in Paragraph 2 of the
Bailee Agreement.

          The Bailee hereby confirms that it is holding each such Mortgage File
as agent and bailee for the exclusive use and benefit of the Lender pursuant to
the terms of the Bailee Agreement.

          All initially capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in the above-referenced Bailee Agreement.

                              _____________________________
                              BAILEE


                              By:__________________________

                              Name:________________________

                              Title:_______________________

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C
                                   ---------

                           FORM OF NOTICE OF PLEDGE

                                      J-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT K
                                                                       ---------
                                                                                
                              THE REORGANIZATION

          In connection with the public offering of Franchise Mortgage
Acceptance Company, the Borrower will merge into Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
Company, a Delaware corporation which was incorporated in August 1997 for the
purpose of succeeding to the business of the Borrower (the "Reorganization").
As a result of the Reorganization, Imperial Credit Industries, Inc., a
California corporation will own 66.7%, and FLRT, Inc., a California corporation,
will own 33.3%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of common stock of
Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company.

                                      J-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT L
[CUSTODIAN]
[ADDRESS]
Attention:
Telecopier No.:
Telephone No.:

                  REQUEST FOR RELEASE - OVERCOLLATERALIZATION

          Re:  Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30,
               1997. (the "Loan Agreement"), among Franchise Mortgage Acceptance
                           --------------
               Company LLC ("Borrower"), and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital
                             --------
               Inc. ("Lender").
                      ------

          Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
respective meanings ascribed thereto in that certain Custodial Agreement dated
as of September __, 1997, by and between Borrower, Lender and LaSalle National
Bank ("Custodian") (the "Custodial Agreement") or, if not so defined therein,
       ---------         -------------------                                 
then in the Loan Agreement.

          In connection with the administration of the Eligible Mortgage Loans
held by you as the Custodian for the Lender, in accordance with Section 2.08 of
the Loan Agreement we request the release of the Mortgage File for the Eligible
Mortgage Loans described below in connection with the release of excess
Collateral, as follows:

          Mortgagor's Name, Address and Zip 
          Code:                             
                                                  __________________

          Eligible Mortgage Loan Number:
                                                  __________________

          Eligible Mortgage Loan to be 
          released:
                                                 $__________________

          Borrowing Base, as reported
                                                 $__________________
<PAGE>
 
          Unpaid Principal Balance of Eligible
          Mortgage Loans as of date hereof          
                                                 $__________________
 
 
 
          This Request for Release - Overcollateralization is dated __________.

                                    Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC,
                                    Borrower


                                    By:____________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

RELEASE CONSENTED TO:

Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., as Lender

By:___________________________
   Name:
   Title:

Date:  _____________________

                                      -3-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Managers
Franchise Mortgage Acceptance Company LLC:
 
  We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to
our Firm under the heading "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in the
Prospectus.
 
                                          KMPG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
   
November   , 1997     


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission